WO2016196975A1 - Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 env and their use - Google Patents
Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 env and their use Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2016196975A1 WO2016196975A1 PCT/US2016/035791 US2016035791W WO2016196975A1 WO 2016196975 A1 WO2016196975 A1 WO 2016196975A1 US 2016035791 W US2016035791 W US 2016035791W WO 2016196975 A1 WO2016196975 A1 WO 2016196975A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- antibody
- seq
- antigen binding
- binding fragment
- amino acid
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 title abstract description 36
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 371
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 370
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 327
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 324
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 324
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 286
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 226
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 claims abstract description 177
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 163
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 153
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 127
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 127
- 108010019670 Chimeric Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 140
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 138
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 120
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 89
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 85
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 57
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 56
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 46
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 claims description 36
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 36
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylethyl 11-methoxy-3,7,11-trimethyl-2,4-dodecadienoate Chemical group COC(C)(C)CCCC(C)CC=CC(C)=CC(=O)OC(C)C NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- -1 host cell Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 102100026120 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Human genes 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010068617 neonatal Fc receptor Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical group NC1=NC(Cl)=C(C=O)C(Cl)=N1 GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 abstract description 27
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 105
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 104
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 85
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 76
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 75
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 71
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 65
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 63
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 60
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 58
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 45
- 101000716102 Homo sapiens T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Proteins 0.000 description 39
- 102100036011 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Human genes 0.000 description 39
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical group 0.000 description 32
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 32
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 32
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 32
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 31
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 28
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 27
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 25
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 22
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 21
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 18
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 16
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 15
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 101800001690 Transmembrane protein gp41 Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 14
- 102100024952 Protein CBFA2T1 Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000002998 immunogenetic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000010056 antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 241001112090 Pseudovirus Species 0.000 description 10
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 10
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 9
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000000139 costimulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 101000914514 Homo sapiens T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 8
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 102100027213 T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 102100034922 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD8 alpha chain Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 7
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 7
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 7
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 6
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-mannomethylose Natural products CC1OC(O)C(O)C(O)C1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-SLPGGIOYSA-N Fucose Natural products C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 6
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-DHVFOXMCSA-N L-fucopyranose Chemical compound C[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-DHVFOXMCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011225 antiretroviral therapy Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 5
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 5
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002869 basic local alignment search tool Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- XPOQHMRABVBWPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Efavirenz Natural products O1C(=O)NC2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C1(C(F)(F)F)C#CC1CC1 XPOQHMRABVBWPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XQSPYNMVSIKCOC-NTSWFWBYSA-N Emtricitabine Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 XQSPYNMVSIKCOC-NTSWFWBYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100033728 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 18 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960003804 efavirenz Drugs 0.000 description 4
- XPOQHMRABVBWPR-ZDUSSCGKSA-N efavirenz Chemical compound C([C@]1(C2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC(=O)O1)C(F)(F)F)#CC1CC1 XPOQHMRABVBWPR-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960000366 emtricitabine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000033581 fucosylation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009126 molecular therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 4
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960004556 tenofovir Drugs 0.000 description 4
- VCMJCVGFSROFHV-WZGZYPNHSA-N tenofovir disoproxil fumarate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.N1=CN=C2N(C[C@@H](C)OCP(=O)(OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)OCOC(=O)OC(C)C)C=NC2=C1N VCMJCVGFSROFHV-WZGZYPNHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960002555 zidovudine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N zidovudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000006306 Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010083359 Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 3
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100035360 Cerebellar degeneration-related antigen 1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091033380 Coding strand Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 101710177940 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100034353 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010021466 Mutant Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008300 Mutant Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N N-acetyl-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010001267 Protein Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000002067 Protein Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000713311 Simian immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 3
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009824 affinity maturation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940124522 antiretrovirals Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003903 antiretrovirus agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108010078428 env Gene Products Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 3
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- WTFXARWRTYJXII-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(2+);iron(3+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Fe+2].[Fe+3].[Fe+3] WTFXARWRTYJXII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- WKPWGQKGSOKKOO-RSFHAFMBSA-N maytansine Chemical compound CO[C@@H]([C@@]1(O)C[C@](OC(=O)N1)([C@H]([C@@H]1O[C@@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](C)N(C)C(C)=O)CC(=O)N1C)C)[H])\C=C\C=C(C)\CC2=CC(OC)=C(Cl)C1=C2 WKPWGQKGSOKKOO-RSFHAFMBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013610 patient sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003419 rna directed dna polymerase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 3
- MFRNYXJJRJQHNW-DEMKXPNLSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2r,3r)-3-methoxy-3-[(2s)-1-[(3r,4s,5s)-3-methoxy-5-methyl-4-[methyl-[(2s)-3-methyl-2-[[(2s)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)butanoyl]amino]butanoyl]amino]heptanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]-2-methylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N(C)[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)[C@H](OC)CC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MFRNYXJJRJQHNW-DEMKXPNLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PECYZEOJVXMISF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-aminoalanine Chemical compound [NH3+]CC(N)C([O-])=O PECYZEOJVXMISF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atazanavir Natural products C=1C=C(C=2N=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1CN(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)CC(O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010019625 Atazanavir Sulfate Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100038080 B-cell receptor CD22 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100035875 C-C chemokine receptor type 5 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710149870 C-C chemokine receptor type 5 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010041397 CD4 Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710167800 Capsid assembly scaffolding protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710112752 Cytotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010032976 Enfuvirtide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000713800 Feline immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004961 Furin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001126 Furin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BCCRXDTUTZHDEU-VKHMYHEASA-N Gly-Ser Chemical compound NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(O)=O BCCRXDTUTZHDEU-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101000884305 Homo sapiens B-cell receptor CD22 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000840258 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin J chain Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000801234 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 18 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100029571 Immunoglobulin J chain Human genes 0.000 description 2
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010064548 Lymphocyte Function-Associated Antigen-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 101710130420 Probable capsid assembly scaffolding protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic aldehyde Chemical compound CCC=O NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ritonavir Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1CC(NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)C(O)CC(CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 101710204410 Scaffold protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000580858 Simian-Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710187882 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 18 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000776083 Viola hederacea Leaf cyclotide 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IEDXPSOJFSVCKU-HOKPPMCLSA-N [4-[[(2S)-5-(carbamoylamino)-2-[[(2S)-2-[6-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]amino]phenyl]methyl N-[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(3R,4S,5S)-1-[(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-[[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-methylamino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]-N-methylcarbamate Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@@H](CC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)c1ccccc1)OC)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)OCc1ccc(NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCCN2C(=O)CCC2=O)C(C)C)cc1)C(C)C IEDXPSOJFSVCKU-HOKPPMCLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004748 abacavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MCGSCOLBFJQGHM-SCZZXKLOSA-N abacavir Chemical compound C=12N=CN([C@H]3C=C[C@@H](CO)C3)C2=NC(N)=NC=1NC1CC1 MCGSCOLBFJQGHM-SCZZXKLOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000798 anti-retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000611 antibody drug conjugate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940049595 antibody-drug conjugate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 229960003277 atazanavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-GASGPIRDSA-N atazanavir Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)[C@@H](O)CN(CC=1C=CC(=CC=1)C=1N=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC)C(C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 AXRYRYVKAWYZBR-GASGPIRDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- YJEJKUQEXFSVCJ-WRFMNRASSA-N bevirimat Chemical compound C1C[C@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H]2CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@@]5(C(O)=O)CC[C@@H](C(=C)C)[C@@H]5[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3[C@]21C YJEJKUQEXFSVCJ-WRFMNRASSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229950002892 bevirimat Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004057 biotinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(=O)N([H])[C@]2([H])[C@@]([H])(SC([H])([H])[C@]12[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005081 chemiluminescent agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000012411 cloning technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011961 computed axial tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005107 darunavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CJBJHOAVZSMMDJ-HEXNFIEUSA-N darunavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](O)CN(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CCO[C@@H]2OC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CJBJHOAVZSMMDJ-HEXNFIEUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- WHBIGIKBNXZKFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N delavirdine Chemical compound CC(C)NC1=CC=CN=C1N1CCN(C(=O)C=2NC3=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C3C=2)CC1 WHBIGIKBNXZKFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002059 diagnostic imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PEASPLKKXBYDKL-FXEVSJAOSA-N enfuvirtide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CN=CN1 PEASPLKKXBYDKL-FXEVSJAOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002062 enfuvirtide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000000404 glutamine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000002443 helper t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010820 immunofluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960001627 lamivudine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N lamivudine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1O[C@@H](CO)SC1 JTEGQNOMFQHVDC-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- GSNHKUDZZFZSJB-QYOOZWMWSA-N maraviroc Chemical compound CC(C)C1=NN=C(C)N1[C@@H]1C[C@H](N2CC[C@H](NC(=O)C3CCC(F)(F)CC3)C=3C=CC=CC=3)CC[C@H]2C1 GSNHKUDZZFZSJB-QYOOZWMWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004710 maraviroc Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001806 memory b lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- ANZJBCHSOXCCRQ-FKUXLPTCSA-N mertansine Chemical compound CO[C@@H]([C@@]1(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)N1)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1O[C@@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](C)N(C)C(=O)CCS)CC(=O)N1C)\C=C\C=C(C)\CC2=CC(OC)=C(Cl)C1=C2 ANZJBCHSOXCCRQ-FKUXLPTCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960005558 mertansine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010093470 monomethyl auristatin E Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010059074 monomethylauristatin F Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000036438 mutation frequency Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002088 nanocapsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002159 nanocrystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002077 nanosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037125 natural defense Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NQDJXKOVJZTUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nevirapine Chemical compound C12=NC=CC=C2C(=O)NC=2C(C)=CC=NC=2N1C1CC1 NQDJXKOVJZTUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013421 nuclear magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005105 peripheral blood lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004224 protection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960000311 ritonavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N ritonavir Chemical compound N([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002798 spectrophotometry method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000014599 transmission of virus Effects 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108091005957 yellow fluorescent proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- LLXVXPPXELIDGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)=CC=1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O LLXVXPPXELIDGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFQYGJMNIDGZSG-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2r)-3-(acetamidomethylsulfanyl)-2-azaniumylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(=O)NCSC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O QFQYGJMNIDGZSG-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFNDLDRNJFLIKE-ROLXFIACSA-N (2s)-2,6-diamino-6-hydroxyhexanoic acid Chemical compound NC(O)CCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O BFNDLDRNJFLIKE-ROLXFIACSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVAUMRCGVHUWOZ-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-(cyclohexylazaniumyl)propanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC1CCCCC1 BVAUMRCGVHUWOZ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNRJOGDXTIUYDE-ZDUSSCGKSA-N (2s)-2-amino-6-[benzyl(methyl)amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 FNRJOGDXTIUYDE-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WAMWSIDTKSNDCU-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-azaniumyl-2-cyclohexylacetate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1CCCCC1 WAMWSIDTKSNDCU-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNPVJJQCETWNEU-CYFREDJKSA-N (4,6-dimethyl-5-pyrimidinyl)-[4-[(3S)-4-[(1R)-2-methoxy-1-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl]-3-methyl-1-piperazinyl]-4-methyl-1-piperidinyl]methanone Chemical compound N([C@@H](COC)C=1C=CC(=CC=1)C(F)(F)F)([C@H](C1)C)CCN1C(CC1)(C)CCN1C(=O)C1=C(C)N=CN=C1C CNPVJJQCETWNEU-CYFREDJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N -2-Amino-4-hydroxybutanoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWKMGYQJPOAASG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNC(C(=O)O)CC2=C1 BWKMGYQJPOAASG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOXWUZCRWJWTRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-amino-1-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(N)CCCCC1 WOXWUZCRWJWTRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101800003405 15 kDa peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KNQHBAFIWGORKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-diamino-3-oxopropanoic acid Chemical compound NC(=O)C(N)C(O)=O KNQHBAFIWGORKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHVGNTVUSQUXPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VHVGNTVUSQUXPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DJQYYYCQOZMCRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopropane-1,3-dithiol Chemical compound SCC(N)CS DJQYYYCQOZMCRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine Chemical compound CC1=C(N)C(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C(N)=C(C)C=2)=C1 UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKTYXVDYIKIYJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-dioxole Chemical compound C1OOC=C1 XKTYXVDYIKIYJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYDQOEWLBCCFJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-fluorophenyl)oxane-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(F)C=CC=1C1(C(=O)O)CCOCC1 CYDQOEWLBCCFJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXDGRBPZVQPESQ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 4-[(2s)-2-amino-2-carboxyethyl]benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 YXDGRBPZVQPESQ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWNOTCOIYUNTQP-FQLXRVMXSA-N 4-[4-[[(3r)-1-butyl-3-[(r)-cyclohexyl(hydroxy)methyl]-2,5-dioxo-1,4,9-triazaspiro[5.5]undecan-9-yl]methyl]phenoxy]benzoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@H](C(=O)N1CCCC)[C@H](O)C2CCCCC2)C(=O)C1(CC1)CCN1CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 GWNOTCOIYUNTQP-FQLXRVMXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMUHFUGDYMFHEI-QMMMGPOBSA-N 4-amino-L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 CMUHFUGDYMFHEI-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GTVVZTAFGPQSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 GTVVZTAFGPQSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100023990 60S ribosomal protein L17 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CJIJXIFQYOPWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-hydroxycoumarin Natural products O1C(=O)C=CC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 CJIJXIFQYOPWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical group CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010022752 Acetylcholinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012440 Acetylcholinesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010069754 Acquired gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100021266 Alpha-(1,6)-fucosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701822 Bovine papillomavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000208199 Buxus sempervirens Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100031650 C-X-C chemokine receptor type 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010017088 CCR5 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004274 CCR5 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100027207 CD27 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150013553 CD40 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QCMYYKRYFNMIEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N COP(O)=O Chemical class COP(O)=O QCMYYKRYFNMIEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CPD000469186 Natural products CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1C(=O)NC(C(O)CN1C(CC2CCCCC2C1)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)CSC1=CC=CC=C1 QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100025466 Carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000009410 Chemokine receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050000299 Chemokine receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108091062157 Cis-regulatory element Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XPDXVDYUQZHFPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dansyl Chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1S(Cl)(=O)=O XPDXVDYUQZHFPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N Didanosine Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)CC[C@@H]1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 BXZVVICBKDXVGW-NKWVEPMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100038132 Endogenous retrovirus group K member 6 Pro protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710121417 Envelope glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700039887 Essential Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108091092566 Extrachromosomal DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NIGWMJHCCYYCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fenclonine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 NIGWMJHCCYYCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Polymers OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700010908 HIV-1 proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100026122 High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010027412 Histocompatibility Antigens Class II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018713 Histocompatibility Antigens Class II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000819490 Homo sapiens Alpha-(1,6)-fucosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000922348 Homo sapiens C-X-C chemokine receptor type 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914511 Homo sapiens CD27 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914337 Homo sapiens Carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000746373 Homo sapiens Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000913074 Homo sapiens High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001138121 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin kappa variable 1-33 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001047617 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin kappa variable 3-11 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001047618 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin kappa variable 3-15 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000956885 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin lambda variable 2-14 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777628 Homo sapiens Leukocyte antigen CD37 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934338 Homo sapiens Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001109503 Homo sapiens NKG2-C type II integral membrane protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000738771 Homo sapiens Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000946860 Homo sapiens T-cell surface glycoprotein CD3 epsilon chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934341 Homo sapiens T-cell surface glycoprotein CD5 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000914484 Homo sapiens T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851376 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851370 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100321817 Human parvovirus B19 (strain HV) 7.5K gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000009786 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010009817 Immunoglobulin Constant Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018071 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010091135 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100020901 Immunoglobulin kappa variable 1-33 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100022955 Immunoglobulin kappa variable 3-11 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100022965 Immunoglobulin kappa variable 3-15 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100038429 Immunoglobulin lambda variable 2-14 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150008942 J gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KJHKTHWMRKYKJE-SUGCFTRWSA-N Kaletra Chemical compound N1([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)COC=2C(=CC=CC=2C)C)CC=2C=CC=CC=2)CCCNC1=O KJHKTHWMRKYKJE-SUGCFTRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N L-alpha-phenylglycine zwitterion Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTTHKOPSMAVJFE-VIFPVBQESA-N L-homophenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 JTTHKOPSMAVJFE-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHVGNTVUSQUXPS-YUMQZZPRSA-N L-threo-3-phenylserine Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VHVGNTVUSQUXPS-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100031586 Leukocyte antigen CD37 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282553 Macaca Species 0.000 description 1
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930126263 Maytansine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100025243 Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N N-acetyl-beta-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100022683 NKG2-C type II integral membrane protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010029719 Nonspecific reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001388 Opportunistic Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000609499 Palicourea Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710089372 Programmed cell death protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037422 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710184528 Scaffolding protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091027568 Single-stranded nucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XNKLLVCARDGLGL-JGVFFNPUSA-N Stavudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1C=C[C@@H](CO)O1 XNKLLVCARDGLGL-JGVFFNPUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100035794 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD3 epsilon chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100025244 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100027222 T-lymphocyte activation antigen CD80 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005038 Terminator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SUJUHGSWHZTSEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tipranavir Natural products C1C(O)=C(C(CC)C=2C=C(NS(=O)(=O)C=3N=CC(=CC=3)C(F)(F)F)C=CC=2)C(=O)OC1(CCC)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 SUJUHGSWHZTSEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022153 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710165473 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100040245 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036857 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036856 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150117115 V gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WREGKURFCTUGRC-POYBYMJQSA-N Zalcitabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)CC1 WREGKURFCTUGRC-POYBYMJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXEHKFHPFVVDIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(4-hydrazinylphenyl)phenyl]hydrazine Chemical compound C1=CC(NN)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(NN)C=C1 SXEHKFHPFVVDIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWPYNTWPIAZGLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [amino(ethoxy)phosphanyl]oxyethane Chemical compound CCOP(N)OCC SWPYNTWPIAZGLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940022698 acetylcholinesterase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001997 adefovir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WOZSCQDILHKSGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N adefovir depivoxil Chemical compound N1=CN=C2N(CCOCP(=O)(OCOC(=O)C(C)(C)C)OCOC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C=NC2=C1N WOZSCQDILHKSGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012867 alanine scanning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 101150087698 alpha gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JINBYESILADKFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminomalonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)C(O)=O JINBYESILADKFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001830 amprenavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YMARZQAQMVYCKC-OEMFJLHTSA-N amprenavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](O)CN(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1COCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 YMARZQAQMVYCKC-OEMFJLHTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003460 anti-nuclear Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009830 antibody antigen interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125644 antibody drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000025171 antigen binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000831 antigen binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000030741 antigen processing and presentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121357 antivirals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950006356 aplaviroc Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950007936 apricitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RYMCFYKJDVMSIR-RNFRBKRXSA-N apricitabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@@H]1S[C@H](CO)OC1 RYMCFYKJDVMSIR-RNFRBKRXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000637 arginyl group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003855 balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-N-Acetyl-D-neuraminic acid Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)OC1C(O)C(O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N beta-cyclodextrin Chemical compound OC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1CO WHGYBXFWUBPSRW-FOUAGVGXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004958 brain cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyric aldehyde Natural products CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- HXCHCVDVKSCDHU-LULTVBGHSA-N calicheamicin Chemical compound C1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](NCC)CO[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O[C@@H]2C\3=C(NC(=O)OC)C(=O)C[C@](C/3=C/CSSSC)(O)C#C\C=C/C#C2)O[C@H](C)[C@@H](NO[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@@H](SC(=O)C=3C(=C(OC)C(O[C@H]4[C@@H]([C@H](OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O4)O)=C(I)C=3C)OC)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@@H]1O HXCHCVDVKSCDHU-LULTVBGHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195731 calicheamicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JLQUFIHWVLZVTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbosulfan Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)SN(C)C(=O)OC1=CC=CC2=C1OC(C)(C)C2 JLQUFIHWVLZVTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035606 childbirth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012761 co-transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004737 colorimetric analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005319 delavirdine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012631 diagnostic technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002656 didanosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZGSPNIOCEDOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium [3-[2,3-di(octadeca-9,12-dienoyloxy)propoxy-oxidophosphoryl]oxy-2-hydroxypropyl] 2,3-di(octadeca-9,12-dienoyloxy)propyl phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].CCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCC)COP([O-])(=O)OCC(O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCC=CCCCCC ZGSPNIOCEDOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N disuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O ZWIBGKZDAWNIFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930188854 dolastatin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dysprosium atom Chemical compound [Dy] KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000980 entecavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YXPVEXCTPGULBZ-WQYNNSOESA-N entecavir hydrate Chemical compound O.C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)C1=C YXPVEXCTPGULBZ-WQYNNSOESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002049 etravirine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PYGWGZALEOIKDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N etravirine Chemical compound CC1=CC(C#N)=CC(C)=C1OC1=NC(NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=NC(N)=C1Br PYGWGZALEOIKDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003142 fosamprenavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MLBVMOWEQCZNCC-OEMFJLHTSA-N fosamprenavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)CN(CC(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(N)=CC=1)NC(=O)O[C@@H]1COCC1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MLBVMOWEQCZNCC-OEMFJLHTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 101150034785 gamma gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002288 golgi apparatus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052588 hydroxylapatite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940027941 immunoglobulin g Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003017 in situ immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000033065 inborn errors of immunity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960001936 indinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CBVCZFGXHXORBI-PXQQMZJSSA-N indinavir Chemical compound C([C@H](N(CC1)C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H]2C3=CC=CC=C3C[C@H]2O)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)N1CC1=CC=CN=C1 CBVCZFGXHXORBI-PXQQMZJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNRXNRGSOJZINA-UHFFFAOYSA-N indoline-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C(=O)O)CC2=C1 QNRXNRGSOJZINA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004525 lopinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000003670 luciferase enzyme activity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008774 maternal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001840 matrix-assisted laser desorption--ionisation time-of-flight mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003071 memory t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000004530 micro-emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000324 minimal toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000663 muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZTLGJPIZUOVDMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dichlorotriazin-4-amine Chemical compound ClN(Cl)C1=CC=NN=N1 ZTLGJPIZUOVDMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000884 nelfinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-HKWSIXNMSA-N nelfinavir Chemical compound CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1C(=O)N[C@H]([C@H](O)CN1[C@@H](C[C@@H]2CCCC[C@@H]2C1)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)CSC1=CC=CC=C1 QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-HKWSIXNMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000689 nevirapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940042402 non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002726 nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D pentacalcium;hydroxide;triphosphate Chemical compound [OH-].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008298 phosphoramidates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001308 poly(aminoacid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001583 poly(oxyethylated polyols) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010054442 polyalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002704 polyhistidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020004 porter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002064 post-exposure prophylaxis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004986 primary T-cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000028529 primary immunodeficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001566 pro-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007425 progressive decline Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009979 protective mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012857 radioactive material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003439 radiotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CZFFBEXEKNGXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N raltegravir Chemical compound O1C(C)=NN=C1C(=O)NC(C)(C)C1=NC(C(=O)NCC=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=C(O)C(=O)N1C CZFFBEXEKNGXKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004742 raltegravir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920005604 random copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011867 re-evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003289 regulatory T cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002814 rilpivirine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YIBOMRUWOWDFLG-ONEGZZNKSA-N rilpivirine Chemical compound CC1=CC(\C=C\C#N)=CC(C)=C1NC1=CC=NC(NC=2C=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=N1 YIBOMRUWOWDFLG-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102200156319 rs398124317 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229960001852 saquinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QWAXKHKRTORLEM-UGJKXSETSA-N saquinavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](O)CN1C[C@H]2CCCC[C@H]2C[C@H]1C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C=1N=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 QWAXKHKRTORLEM-UGJKXSETSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008299 semisolid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N sialic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@](O)(C(O)=O)OC1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001540 sodium lactate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011088 sodium lactate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940005581 sodium lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037439 somatic mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001203 stavudine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical compound [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003319 supportive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000838 tipranavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SUJUHGSWHZTSEU-FYBSXPHGSA-N tipranavir Chemical compound C([C@@]1(CCC)OC(=O)C([C@H](CC)C=2C=C(NS(=O)(=O)C=3N=CC(=CC=3)C(F)(F)F)C=CC=2)=C(O)C1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SUJUHGSWHZTSEU-FYBSXPHGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003325 tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000007888 toxin activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- BJBUEDPLEOHJGE-IMJSIDKUSA-N trans-3-hydroxy-L-proline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CC[NH2+][C@@H]1C([O-])=O BJBUEDPLEOHJGE-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N trans-4-Hydroxy-L-proline Natural products O[C@@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014621 translational initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000035160 transmembrane proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005703 transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- LZAJKCZTKKKZNT-PMNGPLLRSA-N trichothecene Chemical compound C12([C@@]3(CC[C@H]2OC2C=C(CCC23C)C)C)CO1 LZAJKCZTKKKZNT-PMNGPLLRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930013292 trichothecene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000430 tryptophan group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(=O)O*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])N([H])C2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- ORHBXUUXSCNDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N umbelliferone Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 ORHBXUUXSCNDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFTAFOQKODTIJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N umbelliferone Natural products Cc1cc2C=CC(=O)Oc2cc1OCC=CC(C)(C)O HFTAFOQKODTIJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000402 unacceptable toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940124856 vaccine component Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229950009860 vicriviroc Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700026220 vif Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960000523 zalcitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/08—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
- C07K16/10—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
- C07K16/1036—Retroviridae, e.g. leukemia viruses
- C07K16/1045—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV
- C07K16/1063—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV env, e.g. gp41, gp110/120, gp160, V3, PND, CD4 binding site
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
- A61K39/42—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum viral
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56983—Viruses
- G01N33/56988—HIV or HTLV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
- A61K2039/507—Comprising a combination of two or more separate antibodies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/545—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the dose, timing or administration schedule
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
- C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
- C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
Definitions
- This relates to monoclonal antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to HIV-1 Env and their use, for example, in methods of treating a subject with HIV-1 infection.
- HIV-1 Human Immunodeficiency Virus type 1
- HIV-1 Env The major HIV-1 envelope protein (HIV-1 Env) is a glycoprotein of approximately 160 kD (gpl60). During infection, proteases of the host cell cleave gpl60 into gpl20 and gp41. gp41 is an integral membrane protein, while gpl20 protrudes from the mature virus. Together gpl20 and gp41 make up the HIV-1 envelope spike, which is a target for neutralizing antibodies. Although certain HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies that bind to the HIV-1 Env have been identified, there is a need to develop additional neutralizing antibodies for HIV-1 with varying recognition and neutralization profiles.
- Isolated monoclonal antibodies and antigen binding fragments thereof that specifically bind to an epitope on HIV-1 gpl20 are provided herein.
- the disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments specifically bind to an epitope on gpl20 that overlaps with the CD4 binding site, and neutralize HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprises a heavy chain variable region (V H ) comprising a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 of the V H set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1 (CH540-VRC40.01 V H ) and/or a light chain variable region (V L ) comprising a LCDR1, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the V L set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2 (CH540-VRC40.01 V L ).
- V H heavy chain variable region
- V L light chain variable region
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprises a V H comprising a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 of the V H set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3 (CH540-VRC40.02 V H ) and/or a V L comprising a LCDR1, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the V L set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4 (CH540-VRC40.02 V L ).
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprises a V H comprising a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 of the V H set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5 (CH540-VRC40.03 V H ) and/or a V L comprising a LCDR1, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the V L set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6 (CH540-VRC40.03 V L ).
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprises a V H comprising a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 of the V H set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7 (CH540-VRC40.04 V H ) and/or a V L comprising a LCDR1, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the V L set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8 (CH540-VRC40.04 V L ).
- the antibody can include a Fc domain that has been modified compared to a native Fc domain.
- the Fc domain included on the antibody can be modified by amino acid substitution to increase binding to the neonatal Fc receptor and therefore the half-life of the antibody when administered to a subject.
- the Fc domain of the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include M428L and N434S mutations (the "LS" mutation) to increase binding to the neonatal Fc receptor and resulting half-life of the antibody.
- the glycosylation (for example, fucosylation) or sequence of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can be altered compared to that observed in nature.
- the glycosylation of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can be altered compared to that of native antibodies to increase the half-life the antibody, or to increase antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxic activity.
- compositions including the antibodies and antigen binding fragments, nucleic acids encoding the antibodies and antigen binding fragments, expression vectors comprising the nucleic acids, and isolated host cells that comprise the nucleic acids.
- the nucleic acid molecule encoding a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can be a cDNA molecule that encodes the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
- the nucleic acid molecule can be a bicistronic expression construct encoding the V H and V L of the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
- the disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments potently neutralize HIV-1 in an accepted in vitro model of HIV-1 infection. Accordingly, a method is disclosed for treating or inhibiting an HIV-1 infection in a subject. The methods include administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the disclosed antibodies, antigen binding fragments, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, or compositions, to the subject, for example to a subject at risk of or having an HIV-1 infection.
- the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, and compositions disclosed herein can be used for a variety of additional purposes, such as for detecting an HIV-1 infection or diagnosing HIV-1 infection in a subject, or detecting HIV-1 in a sample.
- FIG. 1 shows a table illustrating the neutralization fingerprint analysis of a serum sample from donor CH540.
- the CH540 serum sample (1/24/08) was tested for neutralization on a panel of 21 viruses.
- the resulting neutralization profile was compared to neutralization profiles of the indicated antibodies to determine similarity of neutralization using established methods (discussed in Example 1).
- the neutralization profile of the CH540 serum was similar to the profile for the VRCOl, bl2, HJ16, and 8ANC195 antibodies.
- VRCOl is the prototypical VRCOl -class antibody and targets the CD4 binding site on gpl20.
- bl2 and HJ16 also compete with CD4 for binding to gpl20, but are not VRCOl-class antibodies.
- HJ16 and 8ANC195 specifically bind to a glycan moiety linked to N276 on gpl20, which is adjacent to the CD4 binding site.
- FIGs. 2A and 2B show a set of graphs illustrating neutralization of wild-type HIV- 1 strains BG505 (left) and Q168.a2 (right), and the corresponding glycan N276 mutant (T278A), using the CH540 serum.
- the T278A mutant was more resistant to CH540 serum neutralization.
- FIG. 3 show a set of graphs illustrating CH540 serum neutralization of four viruses after preincubation with the HIV-1 HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC-D368R (which includes the CD4 binding site and glycan N276) or the mutant protein 2CC-D368R/N276D (which includes the CD4 binding site, but not glycan N276), or a control medium.
- the CH540 serum neutralization was competed by 2CC-D368R, but not 2CC-D368R/N276D.
- FIGs. 4A-4C show a set of graphs and a table illustrating antigen specific B cell sorting of a peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC) sample from donor CH540.
- PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cell
- CD3-CD8-CD14-CD19+IgG+ memory B cells were stained with probes 2CC-D368R, 2CC-D368R/N276D, and BG505.T332N.SOSIP.
- BG505.T332N.SOSIP is an HIV-1 Env ectodomain in trimeric form; therefore, antibody that binds
- BG505.T332N.SOSIP is likely to bind the Env trimer.
- IMGT ImMunoGeneTics
- FIGs. 5A-5C show a set of tables illustrating the neutralization activity of the CH540-VRC40 antibodies against a multi-clade panel of 31 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses. Neutralization of the pseudoviruses was assessed using a TZM-bl assay as described in Example 1.
- the IC 50 (FIG. 5A), ICso (FIG. 5B), and IC 90 (FIG. 5C) values ⁇ g/ml) were calculated and shown using different color scheme from more to less potent: red ( ⁇ 0.1 ⁇ g/ml), orange (0.1-1 ⁇ g/ml), yellow (1-10 ⁇ g/ml), green (10-50 ⁇ g/ml) and white (>50 ⁇ g/ml, that is, no inhibition).
- CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 28 out of 31 (90%) viruses with a geometric mean IC 50 of 0.102 ⁇ g/ml.
- CH540-VRC40.01 showed 87% virus coverage at the IC80 and IC90 cut-off of 50 ⁇ g/ml.
- the geometric mean ICso and IC90 were identified as 0.36 and 0.864 ⁇ g/ml, respectively.
- the other three CH540-VRC40 antibodies showed similar neutralization potency and breadth.
- FIGs. 6A and 6B show a set of graphs and a table illustrating the neutralization activity of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody against a multi-clade panel of 173 pseudotyped HIV-1 viruses.
- FIG. 6A Neutralization of the pseudoviruses was assessed using a TZM-bl assay as described in Example 1.
- FIG. 6A shows the neutralization potency-breadth curve of CH540-VRC40.01 for 173 viruses. The percentage of virus neutralized based on IC50 or ICso cutoff was graphed versus the antibody
- FIG. 6B Summary of neutralization breadth and potency of CH540-VRC40.01, VRCOl, 3BNC117, or VRC07-523-LS antibodies, or a combination of CH540-VRC40.01 and VRCOl, or CH540- VRC40.01 and VRC07-523-LS antibodies.
- the VRCOl, 3BNC117, and VRC07-523-LS antibodies are all VRCOl-class antibodies that target the CD4 binding site on gpl20.
- the neutralization breadth was defined as percent of viruses that were neutralized to at least 50% level (IC 50 ) at 50 ⁇ g/ml of antibody. Median IC50 and ICso was calculated based on all viruses including resistant ones.
- CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 83% viruses with geometric mean IC 50 of 0.099 ⁇ g/ml on the panel of 173 pseudoviruses, which is comparable to the 3BNC117 antibody.
- FIG. 7 shows a table illustrating the neutralization activity of the CH540-VRC40 antibody against a panel of 21 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses that are resistant to VRCOl neutralization using the TZM-bl assay.
- Six VRCOl class antibodies were tested in parallel as controls.
- CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized six of the VRCOl -resistant strains, including four strains (242-14, DU422.01, TV1.29 and TZA125.17) that are resistant to most VRCOl class antibodies.
- FIG. 8 shows a table illustrating the neutralization activity of CH540-VRC40.01 antibody against pseudotyped HIV-1 viruses including mutation of the gpl20 N276 glycosylation site.
- CH540- VRC40.01 as well as control antibodies VRCOl, HJ16, and 8ANC195 were tested for neutralization on a panel of pseudotyped HIV-1 viruses (Q168.a2, HxB2.DG, TRO.l l and BG505) including native HIV-1 Env sequence and, corresponding mutant viruses that lack the gpl20 N276 glycosylation site (N276A or T278A).
- pseudotyped HIV-1 viruses Q168.a2, HxB2.DG, TRO.l l and BG505
- N276A or T278A corresponding mutant viruses that lack the gpl20 N276 glycosylation site
- FIG. 9 shows a table illustrating the neutralization activity of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody against a panel of Q168.a2 mutants using the TZM-bl assay.
- the IC 50 titers in ⁇ g/ml are listed, as is the corresponding fold change in IC 50 compared to wildtype virus. >1 fold indicates that the mutant is less sensitive, while ⁇ 1 fold indicates that the mutant is more sensitive. >5 fold were highlighted in red.
- FIG. 10 shows a set of graphs illustrating binding of CH540-VRC40.01 antibody against a panel of HXB2 gpl20 core (2CC) mutant proteins.
- CH540-VRC40.01 as well as control antibodies, were serially diluted and tested for binding to 2CC protein and a panel of mutants thereof using ELISA. The binding curves (OD450 absorbance) are shown.
- FIGs. 11A and 11B show a set of graphs illustrating competition binding assays for CH540- VRC40.01 binding to gpl20. Binding of biotinylated CH540-VRC40.01 to the HXB2 2CC core (FIG. 11 A) or YU2 gpl20 (FIG. 1 IB) was assayed in the presence of the indicated CD4 binding site targeted antibodies using ELISA.
- FIG. 12 shows a table illustrating CH540-VRC40.01 neutralization of HIV-1 (YU2.DG strain) by pseudoviruses carrying the N279K, N280D, R456W, or G458D gpl20 mutations (or combinations thereof), which confer resistance to VRCOl neutralization.
- IC 50 titers are shown.
- FIGs. 13A -13C shows sequence alignments of the CD540-VRC40 antibodies, listing the V H and VL sequences, kabat and IMGT CDR and framework regions, and kabat numbering.
- CH540-VRC40.01 SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2
- CH540-VRC40.02 SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4
- CH540-VRC40.03 SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6
- CH540-VRC40.04 SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8) are shown.
- sequences listed in the accompanying sequence listing are shown using standard letter abbreviations for nucleotide bases, and three letter code for amino acids, as defined in 37 C.F.R. 1.822. Only one strand of each nucleic acid sequence is shown, but the complementary strand is understood as included by any reference to the displayed strand.
- Sequence Listing is submitted as an ASCII text file named Sequence_Listing.txt, created on May 24, 2016, -40 KB, which is incorporated by reference herein. In the accompanying sequence listing:
- SEQ ID NO: 1 is the amino acid sequence of the V H of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody.
- SEQ ID NO: 2 is the amino acid sequence of the V L of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody.
- SEQ ID NO: 3 is the amino acid sequence of the V H of the CH540-VRC40.02 antibody.
- SEQ ID NO: 4 is the amino acid sequence of the V L of the CH540-VRC40.02 antibody.
- SEQ ID NO: 5 is the amino acid sequence of the V H of the CH540-VRC40.03 antibody.
- SEQ ID NO: 6 is the amino acid sequence of the V L of the CH540-VRC40.03 antibody.
- SEQ ID NO: 7 is the amino acid sequence of the V H of the CH540-VRC40.04 antibody.
- SEQ ID NO: 8 is the amino acid sequence of the V L of the CH540-VRC40.04 antibody. EVVMTQSPATLSVSPGEEAALSCGASDYIDRSVSWYQLKPGRAPRLLVYAASSRSIGIPDRFSGSGSGTA FTLTIRGVQSDDFALYYCQQDKYWPVTFGQGTRLDMK
- SEQ ID NOs: 9-20 are amino acid sequences of the IMGT CDRs of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies.
- SEQ ID NOs: 21-24 are consensus amino acid sequences of the IMGT CDRs of the CH540- VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies.
- SEQ ID NOs: 25-34 are amino acid sequences relating to chimeric antigen receptors.
- SEQ ID NO: 35 is the amino acid sequence of HIV- 1 Env from the HXB2 strain of HIV- 1.
- SEQ ID NO: 36 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.01 VH.
- SEQ ID NO: 37 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.01 V L .
- SEQ ID NO: 38 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.02 V H .
- SEQ ID NO: 39 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.02 VL.
- SEQ ID NO: 40 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.03 V H .
- SEQ ID NO: 41 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.03 V L .
- SEQ ID NO: 42 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.04 VH.
- SEQ ID NO: 43 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.04 VL. GAAGTGGTGATGACGCAGTCTCCAGCCACCCTGTCTGTCTCCGGGGGAAGAAGCCGCCCTCTCCTGTG GGGCCAGCGACTATATTGACCGGTCTGTGTCCTGGTATCAACTAAAACCTGGCCGGGCTCCCAGACTCCT CGTCTATGCTGCGTCCTCCAGGTCCATTGGTATCCCAGACAGGTTCAGTGGCAGTGGGTCTGGGACAGCC TTCACTCTCACCATCAGAGGCGTCCAGTCTGACGACTTTGCCCTCTATTACTGTCAACAAGACAAATACT GGCCGGTCACCTTCGGCCAAGGGACACGCCTGGACATGAAAC
- SEQ ID NOs: 44-46 are sequences of amino acid insertions into the heavy chains of the CH540- VRC40 antibodies.
- SEQ ID Nos: 47-52 are amino acid sequences of the VH and VL domains of the VRCOl, VRC07, VRC07-523, and VRC07-544 antibodies.
- an antigen includes single or plural antigens and can be considered equivalent to the phrase “at least one antigen.”
- the term “comprises” means “includes.” It is further to be understood that any and all base sizes or amino acid sizes, and all molecular weight or molecular mass values, given for nucleic acids or polypeptides are approximate, and are provided for descriptive purposes, unless otherwise indicated. Although many methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used, particular suitable methods and materials are described herein. In case of conflict, the present specification, including explanations of terms, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting. To facilitate review of the various embodiments, the following explanations of terms are provided:
- Administration The introduction of a composition into a subject by a chosen route.
- Administration can be local or systemic.
- the composition is administered by introducing the composition into a vein of the subject.
- routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, injection (such as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intraperitoneal, and intravenous), sublingual, rectal, transdermal (for example, topical), intranasal, vaginal, and inhalation routes.
- Amino acid substitution The replacement of one amino acid in a protein with a different amino acid.
- Anti-retroviral agent An agent that specifically inhibits a retrovirus from replicating or infecting cells.
- antiretroviral drugs include entry inhibitors (e.g., enfuvirtide), CCR5 receptor antagonists (e.g., aplaviroc, vicriviroc, maraviroc), reverse transcriptase inhibitors (e.g., lamivudine, zidovudine, abacavir, tenofovir, emtricitabine, efavirenz), protease inhibitors (e.g., lopivar, ritonavir, raltegravir, darunavir, atazanavir), maturation inhibitors (e.g., alpha interferon, bevirimat and makecon).
- entry inhibitors e.g., enfuvirtide
- CCR5 receptor antagonists e.g., aplaviroc, vicriviroc, maraviroc
- Anti-retroviral therapy A therapeutic treatment for HIV-1 infection involving administration of at least one anti-retroviral agents (e.g., one, two, three or four anti-retroviral agents) to an HIV-1 infected individual.
- an ART regimen includes treatment with a combination of tenofovir, emtricitabine and efavirenz.
- ART includes Highly Active Anti-Retroviral Therapy (HAART).
- HAART Highly Active Anti-Retroviral Therapy
- One example of a HAART regimen includes treatment with a combination of tenofovir, emtricitabine and efavirenz.
- Antibody and antigen binding fragment An immunoglobulin, antigen-binding fragment thereof, or derivative thereof, that specifically binds and recognizes an analyte (antigen) such as HIV-1 gpl20, an antigenic fragment thereof, or a dimer or multimer of the antigen.
- analyte such as HIV-1 gpl20
- an antigenic fragment thereof or a dimer or multimer of the antigen.
- antibody is used herein in the broadest sense and encompasses various antibody structures, including but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), so long as they exhibit the desired antigen-binding activity.
- Non-limiting examples of antibodies include intact immunoglobulins and variants thereof known in the art that retain binding affinity for the antigen.
- antibody fragments include but are not limited to Fv, Fab, Fab', Fab'-SH, F(ab')2; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibody molecules (e.g. scFv); and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
- Antibody fragments include antigen binding fragments either produced by the modification of whole antibodies or those synthesized de novo using recombinant DNA methodologies (see, e.g., Kontermann and Dubel (Ed), Antibody Engineering, Vols. 1-2, 2 nd Ed., Springer Press, 2010).
- a single-chain antibody is a genetically engineered molecule containing the VH and VL domains of one or more antibody(ies) linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule (see, for example, Bird et al, Science, 242:423-426, 1988; Huston et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Set, 85:5879-5883, 1988; Ahmad et al, Clin. Dev. Immunol, 2012, doi: 10.1155/2012/980250; Marbry, IDrugs, 13:543-549, 2010).
- VH-domain-linker domain- VL-domain VH-domain-linker domain- VH-domain
- Diabodies which are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see, for example, Holliger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Set, 90:6444-6448, 1993; Poljak et al, Structure, 2: 1121-1123, 1994).
- Antibodies also include genetically engineered forms such as chimeric antibodies (such as humanized murine antibodies) and heteroconjugate antibodies (such as bispecific antibodies). See also, Pierce Catalog and Handbook, 1994-1995 (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL); Kuby, J., Immunology, 3 rd Ed., W.H. Freeman & Co., New York, 1997.
- an "antibody that binds to the same epitope” as a reference antibody refers to an antibody that blocks binding of the reference antibody to its antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more, and conversely, the reference antibody blocks binding of the antibody to its antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more.
- Antibody competition assays are known, and an exemplary competition assay is provided herein.
- An antibody may have one or more binding sites. If there is more than one binding site, the binding sites may be identical to one another or may be different. For instance, a naturally-occurring immunoglobulin has two identical binding sites, a single-chain antibody or Fab fragment has one binding site, while a bispecific or bifunctional antibody has two different binding sites.
- an immunoglobulin typically has heavy (H) chains and light (L) chains interconnected by disulfide bonds.
- Immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable domain genes.
- Each heavy and light chain contains a constant region (or constant domain) and a variable region (or variable domain; see, e.g., Kindt et al. Kuby Immunology, 6 th ed., W.H. Freeman and Co., page 91 (2007).)
- the VH and VL combine to specifically bind the antigen.
- only the VH is required.
- naturally occurring camelid antibodies consisting of a heavy chain only are functional and stable in the absence of light chain (see, e.g., Hamers-Casterman et al, Nature, 363:446-448, 1993; Sheriff et al, Nat. Struct. Biol, 3:733-736, 1996).
- Any of the disclosed antibodies can include a heterologous constant domain.
- the antibody can include constant domain that is different from a native constant domain, such as a constant domain including one or more modifications (such as the "LS" mutations) to increase half-life.
- VH refers to the variable region of an antibody heavy chain, including that of an antigen binding fragment, such as Fv, scFv, dsFv or Fab.
- VL refers to the variable domain of an antibody light chain, including that of an Fv, scFv, dsFv or Fab.
- the VH and VL contain a "framework" region interrupted by three hypervariable regions, also called “complementarity-determining regions” or "CDRs" (see, e.g., Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 1991).
- CDRs complementarity-determining regions
- the sequences of the framework regions of different light or heavy chains are relatively conserved within a species.
- the framework region of an antibody that is the combined framework regions of the constituent light and heavy chains, serves to position and align the CDRs in three-dimensional space.
- the CDRs are primarily responsible for binding to an epitope of an antigen.
- amino acid sequence boundaries of a given CDR can be readily determined using any of a number of well-known schemes, including those described by Kabat et al. ("Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, 1991 ; "Kabat” numbering scheme), Al-Lazikani et al., (JMB 273,927-948, 1997; “Chothia” numbering scheme), and Lefranc et al. (“IMGT unique numbering for immunoglobulin and T cell receptor variable domains and Ig superfamily V-like domains," Dev. Comp. Immunol., 27:55-77, 2003; “IMGT” numbering scheme).
- the CDRs of each chain are typically referred to as CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 (from the N-terminus to C-terminus), and are also typically identified by the chain in which the particular CDR is located.
- a VH CDR3 is the CDR3 from the VH of the antibody in which it is found
- a VL CDRl is the CDR1 from the VL of the antibody in which it is found.
- Light chain CDRs are sometimes referred to as LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3.
- Heavy chain CDRs are sometimes referred to as HCDR1, HCDR2, and HCDR3.
- a “monoclonal antibody” is an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, that is, the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except for possible variant antibodies, for example, containing naturally occurring mutations or arising during production of a monoclonal antibody preparation, such variants generally being present in minor amounts.
- polyclonal antibody preparations typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes)
- each monoclonal antibody of a monoclonal antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen.
- the modifier "monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
- the monoclonal antibodies may be made by a variety of techniques, including but not limited to the hybridoma method, recombinant DNA methods, phage- display methods, and methods utilizing transgenic animals containing all or part of the human immunoglobulin loci, such methods and other exemplary methods for making monoclonal antibodies being described herein.
- monoclonal antibodies are isolated from a subject.
- Monoclonal antibodies can have conservative amino acid substitutions which have substantially no effect on antigen binding or other immunoglobulin functions. (See, for example, Harlow & Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, 2 nd ed. Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York (2013).)
- a “humanized” antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a human framework region and one or more CDRs from a non-human (such as a mouse, rat, or synthetic) antibody or antigen binding fragment.
- the non-human antibody or antigen binding fragment providing the CDRs is termed a "donor,” and the human antibody or antigen binding fragment providing the framework is termed an "acceptor.”
- all the CDRs are from the donor immunoglobulin in a humanized immunoglobulin. Constant regions need not be present, but if they are, they can be substantially identical to human immunoglobulin constant regions, such as at least about 85-90%, such as about 95% or more identical.
- a humanized antibody or antigen binding fragment are substantially identical to corresponding parts of natural human antibody sequences.
- a "chimeric antibody” is an antibody which includes sequences derived from two different antibodies, which typically are of different species.
- a chimeric antibody includes one or more CDRs and/or framework regions from one human antibody and CDRs and/or framework regions from another human antibody.
- a “fully human antibody” or “human antibody” is an antibody which includes sequences from
- a human antibody includes CDRs, framework regions, and (if present) an Fc region from (or derived from) the human genome.
- Human antibodies can be identified and isolated using technologies for creating antibodies based on sequences derived from the human genome, for example by phage display or using transgenic animals (see, e.g., Barbas et al. Phage display: A Laboratory Manuel. 1 st Ed. New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2004. Print.; Lonberg, Nat. Biotech., 23: 1117- 1125, 2005; Lonenberg, Curr. Opin. Immunol., 20:450-459, 2008).
- Antibody or antigen binding fragment that neutralizes HIV-1 An antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to HIV-1 Env (for example, that binds gpl20) in such a way as to inhibit a biological function associated with HIV-1 Env (such as binding to its target receptor). In several embodiments, an antibody or antigen binding fragment that neutralizes HIV-1 reduces the infectious titer of HIV-1.
- Broadly neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1 are distinct from other antibodies to HIV-1 in that they neutralize a high percentage of the many types of HIV-1 in circulation.
- broadly neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1 are distinct from other antibodies to HIV-1 in that they neutralize a high percentage (such as at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%) of the many types of HIV-1 in circulation.
- Non-limiting examples of HIV-1 broadly neutralizing antibodies include N6, 2G12, PGT122, VRCOl, and 35022.
- Antibody self-reactivity or autoreactivity A property of an antibody, whereby the antibody reacts with self-epitopes, which are epitopes of proteins and/or lipids that are produced by the subject.
- An antibody that does not have self-reactivity does not substantially bind to epitopes or lipids present on the membrane of a cell from a subject.
- Methods of determining if an antibody reacts with self epitopes are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art. In one example, antibody self reactivity is evaluated using HEp-2 cell staining, a cardiolipin binding assay, or an anti-nuclear antigen (ANA) assay.
- ANA anti-nuclear antigen
- the anti- ANA assay can include an anti-ANA LUMINEX® assay or an ANA cell-staining assay, for example.
- a disclosed antibody is not self -reactive (or autoreactive), or is minimally self- reactive.
- a disclosed antibody does not have self reactivity above background levels, for example, as measured using an anti-ANA LUMINEX® assay or an ANA cell- staining assay.
- Biological sample A sample obtained from a subject.
- Biological samples include all clinical samples useful for detection of disease or infection (for example, HIV-1 infection) in subjects, including, but not limited to, cells, tissues, and bodily fluids, such as blood, derivatives and fractions of blood (such as serum), cerebrospinal fluid; as well as biopsied or surgically removed tissue, for example tissues that are unfixed, frozen, or fixed in formalin or paraffin.
- a biological sample is obtained from a subject having or suspected of having an HIV-1 infection.
- Bispecific antibody A recombinant molecule composed of two different antigen binding domains that consequently binds to two different antigenic epitopes.
- Bispecific antibodies include chemically or genetically linked molecules of two antigen-binding domains.
- the antigen binding domains can be linked using a linker.
- the antigen binding domains can be monoclonal antibodies, antigen-binding fragments (e.g., Fab, scFv), or combinations thereof.
- a bispecific antibody can include one or more constant domains, but does not necessarily include a constant domain.
- CD3 Cluster of differentiation 3 T-cell Co-receptor: A specific protein complex including at least four polypeptide chains, which are non-covalently associated with the T-cell receptors on the surface of T-cells.
- the four polypeptide chains include two CD3-epsilon chains, a CD3-delta chain and a CD3-gamma chain.
- CD3 is present on both helper T cells and cytotoxic T cells.
- CD4 Cluster of differentiation factor 4 polypeptide; a T-cell surface protein that mediates interaction with the MHC class II molecule. CD4 also serves as the primary receptor site for HIV-1 on T- cells during HIV-1 infection. CD4 is known to bind to gpl20 from HIV-1. The known sequence of the CD4 precursor has a hydrophobic signal peptide, an extracellular region of approximately 370 amino acids, a highly hydrophobic stretch with significant identity to the membrane-spanning domain of the class II MHC beta chain, and a highly charged intracellular sequence of 40 resides (Maddon, Cell 42:93, 1985).
- CD4bs antibodies Antibodies that bind to or substantially overlap the CD4 binding surface of a gpl20 polypeptide. The antibodies interfere with or prevent CD4 from binding to a gpl20 polypeptide.
- Chimeric Antigen Receptor An engineered T cell receptor having an extracellular antibody-derived targeting domain (such as an scFv) joined to one or more intracellular signaling domains of a T cell receptor.
- a "chimeric antigen receptor T cell” is a T cell expressing a CAR, and has antigen specificity determined by the antibody-derived targeting domain of the CAR. Methods of making CARs are available (see, e.g., Park et ah, Trends Biotechnol., 29:550-557, 2011; Grupp et ah, N Engl J Med., 368: 1509-1518, 2013; Han et al, J. Hematol Oncol, 6:47, 2013; PCT Pubs.
- Conditions sufficient to form an immune complex Conditions which allow an antibody or antigen binding fragment to bind to its cognate epitope to a detectably greater degree than, and/or to the substantial exclusion of, binding to substantially all other epitopes. Conditions sufficient to form an immune complex are dependent upon the format of the binding reaction and typically are those utilized in immunoassay protocols or those conditions encountered in vivo. See Harlow & Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, 2 nd ed. Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York (2013), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions. The conditions employed in the methods are "physiological conditions" which include reference to conditions (e.g., temperature, osmolarity, pH) that are typical inside a living mammal or a mammalian cell.
- the intra-organismal and intracellular environment normally lies around pH 7 (e.g., from pH 6.0 to pH 8.0, more typically pH 6.5 to 7.5), contains water as the predominant solvent, and exists at a temperature above 0°C and below 50°C. Osmolarity is within the range that is supportive of cell viability and proliferation.
- an immune complex can be detected through conventional methods known to the skilled artisan, for instance immunohistochemistry, immunoprecipitation, flow cytometry, immunofluorescence microscopy, ELISA, immunoblotting (for example, Western blot), magnetic resonance imaging, CT scans, X-ray and affinity chromatography. Immunological binding properties of selected antibodies may be quantified using methods well known in the art.
- Conjugate A complex of two molecules linked together, for example, linked together by a covalent bond.
- an antibody is linked to an effector molecule; for example, an antibody that specifically binds to HIV-1 gpl20 covalently linked to an effector molecule.
- the linkage can be by chemical or recombinant means.
- the linkage is chemical, wherein a reaction between the antibody moiety and the effector molecule has produced a covalent bond formed between the two molecules to form one molecule.
- a peptide linker short peptide sequence
- conjugates can be prepared from two molecules with separate functionalities, such as an antibody and an effector molecule, they are also sometimes referred to as "chimeric molecules.”
- Constant amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that do not substantially affect or decrease a function of a protein, such as the ability of the protein to interact with a target protein.
- an HlV-specific antibody can include up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or up to 10 conservative substitutions compared to a reference antibody sequence and retain specific binding activity for HIV-1 antigen, and/or HIV-1 neutralization activity.
- conservative variation also includes the use of a substituted amino acid in place of an unsubstituted parent amino acid.
- Non-conservative substitutions are those that reduce an activity or function of the HIV-specific antibody, such as the ability to specifically bind to gpl20. For instance, if an amino acid residue is essential for a function of the protein, even an otherwise conservative substitution may disrupt that activity. Thus, a conservative substitution does not alter the basic function of a protein of interest.
- Placement in direct physical association includes both in solid and liquid form, which can take place either in vivo or in vitro.
- Contacting includes contact between one molecule and another molecule, for example the amino acid on the surface of one polypeptide, such as an antigen, that contacts another polypeptide, such as an antibody.
- Contacting can also include contacting a cell for example by placing an antibody in direct physical association with a cell.
- Control A reference standard.
- the control is a negative control, such as sample obtained from a healthy patient not infected with HIV-1.
- the control is a positive control, such as a tissue sample obtained from a patient diagnosed with HIV-1 infection.
- the control is a historical control or standard reference value or range of values (such as a previously tested control sample, such as a group of HIV-1 patients with known prognosis or outcome, or group of samples that represent baseline or normal values).
- a difference between a test sample and a control can be an increase or conversely a decrease.
- the difference can be a qualitative difference or a quantitative difference, for example a statistically significant difference.
- a difference is an increase or decrease, relative to a control, of at least about 5%, such as at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 100%, at least about 150%, at least about 200%, at least about 250%, at least about 300%, at least about 350%, at least about 400%, or at least about 500%.
- a “degenerate variant” refers to a polynucleotide encoding a protein (for example, an antibody or variable region thereof that specifically binds gpl20) that includes a sequence that is degenerate as a result of the genetic code.
- a protein for example, an antibody or variable region thereof that specifically binds gpl20
- Detectable marker A detectable molecule (also known as a label) that is conjugated directly or indirectly to a second molecule, such as an antibody, to facilitate detection of the second molecule.
- the detectable marker can be capable of detection by ELISA, spectrophotometry, flow cytometry, microscopy or diagnostic imaging techniques (such as CT scans, MRIs, ultrasound, fiberoptic examination, and laparoscopic examination).
- detectable markers include fluorophores, chemiluminescent agents, enzymatic linkages, radioactive isotopes and heavy metals or compounds (for example super paramagnetic iron oxide nanocrystals for detection by MRI).
- a "labeled antibody” refers to incorporation of another molecule in the antibody.
- the label is a detectable marker, such as the incorporation of a radiolabeled amino acid or attachment to a polypeptide of biotinyl moieties that can be detected by marked avidin (for example, streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or colorimetric methods).
- marked avidin for example, streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or colorimetric methods.
- Various methods of labeling polypeptides and glycoproteins are known in the art and may be used.
- labels for polypeptides include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides (such as 35 S or 131 I), fluorescent labels (such as fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic labels (such as horseradish peroxidase, beta- galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase), chemiluminescent markers, biotinyl groups, predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (such as a leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags), or magnetic agents, such as gadolinium chelates.
- radioisotopes or radionuclides such as 35 S or 131 I
- fluorescent labels such as fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors
- enzymatic labels
- labels are attached by spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance.
- Methods for using detectable markers and guidance in the choice of detectable markers appropriate for various purposes are discussed for example in Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4 th ed, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 2012) and Ausubel et al. (In Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, through supplement 104, 2013).
- Detecting To identify the existence, presence, or fact of something. General methods of detecting are known to the skilled artisan and may be supplemented with the protocols and reagents disclosed herein. For example, included herein are methods of detecting a cell that expresses gpl20 in a subject.
- Effector molecule A molecule intended to have or produce a desired effect; for example, a desired effect on a cell to which the effector molecule is targeted. Effector molecules can include, for example, polypeptides and small molecules. In one non-limiting example, the effector molecule is a toxin. The skilled artisan will understand that some effector molecules may have or produce more than one desired effect.
- Epitope An antigenic determinant. These are particular chemical groups or peptide sequences on a molecule that are antigenic, i.e. that elicit a specific immune response.
- An antibody specifically binds a particular antigenic epitope on a polypeptide. In some examples a disclosed antibody specifically binds to an epitope on gpl20.
- an encoding nucleic acid sequence (such as a gene) can be expressed when its DNA is transcribed into an RNA or RNA fragment, which in some examples is processed to become mRNA.
- An encoding nucleic acid sequence (such as a gene) may also be expressed when its mRNA is translated into an amino acid sequence, such as a protein or a protein fragment.
- a heterologous gene is expressed when it is transcribed into an RNA.
- a heterologous gene is expressed when its RNA is translated into an amino acid sequence.
- Regulation of expression can include controls on transcription, translation, RNA transport and processing, degradation of intermediary molecules such as mRNA, or through activation, inactivation, compartmentalization or degradation of specific protein molecules after they are produced.
- Expression Control Sequences Nucleic acid sequences that regulate the expression of a heterologous nucleic acid sequence to which it is operatively linked. Expression control sequences are operatively linked to a nucleic acid sequence when the expression control sequences control and regulate the transcription and, as appropriate, translation of the nucleic acid sequence.
- control sequences can include appropriate promoters, enhancers, transcription terminators, a start codon (ATG) in front of a protein-encoding gene, splicing signal for introns, maintenance of the correct reading frame of that gene to permit proper translation of mRNA, and stop codons.
- control sequences is intended to include, at a minimum, components whose presence can influence expression, and can also include additional components whose presence is advantageous, for example, leader sequences and fusion partner sequences.
- Expression control sequences can include a promoter.
- a promoter is a minimal sequence sufficient to direct transcription. Also included are those promoter elements which are sufficient to render promoter-dependent gene expression controllable for cell-type specific, tissue-specific, or inducible by external signals or agents; such elements may be located in the 5' or 3' regions of the gene. Both constitutive and inducible promoters are included (see for example, Bitter et ah, Methods in Enzymology 153 :516-544, 1987). For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as pL of bacteriophage lambda, plac, ptrp, ptac (ptrp-lac hybrid promoter) and the like may be used.
- promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells such as metallothionein promoter or from mammalian viruses (such as the retrovirus long terminal repeat; the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter) can be used.
- Promoters produced by recombinant DNA or synthetic techniques may also be used to provide for transcription of the nucleic acid sequences.
- a polynucleotide can be inserted into an expression vector that contains a promoter sequence which facilitates the efficient transcription of the inserted genetic sequence of the host.
- the expression vector typically contains an origin of replication, a promoter, as well as specific nucleic acid sequences that allow phenotypic selection of the transformed cells.
- Expression vector A vector comprising a recombinant polynucleotide comprising expression control sequences operatively linked to a nucleotide sequence to be expressed.
- An expression vector comprises sufficient cis- acting elements for expression; other elements for expression can be supplied by the host cell or in an in vitro expression system.
- Expression vectors include all those known in the art, such as cosmids, plasmids (e.g., naked or contained in liposomes) and viruses (e.g., lentiviruses, retroviruses, adenoviruses, and adeno-associated viruses) that incorporate the recombinant
- Fc polypeptide The polypeptide including the constant region of an antibody excluding the first constant region immunoglobulin domain.
- Fc region generally refers to the last two constant region immunoglobulin domains of IgA, IgD, and IgG, and the last three constant region immunoglobulin domains of IgE and IgM.
- An Fc region may also include part or all of the flexible hinge N-terminal to these domains.
- an Fc region may or may not include the tailpiece, and may or may not be bound by the J chain.
- the Fc region includes immunoglobulin domains Cgamma2 and Cgamma3 (Cy2 and Cy3) and the lower part of the hinge between Cgammal (Cyl) and Cy2.
- the human IgG heavy chain Fc region is usually defined to include residues C226 or P230 to its carboxyl-terminus, wherein the numbering is according to the EU index as in Kabat.
- the Fc region includes immunoglobulin domains Calpha2 and Calpha3 (Ca2 and Ca3) and the lower part of the hinge between Calphal (Cal) and Ca2.
- HIV-1 Envelope protein The HIV-1 envelope protein is initially synthesized as a precursor protein of 845-870 amino acids in size, designated gpl60. Individual gpl60 polypeptides form a homotrimer and undergo glycosylation within the Golgi apparatus as well as processing to remove the signal peptide, and cleavage by a cellular protease between approximately positions 511/512 to generate separate gpl20 and gp41 polypeptide chains, which remain associated as gpl20/gp41 protomers within the homotrimer.
- the ectodomain (that is, the extracellular portion) of the HIV-1 Env trimer undergoes several structural rearrangements from a prefusion mature (cleaved) closed conformation that evades antibody recognition, through intermediate conformations that bind to receptors CD4 and co-receptor (either CCR5 or CXCR4), to a postfusion conformation.
- the numbering used in the disclosed HIV-1 Env proteins and fragments thereof is relative to the
- HXB2 numbering scheme as set forth in Numbering Positions in HIV Relative to HXB2CG Bette Korber et al., Human Retroviruses and AIDS 1998: A Compilation and Analysis of Nucleic Acid and Amino Acid Sequences. Korber et al., Eds. Theoretical Biology and Biophysics Group, Los Alamos National Laboratory, Los Alamos, NM, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- HIV-1 gpl20 A polypeptide that is part of the HIV-1 Env protein. Mature gpl20 includes approximately HIV-1 Env residues 31-511, contains most of the external, surface-exposed, domains of the HIV-1 Env trimer, and it is gp l20 which binds both to cellular CD4 receptors and to cellular chemokine receptors (such as CCR5). A mature gpl20 polypeptide is an extracellular polypeptide that interacts with the gp41 ectodomain to form an HIV-1 Env protomer that trimerizes to form the HIV-1 Env trimer.
- the gpl20 polypeptide is heavily N-glycosylated giving rise to an apparent molecular weight of 120 kD.
- gpl20 is comprised of five conserved regions (C1-C5) and five regions of high variability (VI- V5).
- the gpl20 core has a unique molecular structure, which comprises two domains: an "inner” domain (which faces gp41) and an "outer” domain (which is mostly exposed on the surface of the oligomeric envelope glycoprotein complex).
- the two gpl20 domains are separated by a "bridging sheet" that is not part of either of these domains.
- the binding site for the CD4 receptor on gpl20 spans the outer domain and bridging sheet regions of gpl20.
- the recognition surface involves a number of discontinuous segments, which include the CD4-binding loop, the base of the V5 loop, Loop D, and the outer domain- entry and -exit loops.
- Several glycosylation sites are located near the CD4 binding site on gpl20, including the N276 glycosylation site.
- HIV-1 gpl40 A recombinant HIV-1 Env polypeptide including gpl20 and the gp41 ectodomain, but not the gp41 transmembrane or cytosolic domains. HIV-1 gpl40 polypeptides can trimerize to form a soluble HIV-1 Env ectodomain trimer.
- HIV-1 gp41 A polypeptide that is part of the HIV-1 Env protein. Mature gp41 includes approximately HIV-1 Env residues 512-860, and includes cytosolic-, transmembrane-, and ecto-domains. The gp41 ectodomain (including approximately HIV-1 Env residues 512-644) can interact with gpl20 to form an HIV-1 Env protomer that trimerizes to form the HIV-1 Env trimer.
- HIV-1 Human Immunodeficiency Virus type 1
- HIV-1 disease immunosuppression in humans (HIV-1 disease), and leads to a disease complex known as the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS).
- HIV-1 disease refers to a well-recognized constellation of signs and symptoms (including the development of opportunistic infections) in persons who are infected by HIV-1, as determined by antibody or western blot studies. Laboratory findings associated with this disease include a progressive decline in T cells.
- Related viruses that are used as animal models include simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV) and feline immunodeficiency virus (FIV). Treatment of HIV-1 with HAART has been effective in reducing the viral burden and ameliorating the effects of HIV-1 infection in infected individuals.
- HXB2 numbering system A reference numbering system for HIV-1 protein and nucleic acid sequences, using HIV-1 HXB2 strain sequences as a reference for all other HIV-1 strain sequences.
- the person of ordinary skill in the art is familiar with the HXB2 numbering system, and this system is set forth in "Numbering Positions in HIV Relative to HXB2CG,” Bette Korber et al., Human Retroviruses and AIDS 1998: A Compilation and Analysis of Nucleic Acid and Amino Acid Sequences. Korber B, Kuiken CL, Foley B, Hahn B, McCutchan F, Mellors JW, and Sodroski J, Eds.
- HXB2 is also known as: HXBc2, for HXB clone 2; HXB2R, in the Los Alamos HIV database, with the R for revised, as it was slightly revised relative to the original HXB2 sequence; and HXB2CG in GENBANKTM, for HXB2 complete genome.
- the numbering used in gpl20 polypeptides disclosed herein is relative to the HXB2 numbering scheme.
- the amino acid sequence of HIV-1 Env of HXB2 is set forth below:
- IgA A polypeptide belonging to the class of antibodies that are substantially encoded by a recognized immunoglobulin alpha gene. In humans, this class or isotype comprises IgAi and IgA2.
- IgA antibodies can exist as monomers, polymers (referred to as plgA) of predominantly dimeric form, and secretory IgA.
- the constant chain of wild-type IgA contains an 18-amino-acid extension at its C- terminus called the tail piece (tp).
- Polymeric IgA is secreted by plasma cells with a 15-kDa peptide called the J chain linking two monomers of IgA through the conserved cysteine residue in the tail piece.
- IgG A polypeptide belonging to the class or isotype of antibodies that are substantially encoded by a recognized immunoglobulin gamma gene. In humans, this class comprises Igd, IgG 2 , IgG 3 , and IgG4. In mice, this class comprises IgGi, IgG2a, IgG2b, IgG3.
- Immune complex The binding of antibody or antigen binding fragment (such as a scFv) to a soluble antigen forms an immune complex.
- the formation of an immune complex can be detected through conventional methods known to the skilled artisan, for instance immunohistochemistry, immunoprecipitation, flow cytometry, immunofluorescence microscopy, ELISA, immunoblotting (for example, Western blot), magnetic resonance imaging, CT scans, X-ray and affinity chromatography. Immunological binding properties of selected antibodies may be quantified using methods well known in the art.
- isolated nucleic acids, peptides and proteins include nucleic acids and proteins purified by standard purification methods.
- the term also embraces nucleic acids, peptides and proteins prepared by recombinant expression in a host cell, as well as, chemically synthesized nucleic acids.
- a isolated nucleic acid, peptide or protein, for example an antibody can be at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% pure.
- Linker A bi-functional molecule that can be used to link two molecules into one contiguous molecule, for example, to link an effector molecule to an antibody.
- the provided conjugates include a linker between the effector molecule or detectable marker and an antibody.
- a linker is a peptide within an antigen binding fragment (such as an Fv fragment) which serves to indirectly bond the VH and VL.
- Non-limiting examples of peptide linkers include a (GGGGS; residues 1 - 5, SEQ OD NO: 25) i linker, a (GGGGS; residues 1-5, SEQ OD NO: 25) 2 linker, or a (GGGGS; residues 1-5, SEQ OD NO: 25) 3 linker.
- conjugating can refer to making two molecules into one contiguous molecule; for example, linking two polypeptides into one contiguous polypeptide, or covalently attaching an effector molecule or detectable marker radionuclide or other molecule to a polypeptide, such as an scFv.
- the terms include reference to joining a ligand, such as an antibody moiety, to an effector molecule.
- the linkage can be either by chemical or recombinant means.
- “Chemical means” refers to a reaction between the antibody moiety and the effector molecule such that there is a covalent bond formed between the two molecules to form one molecule.
- Nucleic acid A polymer composed of nucleotide units (ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, related naturally occurring structural variants, and synthetic non-naturally occurring analogs thereof) linked via phosphodiester bonds, related naturally occurring structural variants, and synthetic non- naturally occurring analogs thereof.
- nucleotide polymers in which the nucleotides and the linkages between them include non-naturally occurring synthetic analogs, such as, for example and without limitation, phosphorothioates, phosphoramidates, methyl phosphonates, chiral-methyl phosphonates, 2-O-methyl ribonucleotides, peptide-nucleic acids (PNAs), and the like.
- oligonucleotide typically refers to short polynucleotides, generally no greater than about 50 nucleotides. It will be understood that when a nucleotide sequence is represented by a DNA sequence (i.e., A, T, G, C), this also includes an RNA sequence (i.e., A, U, G, C) in which "U” replaces "T. "
- nucleotide sequences the left-hand end of a single-stranded nucleotide sequence is the 5'-end; the left-hand direction of a double-stranded nucleotide sequence is referred to as the 5'-direction.
- the direction of 5' to 3' addition of nucleotides to nascent RNA transcripts is referred to as the transcription direction.
- the DNA strand having the same sequence as an mRNA is referred to as the "coding strand;" sequences on the DNA strand having the same sequence as an mRNA transcribed from that DNA and which are located 5' to the 5'-end of the RNA transcript are referred to as "upstream sequences;” sequences on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA and which are 3' to the 3' end of the coding RNA transcript are referred to as "downstream sequences.”
- cDNA refers to a DNA that is complementary or identical to an mRNA, in either single stranded or double stranded form.
- Encoding refers to the inherent property of specific sequences of nucleotides in a
- polynucleotide such as a gene, a cDNA, or an mRNA
- a gene encodes a protein if transcription and translation of mRNA produced by that gene produces the protein in a cell or other biological system.
- coding strand the nucleotide sequence of which is identical to the mRNA sequence and is usually provided in sequence listings
- non-coding strand used as the template for transcription
- a "nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence" includes all nucleotide sequences that are degenerate versions of each other and that encode the same amino acid sequence. Nucleotide sequences that encode proteins and RNA may include introns.
- the nucleotides can be ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, or modified forms of either nucleotide.
- the term includes single- and double- stranded forms of DNA.
- Operably linked A first nucleic acid sequence is operably linked with a second nucleic acid sequence when the first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with the second nucleic acid sequence.
- a promoter such as the CMV promoter, is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
- operably linked DNA sequences are contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein- coding regions, in the same reading frame.
- compositions and formulations suitable for pharmaceutical delivery of the disclosed agents are conventional. Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 22th ed., Pharmaceutical Press, London, UK (2012), describes compositions and formulations suitable for pharmaceutical delivery of the disclosed agents.
- parenteral formulations usually include injectable fluids that include pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable fluids such as water, physiological saline, balanced salt solutions, aqueous dextrose, glycerol or the like as a vehicle.
- pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable fluids such as water, physiological saline, balanced salt solutions, aqueous dextrose, glycerol or the like as a vehicle.
- solid compositions e.g., powder, pill, tablet, or capsule forms
- conventional non-toxic solid carriers can include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, or magnesium stearate.
- pharmaceutical compositions to be administered can contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, added preservatives (such as non-natural
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is sterile and suitable for parenteral administration to a subject for example, by injection.
- the active agent and pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are provided in a unit dosage form such as a pill or in a selected quantity in a vial.
- Unit dosage forms can include one dosage or multiple dosages (for example, in a vial from which metered dosages of the agents can selectively be dispensed).
- Polypeptide A polymer in which the monomers are amino acid residues that are joined together through amide bonds. When the amino acids are alpha-amino acids, either the L-optical isomer or the D- optical isomer can be used, the L-isomers being preferred.
- the terms "polypeptide” or "protein” as used herein are intended to encompass any amino acid sequence and include modified sequences such as glycoproteins.
- a polypeptide includes both naturally occurring proteins, as well as those that are recombinantly or synthetically produced.
- a polypeptide has an amino terminal (N-terminal) end and a carboxy-terminal end. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is a disclosed antibody or a fragment thereof.
- polypeptides can be modified by a variety of chemical techniques to produce derivatives having essentially the same activity and conformation as the unmodified peptides, and optionally having other desirable properties.
- carboxylic acid groups of the protein may be provided in the form of a salt of a pharmaceutically- acceptable cation or esterified to form a C 1 -C 16 ester, or converted to an amide of formula NR 1 R2 wherein Ri and R2 are each independently H or C 1 -C 16 alkyl, or combined to form a heterocyclic ring, such as a 5- or 6- membered ring.
- Amino groups of the peptide may be in the form of a pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salt, such as the HC1, HBr, acetic, benzoic, toluene sulfonic, maleic, tartaric and other organic salts, or may be modified to O-C 16 alkyl or dialkyl amino or further converted to an amide.
- a pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salt such as the HC1, HBr, acetic, benzoic, toluene sulfonic, maleic, tartaric and other organic salts
- Hydroxyl groups of the peptide side chains can be converted to C1-C 16 alkoxy or to a C1-C 16 ester using well-recognized techniques.
- Phenyl and phenolic rings of the peptide side chains can be substituted with one or more halogen atoms, such as F, CI, Br or I, or with C1-C 16 alkyl, O-C 16 alkoxy, carboxylic acids and esters thereof, or amides of such carboxylic acids.
- Methylene groups of the peptide side chains can be extended to homologous C 2 -C4 alkylenes.
- Thiols can be protected with any one of a number of well-recognized protecting groups, such as acetamide groups.
- a recombinant nucleic acid is one that has a sequence that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination can be accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, for example, by genetic engineering techniques.
- a recombinant protein is one that has a sequence that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two otherwise separated segments of sequence.
- a recombinant protein is encoded by a heterologous (for example, recombinant) nucleic acid that has been introduced into a host cell, such as a bacterial or eukaryotic cell.
- the nucleic acid can be introduced, for example, on an expression vector having signals capable of expressing the protein encoded by the introduced nucleic acid or the nucleic acid can be integrated into the host cell chromosome.
- Sequence identity The similarity between amino acid sequences is expressed in terms of the similarity between the sequences, otherwise referred to as sequence identity. Sequence identity is frequently measured in terms of percentage identity (or similarity or homology); the higher the percentage, the more similar the two sequences are. Homologs or variants of a polypeptide will possess a relatively high degree of sequence identity when aligned using standard methods.
- NCBI Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST) (Altschul et al, J. Mol. Biol. 215:403, 1990) is available from several sources, including the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI, Bethesda, MD) and on the internet, for use in connection with the sequence analysis programs blastp, blastn, blastx, tblastn and tblastx. A description of how to determine sequence identity using this program is available on the NCBI website on the internet.
- Homologs and variants of a VL or a VH of an antibody that specifically binds a polypeptide are typically characterized by possession of at least about 75%, for example at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity counted over the full length alignment with the amino acid sequence of interest. Proteins with even greater similarity to the reference sequences will show increasing percentage identities when assessed by this method, such as at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity.
- homologs and variants When less than the entire sequence is being compared for sequence identity, homologs and variants will typically possess at least 80% sequence identity over short windows of 10-20 amino acids, and may possess sequence identities of at least 85% or at least 90% or 95% depending on their similarity to the reference sequence. Methods for determining sequence identity over such short windows are available at the NCBI website on the internet. One of skill in the art will appreciate that these sequence identity ranges are provided for guidance only; it is entirely possible that strongly significant homologs could be obtained that fall outside of the ranges provided.
- sequence relationships between two or more nucleotide sequences or amino acid sequences include “reference sequence,” “selected from,” “comparison window,” “identical,” “percentage of sequence identity,” “substantially identical,” “complementary,” and “substantially complementary.”
- sequence comparison For sequence comparison of nucleic acid sequences, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared.
- test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters are used.
- Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith &
- PILEUP uses a simplification of the progressive alignment method of Feng & Doolittle, /. Mol. Evol. 35:351-360, 1987. The method used is similar to the method described by Higgins & Sharp, CABIOS 5: 151-153, 1989.
- a reference sequence is compared to other test sequences to determine the percent sequence identity relationship using the following parameters: default gap weight (3.00), default gap length weight (0.10), and weighted end gaps.
- PILEUP can be obtained from the GCG sequence analysis software package, e.g., version 7.0 (Devereaux et al., Nuc. Acids Res. 12:387-395, 1984.
- Another example of algorithms that are suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity are the BLAST and the BLAST 2.0 algorithm, which are described in Altschul et ah, J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410, 1990 and Altschul et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402, 1977.
- Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (ncbi.nlm.nih.gov).
- the BLASTP program (for amino acid sequences) uses as defaults a word length (W) of 3, and expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff & Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Set USA 89:10915, 1989).
- An oligonucleotide is a linear polynucleotide sequence of up to about 100 nucleotide bases in length.
- an antibody or antigen binding fragment refers to a binding reaction which determines the presence of a target protein, peptide, or polysaccharide in the presence of a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologies.
- an antibody binds preferentially to a particular target protein, peptide or polysaccharide (such as an antigen present on the surface of a pathogen, for example HIV-1 Env) and does not bind in a significant amount to other proteins or polysaccharides present in the sample or subject.
- Specific binding can be determined by methods known in the art.
- specific binding of the antigen and antibody has a K D of less than about 10 "7 Molar, such as less than about 10 "8 Molar, 10 "9 , or even less than about 10 "10 Molar.
- KD refers to the dissociation constant for a given interaction, such as a polypeptide ligand interaction or an antibody antigen interaction.
- a polypeptide ligand interaction such as an antibody or antigen binding fragment and an antigen it is the concentration of the individual components of the bimolecular interaction divided by the concentration of the complex.
- an antibody that specifically binds to an epitope on gpl20 is an antibody that binds substantially to gpl20, including cells or tissue expressing gpl20, substrate to which the gpl20 is attached, or gpl20 in a biological specimen. It is, of course, recognized that a certain degree of non-specific interaction may occur between an antibody or conjugate including an antibody (such as an antibody that specifically binds gpl20 or conjugate including such antibody) and a non-target (such as a cell that does not express gpl20).
- specific binding results in a much stronger association between the antibody and protein or cells bearing the antigen than between the antibody and protein or cells lacking the antigen.
- Specific binding typically results in greater than 2-fold, such as greater than 5- fold, greater than 10-fold, or greater than 100-fold increase in amount of bound antibody (per unit time) to a protein including the epitope or cell or tissue expressing the target epitope as compared to a protein or cell or tissue lacking this epitope.
- Specific binding to a protein under such conditions requires an antibody that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein.
- a variety of immunoassay formats are appropriate for selecting antibodies or other ligands specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein.
- solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select monoclonal antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein. See Harlow & Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, 2 nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York (2013), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity.
- Subject Living multi-cellular vertebrate organisms, a category that includes human and non- human mammals.
- a subject is a human.
- the subject is a newborn infant.
- a subject is selected that is in need of inhibiting of an HIV-1 infection.
- the subject is either uninfected and at risk of HIV-1 infection or is infected in need of treatment.
- Therapeutically effective amount The amount of agent, such as a disclosed gpl20 specific antibody or antigen binding fragment that is sufficient to prevent, treat (including prophylaxis), reduce and/or ameliorate the symptoms or underlying causes of a disorder or disease, such as HIV-1 infection.
- a therapeutically effective amount is sufficient to reduce or eliminate a symptom of HIV-1 infection, such as AIDS. For instance, this can be the amount necessary to inhibit or prevent HIV-1 replication or to measurably alter outward symptoms of the HIV-1 infection.
- a therapeutically effective amount provides a therapeutic effect without causing a substantial cytotoxic effect in the subject.
- administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment that binds to gpl20 can reduce or inhibit an HIV-1 infection (for example, as measured by infection of cells, or by number or percentage of subjects infected by HIV-1, or by an increase in the survival time of infected subjects) by a desired amount, for example by at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or even at least 100% (elimination or prevention of detectable HIV-1 infection), as compared to a suitable control.
- an HIV-1 infection for example, as measured by infection of cells, or by number or percentage of subjects infected by HIV-1, or by an increase in the survival time of infected subjects
- a desired amount for example by at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or even at least 100% (elimination or prevention
- a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds gpl20 that is administered to a subject will vary depending upon a number of factors associated with that subject, for example the overall health and/or weight of the subject.
- a therapeutically effective amount can be determined by varying the dosage and measuring the resulting therapeutic response, such as, for example, a reduction in viral titer.
- Therapeutically effective amounts also can be determined through various in vitro, in vivo or in situ immunoassays.
- a therapeutically effective amount encompasses a fractional dose that contributes in combination with previous or subsequent administrations to attaining a therapeutic response.
- a therapeutically effective amount of an agent can be administered in a single dose, or in several doses, for example daily, during a course of treatment lasting several days or weeks.
- the therapeutically effective amount can depend on the subject being treated, the severity and type of the condition being treated, and the manner of administration.
- a unit dosage form of the agent can be packaged in a therapeutic amount, or in multiples of the therapeutic amount, for example, in a vial (e.g., with a pierceable lid) or syringe having sterile components.
- a transformed cell is a cell into which a heterologous nucleic acid molecule has been introduced by molecular biology techniques.
- transformation encompasses all techniques by which a nucleic acid molecule might be introduced into such a cell, including transfection with viral vectors, transformation with plasmid vectors, and introduction of DNA by electroporation, lipofection, and particle gun acceleration.
- Treating or preventing a disease Inhibiting the full development of a disease or condition, for example, in a subject who is at risk of or has an HIV-1 infection.
- Treatment refers to a therapeutic intervention that ameliorates a sign or symptom of a disease or pathological condition after it has begun to develop.
- the term “ameliorating,” with reference to a disease or pathological condition, refers to any observable beneficial effect of the treatment.
- the beneficial effect can be evidenced, for example, by a delayed onset of clinical symptoms of the disease in a susceptible subject, a reduction in severity of some or all clinical symptoms of the disease, a slower progression of the disease, a reduction in the viral load, an improvement in the overall health or well-being of the subject, or by other parameters well known in the art that are specific to the particular disease.
- a "prophylactic" treatment is a treatment administered to a subject who does not exhibit signs of a disease for the purpose of reducing the risk of developing pathology.
- Recombinant DNA vectors are vectors having recombinant DNA.
- a vector can include nucleic acid sequences that permit it to replicate in a host cell, such as an origin of replication.
- a vector can also include one or more selectable marker genes and other genetic elements known in the art.
- Viral vectors are recombinant nucleic acid vectors having at least some nucleic acid sequences derived from one or more viruses.
- a viral vector is provided that comprises one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to HIV- 1 gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the viral vector can be an adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector.
- AAV adeno-associated virus
- a replication deficient viral vector is a vector that requires complementation of one or more regions of the viral genome required for replication due to a deficiency in at least one replication- essential gene function. For example, such that the viral vector does not replicate in typical host cells, especially those in a human patient that could be infected by the viral vector in the course of a therapeutic method.
- VRCOl-class antibody, heavy chain, or light chain A class of antibodies that bind to the CD4 binding site on gpl20 and can neutralize HIV-1, as well as heavy and light chains thereof.
- the prototypical member of the VRCOl-class of antibodies - VRCOl - can neutralize over 90% of circulating HIV-1 isolates with an average 50% inhibitory concentration (IC50) of -0.3 ⁇ g/ml.
- IC50 inhibitory concentration
- VRCOl-class antibodies share striking similarity in physical structure, and revealed several antibody features that contribute to gpl20 binding and HIV-1 neutralization.
- the substantial structural and ontogenetic characterization of VRCOl-class of antibodies allows recognition of the members of this class by interrogation of antibody sequence.
- the VH of a VRCOl-class antibody has a VH1-2 germline origin, wherein the VRCOl-class VH encoding sequence is from 20-35% (such as 25-30%) divergent from the corresponding germline gene sequence.
- the VRCOl-class VH includes a tryptophan residue at kabat position 50 (VH ⁇ 5 ⁇ ), an asparagine residue at kabat position 58 (VH Asnss), and an arginine residue at kabat position 71 (VH Arg 7 i). These residues form specific interactions with amino acids on gpl20 that contribute to the VRCOl-class specificity and neutralization properties.
- VH Trp5o forms a hydrogen bond with gpl20 Asn28o
- VH Aspss forms hydrogen bonds with gpl20 Arg456 and Gh/458
- VH Arg7i forms salt bridges with gpl20 Asp368, and VH TrplOOB forms a hydrogen bond with
- the V L of a VRCOl-class antibody has an IGKV1-33, IGKV3-11 , IGKV3-15, IGKV3- 20, or IGLV2-14 germline origin, wherein the VRCOl-class VL encoding sequence is from 15-35% (such as 25-30%) divergent from the corresponding germline gene sequence.
- the VRCOl-class VL includes either a LCDR1 (kabat positioning) with a 2-6 amino acid deletion, or a LCDR1 with glycine residues at kabat positions 28 and 30. The deletion or the presence of the glycine residues provides flexibility that allows the LCDR1 to avoid structural clash with the D loop of gpl20 when the antibody is bound to the CD4 binding site.
- the VRCOl-class VL includes an LCDR3 that is five amino acids in length (according to kabat positioning) and includes a hydrophobic residue (such as leucine or tyrosine) at kabat position 91, deletion of kabat positions 92-95, and a glutamate or glutamine residue at kabat position 96.
- the hydrophobic residue at position 91 packs against the backbone of gpl20 Loop D, and the glutamate or glutamine residue at kabat position 96 interacts with a conserved electropositive region on the base of the gpl20 V5 domain.
- Non-limiting examples of antibodies that fall within the VRCOl-class include the VRCOl, VRC03, VRC07, VRC07-523, VRC13, 3BCN117, 12A12, 12A21, VRC-PG04, NIH45-46, VRC23,
- VRC-CH30, VRC-CH31, and VRC-PG20 antibodies Description, characterization, and productions of these antibodies, as well as the VRCOl -class of antibodies is available and familiar to the person of ordinary skill in the art (see, e.g., Diskin et al., Science, 334(6060): 1289-93, 2011 ; Kwong and Mascola, Immunity, 37, 412-425, 2012; Li et al, J. Virol, 85, 8954-8967, 2011 ; Rudicell et al, J.
- VRC07, VRC07-523 VRC07H-G54H heavy and VRC01L-ElI2del-V3S light
- VRC07-544 VRC07H-I37V/G54H/T93A heavy and VRCOl -EIdel-V3S light
- the V H and V L sequences of these antibodies are provided below:
- EIVLTQSPGTLSLSPGETAI ISCRTSQYGSLAWYQQRPGQAPRLVIYSGSTRAAGIPDRFSGSRWGPDYN LTISNLESGDFGVYYCQQYEFFGQGTKVQVDIK (SEQ ID NO: 48)
- EIVLTQSPGTLSLSPGETAI ISCRTSQYGSLAWYQQRPGQAPRLVIYSGSTRAAGIPDRFSGSRWGPDYN LTISNLESGDFGVYYCQQYEFFGQGTKVQVDIK (SEQ ID NO: 48)
- Isolated monoclonal antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind an epitope on gpl20 are provided.
- the antibodies and antigen binding fragments can be fully human. In several embodiments, the antibodies and antigen binding fragments can be used to neutralize HIV-1.
- compositions including the antibodies and antigen binding fragments and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are also provided.
- Nucleic acids encoding the antibodies or antigen binding fragments, expression vectors (such as adeno-associated virus (AAV) viral vectors) including these nucleic acids are also provided.
- the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, nucleic acid molecules, host cells, and compositions can be used for research, diagnostic and therapeutic purposes.
- the monoclonal antibodies and antigen binding fragments can be used to diagnose or treat a subject with an HIV-1 infection, or can be administered prophylactically to prevent HIV-1 infection in a subject.
- the antibodies can be used to determine HIV-1 titer in a subject.
- This disclosure provides the novel CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies and variants thereof (including antigen binding fragments).
- Epitope mapping and competition binding studies show that the disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments specifically bind HIV-1 Env at an epitope that overlaps with the CD4-binding site on gpl20.
- CH540-VRC40.01 competes for binding to gpl20 with known CD4-binding site antibodies, such as VRC01.
- the disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments are surprisingly effective for neutralization of HIV-1.
- the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody neutralized 83% of a panel of 173 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses with median IC 50 of 0.099 ⁇ g/ml.
- the CH540-VRC40 antibodies competed with VRCOl for binding to the CD4 binding site of HIV 1 gpl20, the CH540-VRC40 antibodies neutralized a significant number of HIV- 1 strains that are VRCOl -resistent.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) HCDRs from one of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VL comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) LCDRs from one of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH and a VL including the HCDR1, HCDR2, HCDR3, LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3, respectively, of one of the CH540- VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralize HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes HCDR1, HCDR2, HCDR3, LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3 amino acid sequences that in aggregate are at least 90% (such as at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequences of the CDRs of one of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1 infection.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a VH comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) HCDRs from the VH set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 1 (CH540- VRC40.01), SEQ ID NO: 3 (CH540-VRC40.02), SEQ ID NO: 5 (CH540-VRC40.03), or SEQ ID NO: 7 (CH540-VRC40.04), or a VH comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, or at least 99%) identical thereto.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a VL comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) LCDRs from the V L set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 2 (CH540-VRC40.01), SEQ ID NO: 4 (CH540-VRC40.02), SEQ ID NO: 6 (CH540-VRC40.03), or SEQ ID NO: 8 (CH540-VRC40.04), or a V L comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, or at least 99%) identical thereto.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a VH comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) HCDRs from the V H set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 1 (CH540- VRC40.01), SEQ ID NO: 3 (CH540-VRC40.02), SEQ ID NO: 5 (CH540-VRC40.03), or SEQ ID NO: 7 (CH540-VRC40.04), or a VH comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, or at least 99%) identical thereto, and a VL comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) LCDRs from the V L set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 2 (CH540-VRC40.01), SEQ ID NO: 4 (CH540-VRC40.02), SEQ ID NO: 6 (CH540-VRC40.03), or SEQ ID NO: 8 (CH540-VRC40
- monoclonal antibodies refers to monoclonal antibodies that include a VH and a VL including CDRs with reference to the IMGT numbering scheme (unless the context indicates otherwise).
- CDR numbering schemes such as the Kabat, Chothia or IMGT numbering schemes
- the amino acid sequence and the CDR positions of the V H and V L of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540- VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies according to the IMGT numbering scheme are shown in Table 1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes one or more IMGT CDRs, such as those listed in Table 1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a V H including a HCDRl, HCDR2, and/or HCDR3 including amino acids 26- 33, 51-58, and/or 102-116, respectively, of one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a V L including a LCDR1, LCDR2, and/or LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and/or 89-97, respectively, of one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a V H including a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116 of SEQ ID NO: 1, respectively, and a VL including a LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 2, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a V H including a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116 of SEQ ID NO: 3, respectively, and a V L including a LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 4, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a V H including a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116 of SEQ ID NO: 5, respectively, and a V L including a LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 6, respectively.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116 of SEQ ID NO: 7, respectively, and a VL including a LCDRl, LCDR2, and LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 8, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- an isolated antibody or antibody fragment includes at least one CDR with a sequence that has at least 95% sequence identity to any one of SEQ ID NOs: 9-20, wherein the antibody specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDR1, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acid sequences at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116, respectively, of one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and/or a VL including a LCDRl, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 including amino acid sequences at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97, respectively, of one of SEQ ID NOs: 9
- the CH540-VRC40.01 , CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies are clonal variants of each other, and include similar heavy and light chain CDRs that derive from the same heavy and light chain germline genes. Accordingly, the CDR sequences of these antibodies can be used to generate consensus CDR sequences for a genus of antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to gpl20 and neutralize HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDR1, a HCDR2, and/or a HCDR3 including the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 21 (GYX1FX2DYL, wherein Xi is I or V, and X2 is T, A, or S), SEQ ID NO: 22 (INTNXiGLM, wherein Xi is A or G), and/or SEQ ID NO: 11
- the antibody antigen binding fragment includes a VL including a LCDRl, a LCDR2, and/or a LCDR3 including the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 23 (X1YX2DRS, wherein Xi is Q or D, and X 2 is V or I), SEQ ID NO: 13 (AAS), and/or SEQ ID NO: 24 (QQDX 1 X 2 WPVTF, wherein Xi is Y or K, and X2 is Y or G), respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- SEQ ID NO: 23 X1YX2DRS, wherein Xi is Q or D, and X 2 is V or I
- AAS SEQ ID NO: 13
- SEQ ID NO: 24 QQDX 1 X 2 WPVTF, wherein Xi is Y or K, and X2 is Y or G
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDR1, a HCDR2, and/or a HCDR3 including the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 22, and SEQ ID NO: 11, respectively, and further includes a VL including a LCDRl, a LCDR2, and/or a LCDR3 including the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 13, and SEQ ID NO: 24, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VL including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and a VL including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- VH including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and a VL including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH and a VL including amino acid sequences at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequences set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody includes a V L including the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment include a VH and a VL including the amino acid sequences set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- V H and V L segments of the disclosed antibodies can be "mixed and matched," in which different pairs of the V L and V H segments are combined and screened for binding to gpl20 to select VL/VHpair combinations of interest.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a HCDRl with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 9, 16, or 18, a HCDR2 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 10 or 15, and a HCDR3 with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a LCDR1 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 12 or 19, a
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a HCDRl with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 9, 16, or 18, a HCDR2 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 10 or 15, a HCDR3 with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11, a LCDR1 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 12 or 19, a LCDR2 with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, and a LCDR3 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 14, 17, or 20, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies include a five amino acid insertion between kabat positions 72A and 72B of the V H .
- the V H of any of the disclosed antibodies or antigen binding fragments can include a five amino acid insertion between kabat positions 72A and 72B.
- the insertion in the CH540-VRC40 antibodies includes the amino acid sequence of DWRTP (SEQ ID NO: 44) for CH540-VRC40.01 , CH540-VRC40.02, and CH540-VRC40.03, or SFRTP (SEQ ID NO: 45) for CH540-VRC40.04.
- the VH of any disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a five amino acid insertion between kabat positions 72A and 72B that comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as X 1 X 2 RTP (SEQ ID NO: 46), wherein Xi is D or S, and X 2 is W or F.
- the VH of any disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a five amino acid insertion between kabat positions 72A and 72B that comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as DWRTP (SEQ ID NO: 44) or SFRTP (SEQ ID NO: 45).
- Amino acid substitutions can be made in the VH and the VL regions, for example to increase production yield or solubility.
- the VH of the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include up to 10 (such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9) amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) compared to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs : 1, 3, 5, or 7, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- the VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include up to 10 (such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9) amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) compared to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
- up to 10 such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9
- amino acid substitutions such as conservative amino acid substitutions
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include, in aggregate, up to 10 (such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9) amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) in the CDRs of the VH of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VH and VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, compared to the CDRs of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540- VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody, and maintain the specific binding activity for gpl20 and neutralization of HIV-1.
- up to 10 such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9 amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) in the CDRs of the VH of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include, in aggregate, up to
- amino acid substitutions such as conservative amino acid substitutions
- amino acid substitutions in the framework regions of the VH of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VH and VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, compared to a known framework region, or compared to the framework regions of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody, and maintain the specific binding activity for gpl20 and neutralization of HIV-1.
- substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more CDRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen.
- conservative alterations e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein
- binding affinity may be made in CDRs.
- each CDR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be a human antibody or fragment thereof.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include any suitable framework region, such as (but not limited to) a human framework region.
- a human framework region Human framework regions, and mutations that can be made in a human antibody framework regions, are known in the art (see, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,585,089, which is incorporated herein by reference).
- a heterologous framework region such as, but not limited to a mouse or monkey framework region, can be included in the heavy or light chain of the antibodies.
- a heterologous framework region such as, but not limited to a mouse or monkey framework region.
- the antibody can be of any isotype.
- the antibody can be, for example, an IgM or an IgG antibody, such as IgGi, lgGi, lgG or IgG4.
- the class of an antibody that specifically binds gpl20 can be switched with another.
- a nucleic acid molecule encoding VL or VH is isolated using methods well-known in the art, such that it does not include any nucleic acid sequences encoding the constant region of the light or heavy chain, respectively.
- a nucleic acid molecule encoding VL or VH is then operatively linked to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a CL or CH from a different class of immunoglobulin molecule.
- an antibody that specifically binds gpl20, that was originally IgM may be class switched to an IgG. Class switching can be used to convert one IgG subclass to another, such as from IgGi to IgG2, IgG3, or IgG4.
- the disclosed antibodies are oligomers of antibodies, such as dimers, trimers, tetramers, pentamers, hexamers, septamers, octomers and so on.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can specifically bind gpl20 with an affinity (e.g., measured by KD) of no more than l .O x 10 "8 M, no more than 5.0 x 10 _8 M, no more than 1.0 x 10 "9 M, no more than 5.0 x 10 "9 M, no more than 1.0 x 10 "10 M, no more than 5.0 x 10 "10 M, or no more than 1.0 x 10 "U M.
- KD can be measured, for example, by a radiolabeled antigen binding assay (RIA) performed with the Fab version of an antibody of interest and its antigen using known methods.
- RIA radiolabeled antigen binding assay
- solution binding affinity of Fabs for antigen is measured by equilibrating Fab with a minimal concentration of ( ]2i I)-labeled antigen in the presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (see, e.g. , Chen et a!., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881 ( 1999)).
- MICROTITER® multi-well plates (Thermo Scientific) are coated overnight with 5 of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 rriM sodium carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bo vine serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature (approximately 23° C).
- a non-adsorbent plate (Nunc #269620) 100 ⁇ or 26 pM [
- the Fab of interest is then incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a longer period ⁇ e.g., about 65 hours) to ensure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the mixtures are transferred to the capture plate for incubation at room temperature ⁇ e.g., for one hour). The solution is then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1 % polysorbaie 20 (TWEEN-20®) in PBS. When the plates have dried, 150 ⁇ /well of scintillant (MICROSCINT-20TM; Packard) is added, and the plates are counted on a TOPCOUNTTM gamma counter (Packard) for ten minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of maximal binding are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.
- KD can be measured using surface plasmon resonance assays using a
- BIACORE@-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) at 25° C with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at -10 response units (RIJ).
- CMS carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips
- EDC N-eihyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride
- NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
- Association rates (3 ⁇ 4_*,) and dissociation rates (k 0 ff) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE ⁇ Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation se sorgrams.
- the equilibrium dissociation constant (KD) is calculated as the ratio k 0 ff/ko n . See, e.g. , Chen et ah, J. Mot Biol 293:865-881 (1999). If the on-rate exceeds 106 M "1 s ⁇ !
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can also be distinguished by neutralization breadth.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can neutralize at least 70% (such as at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, least 90%, or at least 95%) of the HIV-1 isolates included in a standardized panel of HIV-1 pseudoviruses (such as that provided in FIG. 5) with an IC 5 o of less than 50 ⁇ / X. As illustrated in FIG.
- the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody can neutralize the following VRCOl -resistant strains of HIV-1 with an inhibitory concentration (IC 5 0) of ⁇ 50 ⁇ / ⁇ : 242- 14, DU172.17, DU422.01, TV1.29, TZA125.17, and 57128.vrcl5. Accordingly, in some embodiments, any of the disclosed antibodies or antigen binding fragments can neutralize the 242-14, DU172.17, DU422.01, TV1.29, TZA125.17, and 57128.vrcl5 strains of HIV-1 with an inhibitory concentration (ICso) of ⁇ 5( ⁇ g/ml.
- ICso inhibitory concentration
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment is included on a multispecific antibody, such as a bi-specific antibody.
- multispecific antibodies can be produced by known methods, such as crosslinking two or more antibodies, antigen binding fragments (such as scFvs) of the same type or of different types.
- Exemplary methods of making multispecific antibodies include those described in PCT Pub. No. WO2013/163427, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- Suitable crosslinkers include those that are heterobifunctional, having two distinctly reactive groups separated by an appropriate spacer (such as m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester) or homobifunctional (such as disuccinimidyl suberate).
- Such linkers are available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, 111.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment is included on a bispecific antibody that that specifically binds to gpl20 and further specifically binds to CD3.
- Examples of CD3 binding domains that can be included on the bispecific antibody or antigen binding fragment are known and include those disclosed in PCT Pub. No. WO2013/163427, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- Bispecific single chain antibodies can be encoded by a single nucleic acid molecule.
- Examples of bispecific single chain antibodies, as well as methods of constructing such antibodies are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,076,459, 8,017,748, 8,007,796, 7,919,089, 7,820,166, 7,635,472, 7,575,923, 7,435,549, 7,332,168, 7,323,440, 7,235,641, 7,229,760, 7,112,324, 6,723,538, incorporated by reference herein). Additional examples of bispecific single chain antibodies can be found in PCT application No. WO 99/54440; Mack, /.
- bispecific Fab-scFv bispecific Fab-scFv
- a scFv molecule can be fused to one of the VL-CL (L) or VH-CH1 chains, e.g., to produce a bibody one scFv is fused to the C-term of a Fab chain. (d) Fragments
- Antigen binding fragments are encompassed by the present disclosure, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv which include a heavy chain and VL and specifically bind gpl20. These antibody fragments retain the ability to selectively bind with the antigen and are "antigen-binding" fragments.
- Non-limiting examples of such fragments include:
- Fab the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule, can be produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield an intact light chain and a portion of one heavy chain;
- Fab' the fragment of an antibody molecule can be obtained by treating whole antibody with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield an intact light chain and a portion of the heavy chain;
- Fab' fragments are obtained per antibody molecule
- Fv a genetically engineered fragment containing the VH and VL expressed as two chains
- Single chain antibody such as scFv
- scFv Single chain antibody
- Single chain antibody defined as a genetically engineered molecule containing the VH and the VL linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule
- a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule
- a dimer of a single chain antibody (SCFV2), defined as a dimer of a scFV. This has also been termed a "miniantibody.”
- the antigen binding fragment can be an Fv antibody, which is typically about 25 kDa and contain a complete antigen-binding site with three CDRs per each heavy chain and each light chain.
- Fv antibodies the VH and the VL can be expressed from two individual nucleic acid constructs in a host cell. If the VH and the VL are expressed non-contiguously, the chains of the Fv antibody are typically held together by noncovalent interactions. However, these chains tend to dissociate upon dilution, so methods have been developed to crosslink the chains through glutaraldehyde, intermolecular disulfides, or a peptide linker.
- the Fv can be a disulfide stabilized Fv (dsFv), wherein the VH and the VL are chemically linked by disulfide bonds.
- the Fv fragments include VH and VL chains connected by a peptide linker.
- These single-chain antigen binding proteins can be prepared by constructing a nucleic acid molecule encoding the VH and VL domains connected by an oligonucleotide. The nucleic acid molecule is inserted into an expression vector, which is subsequently introduced into a host cell such as a mammalian cell. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains.
- Methods for producing scFvs are known in the art (see Whitlow et al., Methods: a Companion to Methods in Enzymology, Vol.
- Antigen binding fragments can be prepared by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody or by expression in a host cell (such as an E. coli cell) of DNA encoding the fragment. Antigen binding fragments can also be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods. For example, antigen binding fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab')2. This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent, and optionally a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups resulting from cleavage of disulfide linkages, to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments.
- cleaving antibodies such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical, or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
- Antigen binding single VH domains have also been identified from a library of murine VH genes amplified from genomic DNA of immunized mice (Ward et al. Nature 347 :544-546, 1989). Human single immunoglobulin variable domain polypeptides capable of binding antigen with high affinity have also been described (see, for example, PCT Publication Nos. WO 2005/035572 and WO 2003/002609).
- the CDRs disclosed herein can also be included in a dAb.
- one or more of the heavy and/or light chain complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from a disclosed antibody is expressed on the surface of another protein, such as a scaffold protein.
- a disclosed antibody such as the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540- VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody
- a scaffold protein such as the expression of domains of antibodies on the surface of a scaffolding protein are known in the art (see e.g., Liu et al., J. Virology 85(17): 8467-8476, 2011). Such expression creates a chimeric protein that retains the binding for gpl20.
- one or more of the heavy chain CDRs is grafted onto a scaffold protein, such as one or more of heavy chain CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3.
- a scaffold protein such as one or more of heavy chain CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3.
- One or more CDRs can also be included in a diabody or another type of single chain antibody molecule.
- antibodies that bind to the same epitope on gpl20 to which the CH540- VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies bind.
- Antibodies that bind to such an epitope can be identified based on their ability to cross-compete (for example, to competitively inhibit the binding of, in a statistically significant manner) with one of the CH540- VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies provided herein in gpl20 binding assays (such as those described in the Examples).
- the antibody that binds to the same epitope on gpl20 as the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540- VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody is a human monoclonal antibody. Such human monoclonal antibodies can be prepared and isolated as described herein.
- CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody binds can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk and van de Winkel, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol 5: 368-74 (2001) and Lonberg, Curr. Op in. Immunol. 20:450-459 (2008). Such antibodies may be prepared, for example, by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge.
- Such animals typically contain ail or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes.
- the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated.
- Human variable regions from intact antibodies generated by such animals may be further modified, e.g., by combining with a different human constant region.
- Human antibodies that bind to the same epitope on gpl20 to which the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody binds can also be made by hybridoma-based methods.
- Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor /. Immunol., 133 : 3001 (1984); Brön et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et ah, J.
- Human hybridoma technology (Trioma technology) is also described in Vollmers and Brandlein, Histology and Histopathology, 20(3) :927 -937 (2005) and Vollmers and Brandlein, Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 27(3): 185-91 (2005).
- Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human -derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain.
- Antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to the same epitope on gpl 20 as CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 can also be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired binding characteristics. For example, a variety of methods are known in the art for generating phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies possessing the desired binding characteristics. Such methods are reviewed, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al.
- repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter et al, Ann. Rev. Immunol, 12: 433-455 (1994).
- Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments.
- naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths et al, EMBO J, 12: 725-734 (1993).
- naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning unrearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom and Winter, /. Mol. Biol, 227: 381-388 (1992).
- Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0079574, 2005/0119455, 2005/0266000,
- amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies provided herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody.
- Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, e.g., antigen-binding.
- antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided.
- Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the CDRs and the framework regions.
- Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, e.g., retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved ADCC or CDC.
- the variants typically retain amino acid residues necessary for correct folding and stabilizing between the VH and the VL regions, and will retain the charge characteristics of the residues in order to preserve the low pi and low toxicity of the molecules.
- Amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) can be made in the VH and the VL regions, for example to increase production yield or solubility.
- substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more CDRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen.
- conservative alterations e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein
- binding affinity may be made in CDRs.
- each CDR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
- the VL and VH segments can be randomly mutated, such as within HCDR3 region or the LCDR3 region, in a process analogous to the in vivo somatic mutation process responsible for affinity maturation of antibodies during a natural immune response.
- in vitro affinity maturation can be accomplished by amplifying VH and VL regions using PCR primers complementary to the HCDR3 or LCDR3, respectively.
- the primers have been "spiked” with a random mixture of the four nucleotide bases at certain positions such that the resultant PCR products encode VH and VL segments into which random mutations have been introduced into the VH and/or VL CDR3 regions.
- VH and VL segments can be tested to determine the binding affinity for gpl20.
- Methods of in vitro affinity maturation are known (see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207: 179-196 (2008)), and Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178: 1-37 (O'Brien et al, ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., (2001).)
- a useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called "alanine scanning mutagenesis" as described by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244: 1081-1085.
- a residue or group of target residues e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu
- a neutral or negatively charged amino acid e.g., alanine or polyalanine
- Further substitutions may be introduced at the amino acid locations demonstrating functional sensitivity to the initial substitutions.
- a crystal structure of an antigen- antibody complex is used to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution.
- Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.
- an antibody or antigen binding fragment is altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody or antigen binding fragment is glycosylated.
- Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.
- the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered.
- Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary
- oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CEh domain of the Fc region. See, e.g., Wright et al. TIBTECH 15:26-32 (1997).
- the oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the "stem" of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure.
- modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.
- antibody variants having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc region.
- the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1 % to 80%, from 1 % to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%.
- the amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e.g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example.
- Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc region;
- Asn297 may also be located about +3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies.
- Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, e.g., US Patent Publication Nos. US 2003/0157108 (Presta, L.); US 2004/0093621 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd).
- Examples of publications related to "defucosylated” or “fucose-deficient” antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621 ; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO2005/053742; WO2002/031140; Okazaki et al. J. Mol. Biol.
- Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Lec 13 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249:533-545 (1986); US Pat Appl No US 2003/0157108 Al , Presta, L; and WO 2004/056312 Al , Adams et al., especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha- 1,6-fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech.
- Antibodies variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, e.g., in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al); U.S. Pat. No.
- Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region are also provided. Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function. Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087 (Patel et al.); WO 1998/58964 (Raju, S.); and WO 1999/22764 (Raju, S.).
- the constant region of the antibody includes one or more amino acid substitutions to optimize in vivo half-life of the antibody.
- the serum half-life of IgG Abs is regulated by the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn).
- the antibody includes an amino acid substitution that increases binding to the FcRn.
- substitutions are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art, such as substitutions at IgG constant regions T250Q and M428L (see, e.g., Hinton et al., J Immunol., 176:346-356, 2006); M428L and N434S (the "LS" mutation, see, e.g., Zalevsky, et al., Nature Biotechnology, 28:157-159, 2010); N434A (see, e.g., Petkova et al., Int.
- the disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments can be linked to a Fc polypeptide including any of the substitutions listed above, for example, the Fc polypeptide can include the M428L and N434S substitutions.
- the constant region of the antibody includes one of more amino acid substitutions to optimize antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC).
- ADCC is mediated primarily through a set of closely related Fey receptors.
- the antibody includes one or more amino acid substitutions that increase binding to FcyRIIIa.
- substitutions are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art, such as substitutions at IgG constant regions S239D and I332E (see, e.g., Lazar et al, Proc. Natl, Acad. Sci.
- Combinations of the above substitutions are also included, to generate an IgG constant region with increased binding to FcRn and FcyRIIIa.
- the combinations increase antibody half-life and ADCC.
- such combination include antibodies with the following amino acid substitution in the Fc region: (1) S239D/I332E and T250Q/M428L; (2) S239D/I332E and M428L/N434S; (3) S239D/I332E and N434A; (4) S239D/I332E and T307A/E380A/N434A; (5) S239D/I332E and M252Y /
- the antibodies, or an antigen binding fragment thereof is modified such that it is directly cytotoxic to infected cells, or uses natural defenses such as complement, antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), or phagocytosis by macrophages.
- an antibody provided herein may be further modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available.
- the moieties suitable for derivatization of the antibody include but are not limited to water soluble polymers.
- Non- limiting examples of water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-l,3-dioxolane, poly-l,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, poly amino acids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl)
- Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water.
- the polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched.
- the number of polymers attached to the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymer are attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved, whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be derivatized or linked to another molecule (such as another peptide or protein).
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment is derivatized such that the binding to gpl20 is not affected adversely by the derivatization or labeling.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be functionally linked (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (for example, a bi-specific antibody or a diabody), a detectable marker, an effector molecule, or a protein or peptide that can mediate association of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a strep tavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
- the antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to an epitope on gpl20 can be conjugated to an agent, such as an effector molecule or detectable marker, using any number of means known to those of skill in the art. Both covalent and noncovalent attachment means may be used.
- agent such as an effector molecule or detectable marker
- covalent and noncovalent attachment means may be used.
- effector molecules and detectable markers can be used, including (but not limited to) toxins and radioactive agents such as 125 1, 32 P, 14 C, 3 H and 35 S and other labels, target moieties and ligands, etc.
- the choice of a particular effector molecule or detectable marker depends on the particular target molecule or cell, and the desired biological effect.
- the choice of a particular effector molecule or detectable marker depends on the particular target molecule or cell, and the desired biological effect.
- the effector molecule can be a cytotoxin that is used to bring about the death of a particular target cell (such as an HIV-1 infected cell).
- the effector molecule can be a cytokine, such as IL-15; conjugates including the cytokine can be used, e.g., to stimulate immune cells locally.
- the procedure for attaching an effector molecule or detectable marker to an antibody or antigen binding fragment varies according to the chemical structure of the effector.
- Polypeptides typically contain a variety of functional groups; such as carboxylic acid (COOH), free amine (-N3 ⁇ 4) or sulfhydryl (-SH) groups, which are available for reaction with a suitable functional group on a polypeptide to result in the binding of the effector molecule or detectable marker.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment is derivatized to expose or attach additional reactive functional groups.
- the derivatization may involve attachment of any of a number of known linker molecules such as those available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL.
- the linker can be any molecule used to join the antibody or antigen binding fragment to the effector molecule or detectable marker.
- the linker is capable of forming covalent bonds to both the antibody or antigen binding fragment and to the effector molecule or detectable marker.
- Suitable linkers are well known to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, straight or branched-chain carbon linkers, heterocyclic carbon linkers, or peptide linkers.
- the linkers may be joined to the constituent amino acids through their side groups (such as through a disulfide linkage to cysteine) or to the alpha carbon amino and carboxyl groups of the terminal amino acids.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be conjugated with effector molecules such as small molecular weight drugs such as Monomethyl Auristatin E (MMAE),
- MMAE Monomethyl Auristatin E
- Monomethyl Auristatin F maytansine, maytansine derivatives, including the derivative of maytansine known as DM1 (also known as mertansine), or other agents to make an antibody drug conjugate (ADC).
- ADC antibody drug conjugate
- conjugates of an antibody or antigen binding fragment and one or more small molecule toxins such as a calicheamicin, maytansinoids, dolastatins, auristatins, a trichothecene, and CC1065, and the derivatives of these toxins that have toxin activity, are provided.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be conjugated with a detectable marker; for example, a detectable marker capable of detection by ELISA, spectrophotometry, flow cytometry, microscopy or diagnostic imaging techniques (such as computed tomography (CT), computed axial tomography (CAT) scans, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), nuclear magnetic resonance imaging NMRI), magnetic resonance tomography (MTR), ultrasound, fiberoptic examination, and laparoscopic examination).
- a detectable marker capable of detection by ELISA, spectrophotometry, flow cytometry, microscopy or diagnostic imaging techniques (such as computed tomography (CT), computed axial tomography (CAT) scans, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), nuclear magnetic resonance imaging NMRI), magnetic resonance tomography (MTR), ultrasound, fiberoptic examination, and laparoscopic examination).
- CT computed tomography
- CAT computed axial tomography
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- NMRI nuclear magnetic resonance imaging
- MMR magnetic resonance tomography
- ultrasound fiberoptic
- chemiluminescent agents enzymatic linkages, radioactive isotopes and heavy metals or compounds (for example super paramagnetic iron oxide nanocrystals for detection by MRI).
- useful detectable markers include fluorescent compounds, including fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-l-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin, lanthanide phosphors and the like.
- Bioluminescent markers are also of use, such as luciferase, Green fluorescent protein (GFP), Yellow fluorescent protein (YFP).
- An antibody or antigen binding fragment can also be conjugated with enzymes that are useful for detection, such as horseradish peroxidase, ⁇ - galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase, glucose oxidase and the like.
- enzymes that are useful for detection
- an antibody or antigen binding fragment is conjugated with a detectable enzyme, it can be detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a reaction product that can be discerned.
- an antibody or antigen binding fragment may also be conjugated with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding. It should be noted that the avidin itself can be conjugated with an enzyme or a fluorescent label.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be conjugated with a paramagnetic agent, such as gadolinium.
- a paramagnetic agent such as gadolinium.
- Paramagnetic agents such as superparamagnetic iron oxide are also of use as labels.
- Antibodies can also be conjugated with lanthanides (such as europium and dysprosium), and manganese.
- An antibody or antigen binding fragment may also be labeled with a predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (such as leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags).
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can also be conjugated with a radiolabeled amino acid.
- the radiolabel may be used for both diagnostic and therapeutic purposes.
- the radiolabel may be used to detect gpl20 and gpl20 expressing cells by x-ray, emission spectra, or other diagnostic techniques.
- Examples of labels for polypeptides include, but are not limited to, the following radioisotopes or radionucleotides: 3 ⁇ 4, 14 C, 15 N, 35 S, 90 Y, 99 Tc, m In, 125 I, 131 L
- radiolabels may be detected using photographic film or scintillation counters
- fluorescent markers may be detected using a photodetector to detect emitted illumination.
- Enzymatic labels are typically detected by providing the enzyme with a substrate and detecting the reaction product produced by the action of the enzyme on the substrate, and colorimetric labels are detected by simply visualizing the colored label.
- the average number of effector molecule or detectable marker moieties per antibody or antigen binding fragment in a conjugate can range, for example, from 1 to 20 moieties per antibody or antigen binding fragment. In certain embodiments, the average number of effector molecule or detectable marker moieties per antibody or antigen binding fragment in a conjugate range from about 1 to about 2, from about 1 to about 3, about 1 to about 8; from about 2 to about 6; from about 3 to about 5; or from about 3 to about 4.
- the loading (for example, effector molecule/antibody ratio) of an conjugate may be controlled in different ways, for example, by: (i) limiting the molar excess of effector molecule-linker intermediate or linker reagent relative to antibody, (ii) limiting the conjugation reaction time or temperature, (iii) partial or limiting reductive conditions for cysteine thiol modification, (iv) engineering by recombinant techniques the amino acid sequence of the antibody such that the number and position of cysteine residues is modified for control of the number or position of linker-effector molecule attachments.
- CARs Chimeric Antigen Receptors
- CARs chimeric antigen receptor
- an extracellular antigen binding domain e.g., single chain variable fragment (scFv)
- scFv single chain variable fragment
- Characteristics of the disclosed CARs include their ability to redirect T-cell specificity and reactivity towards gpl20 expressing cells in a non-MHC-restricted manner. The non-MHC-restricted gpl20 recognition gives T cells expressing a disclosed CAR the ability to recognize antigen independent of antigen processing.
- the intracellular T cell signaling domains can include, for example, a T cell receptor signaling domain, a T cell costimulatory signaling domain, or both.
- the T cell receptor signaling domain refers to a portion of the CAR comprising the intracellular domain of a T cell receptor, such as the intracellular portion of the CD3 zeta protein.
- the costimulatory signaling domain refers to a portion of the CAR comprising the intracellular domain of a costimulatory molecule, which is a cell surface molecule other than an antigen receptor or their ligands that are required for an efficient response of lymphocytes to antigen.
- the antigen binding domain can be a scFv including the VH and the VL of any of the antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof disclosed in section II.A.
- the antigen binding domain can include a VH and a VL including the HCDRl, HCDR2, and HCDR3, and LCDRl, LCDR2, and LCDR3 of the V H and V L , respectively, of one of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or VRC40.04 antibodies (e.g., as set forth in Table 1).
- the antigen binding domain includes a VH and a VL including the amino acid sequences set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively; SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively; SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively.
- the antigen binding domain can be a scFv.
- the scFv includes a VH and a VL joined by a peptide linker, such as a linker including the amino acid sequence set forth as GGGGSGGGGSGGGGS (SEQ ID NO: 25).
- the CAR can include a signal peptide sequence, e.g., N-terminal to the antigen binding domain.
- the signal peptide sequence may comprise any suitable signal peptide sequence.
- the signal peptide sequence is a human granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF) receptor sequence, such as an amino acid sequence including or consisting of
- the signal peptide sequence may facilitate expression of the CAR on the surface of the cell, the presence of the signal peptide sequence in an expressed CAR is not necessary in order for the CAR to function. Upon expression of the CAR on the cell surface, the signal peptide sequence may be cleaved off of the CAR. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the CAR lacks a signal peptide sequence.
- the spacer domain may comprise up to 300 amino acids, preferably 10 to 100 amino acids and most preferably 25 to 50 amino acids.
- the spacer domain can include an immunoglobulin domain, such as a human
- the immunoglobulin domain comprises an
- the spacer domain can include an immunoglobulin domain comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 27:
- EPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMI SRTPEVTCWVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRWSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAP IEKT I SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR DELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSD IAVEWE SNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVF SC SVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKKDPK
- the CH2CH3 domain extends the antigen binding domain of the CAR away from the membrane of CAR-expressing cells and may more accurately mimic the size and domain structure of a native TCR.
- the CAR can be designed to comprise a transmembrane domain that is fused to the extracellular domain of the CAR.
- the transmembrane domain that naturally is associated with one of the domains in the CAR is used.
- the transmembrane domain may be derived either from a natural or from a synthetic source.
- the domain may be derived from any membrane -bound or transmembrane protein.
- exemplary transmembrane domains for use in the disclosed CARs can include at least the transmembrane region(s) of) the alpha, beta or zeta chain of the T-cell receptor, CD28, CD3 epsilon, CD45, CD4, CD5, CDS, CD9, CD 16, CD22, CD33, CD37, CD64, CD80, CD86, CD 134, CD137, CD154.
- the transmembrane domain may be synthetic, in which case it will comprise predominantly hydrophobic residues such as leucine and valine. In several embodiments, a triplet of phenylalanine, tryptophan and valine will be found at each end of a synthetic transmembrane domain.
- a short oligo- or polypeptide linker preferably between 2 and 10 amino acids in length may form the linkage between the transmembrane domain and the intracellular T cell signaling domain and/or T cell costimulatory domain of the CAR.
- a exemplary linker sequence includes one or more glycine-serine doublets.
- the transmembrane domain comprises the transmembrane domain of a T cell receptor, such as a CD8 transmembrane domain.
- the CAR can include a CD8 transmembrane domain including or consisting of SEQ ID NO: 28: TTTPAPRPPTPAPTIASQPLSLRPEACRPAAGGAVHTRGLDFACDIYIWAPLAGTCGVLLLSLVITLYC
- the transmembrane domain comprises the transmembrane domain of a T cell costimulatory molecule, such as CD 137 or CD28.
- the CAR can include a CD28 transmembrane domain including or consisting of SEQ ID NO: 29:
- the intracellular region of the CAR includes one or more intracellular T cell signaling domains responsible for activation of at least one of the normal effector functions of a T cell in which the CAR is expressed or placed in.
- Exemplary T cell signaling domains are provided herein, and are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art.
- intracellular T cell signaling domain can be employed in a CAR, in many cases it is not necessary to use the entire chain. To the extent that a truncated portion of the intracellular T cell signaling domain is used, such truncated portion may be used in place of the intact chain as long as it transduces the relevant T cell effector function signal.
- intracellular T cell signaling domains for use in the CAR include the cytoplasmic sequences of the T cell receptor (TCR) and co-stimulatory molecules that act in concert to initiate signal transduction following antigen receptor engagement, as well as any derivative or variant of these sequences and any synthetic sequence that has the same functional capability.
- TCR T cell receptor
- the disclosed CARs can include primary cytoplasmic signaling sequences that act in a stimulatory manner, which may contain signaling motifs that are known as immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs or ITAMs.
- ITAM containing primary cytoplasmic signaling sequences that can be included in a disclosed CAR include those from CD3 zeta, FcR gamma, FcR beta, CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, CDS, CD22,
- the cytoplasmic signaling molecule in the CAR includes an intracellular T cell signaling domain from CD3 zeta.
- the intracellular region of the CAR can include the IT AM containing primary cytoplasmic signaling domain (such as CD3-zeta) by itself or combined with any other desired cytoplasmic domain(s) useful in the context of a CAR.
- the cytoplasmic domain of the CAR can include a CD3 zeta chain portion and an intracellular costimulatory signaling domain.
- the costimulatory signaling domain refers to a portion of the CAR comprising the intracellular domain of a costimulatory molecule.
- a costimulatory molecule is a cell surface molecule other than an antigen receptor or their ligands that is required for an efficient response of lymphocytes to an antigen.
- TNFRSF18 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 18
- GITR Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 18
- the CAR can include a CD3 zeta signaling domain, a CD8 signaling domain, a CD28 signaling domain, a CD 137 signaling domain or a combination of two or more thereof.
- the cytoplasmic domain includes the signaling domain of CD3-zeta and the signaling domain of CD28.
- the cytoplasmic domain includes the signaling domain of CD3 zeta and the signaling domain of CD 137.
- the cytoplasmic domain includes the signaling domain of CD3-zeta and the signaling domain of CD28 and CD137.
- the order of the one or more T cell signaling domains on the CAR can be varied as needed by the person of ordinary skill in the art.
- the CD3 zeta signaling domain can include or consist of the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 30
- the CD8 signaling domain can include or consist of the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 31
- the CD28 signaling domain can include or consist of the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 32 (SKRSRLLHSDYMNMTPRRPGPTRKHYQPYAPPRDFAAYRS), the CD137 signaling domain can include or consist of the amino acid sequences set forth as SEQ ID NO: 33 (KRGRKKLLYIFKQPFMRPVQTTQEEDGCSCRFPEEEEGGCEL) or SEQ ID NO: 34
- the cytoplasmic signaling sequences within the cytoplasmic signaling portion of the CAR of the invention may be linked to each other in a random or specified order.
- a short polypeptide linker preferably between 2 and 10 amino acids in length may form the linkage.
- a glycine-serine doublet provides a particularly suitable linker.
- a spacer domain which includes a polypeptide sequence.
- the spacer domain may comprise up to 300 amino acids, preferably 10 to 100 amino acids and most preferably 25 to 50 amino acids.
- the term "functional portion" when used in reference to a CAR refers to any part or fragment of the CAR, which part or fragment retains the biological activity of the CAR of which it is a part (the parent CAR).
- Functional portions encompass, for example, those parts of a CAR that retain the ability to recognize target cells, or detect, treat, or prevent a disease, to a similar extent, the same extent, or to a higher extent, as the parent CAR.
- the functional portion can comprise, for instance, about 10%, 25%, 30%, 50%, 68%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or more, of the parent CAR.
- the CAR or functional portion thereof can include additional amino acids at the amino or carboxy terminus, or at both termini, which additional amino acids are not found in the amino acid sequence of the parent CAR.
- the additional amino acids do not interfere with the biological function of the CAR or functional portion, e.g., recognize target cells, treat or prevent HIV-1 infection, etc. More desirably, the additional amino acids enhance the biological activity, as compared to the biological activity of the parent CAR.
- Functional variants of the CARs described herein which have substantial or significant sequence identity or similarity to a parent CAR, which functional variant retains the biological activity of the CAR of which it is a variant.
- Functional variants encompass, for example, those variants of the CAR described herein (the parent CAR) that retain the ability to recognize target cells to a similar extent, the same extent, or to a higher extent, as the parent CAR.
- the functional variant can, for instance, be at least about 30%, about 50%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91 %, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%), about 97%, about 98%, about 99% or more identical in amino acid sequence to the parent CAR.
- a functional variant can, for example, comprise the amino acid sequence of the parent CAR with at least one conservative amino acid substitution.
- the functional variants can comprise the amino acid sequence of the parent CAR with at least one non-conservative amino acid substitution.
- the non-conservative amino acid substitution may enhance the biological activity of the functional variant, such that the biological activity of the functional variant is increased as compared to the parent CAR.
- the CARs can be of any length, i.e., can comprise any number of amino acids, provided that the CARs (or functional portions or functional variants thereof) retain their biological activity, e.g., the ability to specifically bind to antigen, detect diseased cells in a mammal, or treat or prevent disease in a mammal, etc.
- the CAR can be about 50 to about 5000 amino acids long, such as 50, 70, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 or more amino acids in length.
- the CARs can comprise synthetic amino acids in place of one or more naturally-occurring amino acids.
- Such synthetic amino acids are known in the art, and include, for example, aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, norleucine, a- amino n-decanoic acid, homoserine, S-acetylaminomethyl-cysteine, trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, 4- aminophenylalanine, 4- nitrophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, ⁇ - phenylserine ⁇ -hydroxyphenylalanine, phenylglycine, a -naphthylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, indoline-2-carboxylic acid, 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aminomalonic acid, amino
- the CARs can be glycosylated, amidated, carboxylated, phosphorylated, esterified, N-acylated, cyclized via, e.g., a disulfide bridge, or converted into an acid addition salt and/or optionally dimerized or polymerized, or conjugated.
- a nucleic acid molecule encoding a disclosed chimeric antigen binding receptor can be included in an expression vector (such as a lentiviral vector) for expression in a host cell, such as a T cell, to make the disclosed CAR.
- an expression vector such as a lentiviral vector
- methods of using the chimeric antigen receptor include isolating T cells from a subject, transforming the T cells with an expression vector (such as a lentiviral vector) encoding the chimeric antigen receptor, and administering the engineered T cells expressing the chimeric antigen receptor to the subject for treatment, for example for treatment of a tumor in the subject.
- an expression vector such as a lentiviral vector
- Nucleic acids molecules (for example, cDNA molecules) encoding the amino acid sequences of antibodies, antigen binding fragments, CARs, and conjugates that specifically bind gpl20 are provided. Nucleic acids encoding these molecules can readily be produced by one of skill in the art, using the amino acid sequences provided herein (such as the CDR sequences and VH and VL sequences), sequences available in the art (such as framework or constant region sequences), and the genetic code.
- a nucleic acid molecule can encode the VH, the VL, or both the VH and VL (for example in a bicistronic expression vector) of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment.
- the nucleic acid molecules can be expressed in a host cell (such as a mammalian cell) to produce a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment.
- nucleic acids which differ in sequence but which encode the same antibody sequence, or encode a conjugate or fusion protein including the VL and/or VH nucleic acid sequence.
- an isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes the VH of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment and includes the nucleic acid sequence set forth as any one of SEQ ID NOs: 36, 38, 40, or 42.
- an isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes the VL of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment and includes the nucleic acid sequence set forth as any one of SEQ ID NOs: 37, 39, 41 , or 43.
- an isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes the VH and VL of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment and includes the nucleic acid sequences set forth as any one of SEQ ID NOs: 36 and 37, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 38 and 39, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 40 and 41, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 42 and 43, respectively.
- Nucleic acid sequences encoding the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, CARs, and conjugates that specifically bind gpl20 can be prepared by any suitable method including, for example, cloning of appropriate sequences or by direct chemical synthesis by methods such as the phosphotriester method of Narang et al, Meth. Enzymol. 68:90-99, 1979; the phosphodiester method of Brown et al, Meth. Enzymol. 68:109-151, 1979; the diethylphosphoramidite method of Beaucage et al., Tetra. Lett. 22:1859-1862, 1981 ; the solid phase phosphoramidite triester method described by Beaucage &
- Exemplary nucleic acids can be prepared by cloning techniques. Examples of appropriate cloning and sequencing techniques, and instructions sufficient to direct persons of skill through many cloning exercises are known (see, e.g., Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4 th ed., Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 2012) and Ausubel et al. (In Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, through supplement 104, 2013). Product information from manufacturers of biological reagents and experimental equipment also provide useful information. Such manufacturers include the SIGMA Chemical Company (Saint Louis, MO), R&D Systems (Minneapolis, MN), Pharmacia Amersham (Piscataway, NJ), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Chem Genes Corp., Aldrich Chemical Company (Milwaukee, WI), Glen Research, Inc., GIBCO BRL Life
- Nucleic acids can also be prepared by amplification methods.
- Amplification methods include polymerase chain reaction (PCR), the ligase chain reaction (LCR), the transcription-based amplification system (TAS), the self-sustained sequence replication system (3SR).
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- LCR ligase chain reaction
- TAS transcription-based amplification system
- 3SR self-sustained sequence replication system
- the nucleic acid molecule encodes a CAR as provided herein for expression in a T cell to generate a chimeric antigen receptor T cell.
- the nucleic acid molecule encoding the chimeric antigen binding receptor can be included in a vector (such as a lentiviral vector) for expression in a host cell, such as a T cell.
- a vector such as a lentiviral vector
- Exemplary cells include a T cell, a Natural Killer (NK) cell, a cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL), and a regulatory T cell.
- the nucleic acid molecules can be expressed in a recombinantly engineered cell such as bacteria, plant, yeast, insect and mammalian cells.
- the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, and conjugates can be expressed as individual VH and/or VL chain (linked to an effector molecule or detectable marker as needed), or can be expressed as a fusion protein. Methods of expressing and purifying antibodies and antigen binding fragments are known and further described herein (see, e.g., Al-Rubeai (ed), Antibody Expression and Production, Springer Press, 2011).
- An immunoadhesin can also be expressed.
- nucleic acids encoding a VH and VL, and immunoadhesin are provided.
- the nucleic acid sequences can optionally encode a leader sequence.
- VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments can be operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly 4 -Ser) 3 , such that the VH and VL sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH domains joined by the flexible linker (see, e.g., Bird et al, Science 242:423-426, 1988; Huston et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- a flexible linker e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly 4 -Ser) 3
- cleavage site can be included in a linker, such as a furin cleavage site.
- the nucleic acid encoding a VH and/or the VL optionally can encode an Fc domain
- the Fc domain can be an IgA, IgM or IgG Fc domain.
- the Fc domain can be an optimized Fc domain, as described in U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2010/093979, incorporated herein by reference.
- the immunoadhesin is an IgGi Fc.
- the single chain antibody may be monovalent, if only a single VH and VL are used, bivalent, if two VH and VL are used, or polyvalent, if more than two VH and VL are used.
- Bispecific or polyvalent antibodies may be generated that bind specifically to gpl20 and another antigen, such as, but not limited to CD3.
- the encoded VH and VL optionally can include a furin cleavage site between the VH and VL domains.
- One or more DNA sequences encoding the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, CARs or conjugates can be expressed in vitro by DNA transfer into a suitable host cell.
- the cell may be prokaryotic or eukaryotic.
- the term also includes any progeny of the subject host cell. It is understood that all progeny may not be identical to the parental cell since there may be mutations that occur during replication. Methods of stable transfer, meaning that the foreign DNA is continuously maintained in the host, are known in the art. Hybridomas expressing the antibodies of interest are also encompassed by this disclosure.
- nucleic acids encoding the antibodies and antigen binding fragments described herein can be achieved by operably linking the DNA or cDNA to a promoter (which is either constitutive or inducible), followed by incorporation into an expression cassette.
- the promoter can be any promoter of interest, including a cytomegalovirus promoter and a human T cell lymphotrophic virus promoter (HTLV)-l .
- an enhancer such as a cytomegalovirus enhancer, is included in the construct.
- the cassettes can be suitable for replication and integration in either prokaryotes or eukaryotes. Typical expression cassettes contain specific sequences useful for regulation of the expression of the DNA encoding the protein.
- the expression cassettes can include appropriate promoters, enhancers, transcription and translation terminators, initiation sequences, a start codon (i.e., ATG) in front of a protein-encoding gene, splicing signal for introns, sequences for the maintenance of the correct reading frame of that gene to permit proper translation of mRNA, and stop codons.
- the vector can encode a selectable marker, such as a marker encoding drug resistance (for example, ampicillin or tetracycline resistance).
- expression cassettes which contain, at the minimum, a strong promoter to direct transcription, a ribosome binding site for translational initiation (internal ribosomal binding sequences), and a transcription/translation terminator.
- a strong promoter to direct transcription e. coli
- this can include a promoter such as the T7, trp, lac, or lambda promoters, a ribosome binding site, and preferably a transcription termination signal.
- control sequences can include a promoter and/or an enhancer derived from, for example, an immunoglobulin gene, HTLV, SV40 or cytomegalovirus, and a polyadenylation sequence, and can further include splice donor and/or acceptor sequences (for example, CMV and/or HTLV splice acceptor and donor sequences).
- the cassettes can be transferred into the chosen host cell by well-known methods such as transformation or electroporation for E. coli and calcium phosphate treatment, electroporation or lipofection for mammalian cells. Cells transformed by the cassettes can be selected by resistance to antibiotics conferred by genes contained in the cassettes, such as the amp, gpt, neo and hyg genes.
- Eukaryotic cells can also be cotransformed with polynucleotide sequences encoding the antibody, labeled antibody, or antigen biding fragment, and a second foreign DNA molecule encoding a selectable phenotype, such as the herpes simplex thymidine kinase gene.
- Another method is to use a eukaryotic viral vector, such as simian virus 40 (SV40) or bovine papilloma virus, to transiently infect or transform eukaryotic cells and express the protein (see for example, Viral Expression Vectors, Springer press, Muzyczka ed., 2011).
- a eukaryotic viral vector such as simian virus 40 (SV40) or bovine papilloma virus
- SV40 simian virus 40
- bovine papilloma virus bovine papilloma virus
- the host cell may be a mammalian cell.
- the host cell may be a human cell.
- the host cell may be a peripheral blood lymphocyte (PBL) or a peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC), or a T cell.
- PBL peripheral blood lymphocyte
- PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cell
- the T cell can be any T cell, such as a cultured T cell, e.g., a primary T cell, or a T cell from a cultured T cell line, e.g., Jurkat, SupTl, etc., or a T cell obtained from a mammal.
- the T cell can be obtained from numerous sources, including but not limited to blood, bone marrow, lymph node, the thymus, or other tissues or fluids. T cells can also be enriched for or purified.
- the T cell may be a human T cell.
- the T cell may be a T cell isolated from a human.
- the T cell can be any type of T cell and can be of any developmental stage, including but not limited to, CD4 + /CD8 + double positive T cells, CD4 + helper T cells, e.g., Thi and ⁇ 12 cells, CD8 + T cells (e.g., cytotoxic T cells), tumor infiltrating cells, memory T cells, naive T cells, and the like.
- the T cell may be a CD8 + T cell or a CD4 + T cell.
- the population of cells can be a heterogeneous population comprising the host cell comprising any of the recombinant expression vectors described, in addition to at least one other cell, e.g., a host cell (e.g., a T cell), which does not comprise any of the recombinant expression vectors, or a cell other than a T cell, e.g., a B cell, a macrophage, a neutrophil, an erythrocyte, a hepatocyte, an endothelial cell, an epithelial cell, a muscle cell, a brain cell, etc.
- a host cell e.g., a T cell
- a cell other than a T cell e.g., a B cell, a macrophage, a neutrophil, an erythrocyte, a hepatocyte, an endothelial cell, an epithelial cell, a muscle cell, a brain cell, etc.
- the population of cells can be a substantially homogeneous population, in which the population comprises mainly host cells (e.g., consisting essentially of) comprising the recombinant expression vector.
- the population also can be a clonal population of cells, in which all cells of the population are clones of a single host cell comprising a recombinant expression vector, such that all cells of the population comprise the recombinant expression vector.
- the population of cells is a clonal population comprising host cells comprising a recombinant expression vector as described herein
- Modifications can be made to a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein without diminishing its biological activity. Some modifications can be made to facilitate the cloning, expression, or incorporation of the targeting molecule into a fusion protein. Such modifications are well known to those of skill in the art and include, for example, termination codons, a methionine added at the amino terminus to provide an initiation, site, additional amino acids placed on either terminus to create conveniently located restriction sites, or additional amino acids (such as poly His) to aid in purification steps.
- the immunoconjugates, effector moieties, and antibodies of the present disclosure can also be constructed in whole or in part using standard peptide synthesis well known in the art.
- the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, and conjugates can be purified according to standard procedures in the art, including ammonium sulfate precipitation, affinity columns, column chromatography, and the like (see, generally, Simpson ed., Basic methods in Protein Purification and Analysis: A laboratory Manual, Cold Harbor Press, 2008).
- the antibodies, antigen binding fragment, and conjugates need not be 100% pure.
- the polypeptides should be substantially free of endotoxin.
- the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, and/or conjugates can also be constructed in whole or in part using standard peptide synthesis.
- Solid phase synthesis of the polypeptides can be accomplished by attaching the C-terminal amino acid of the sequence to an insoluble support followed by sequential addition of the remaining amino acids in the sequence. Techniques for solid phase synthesis are described by Barany & Merrifield, The Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology. Vol. 2: Special Methods in Peptide Synthesis, Part A. pp. 3-284; Merrifield et al. , J. Am. Chem. Soc.
- Proteins of greater length may be synthesized by condensation of the amino and carboxyl termini of shorter fragments. Methods of forming peptide bonds by activation of a carboxyl terminal end (such as by the use of the coupling reagent N, N'-dicylohexylcarbodimide) are well known in the art.
- Methods are disclosed herein for the prevention or treatment of an HIV-1 infection.
- Prevention can include inhibition of infection with HIV-1.
- the methods include contacting a cell with a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR or T cell expressing a CAR that specifically binds gpl20, or a nucleic acid encoding such an antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, or CAR.
- the method can also include administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR or T cell expressing a CAR that specifically binds gpl20, or a nucleic acid encoding such an antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, or CAR, to a subject.
- the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule can be used pre-exposure (for example, to prevent or inhibit HIV infection). In some examples, the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule, can be used in postexposure prophylaxis. In some examples, the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, or nucleic acid molecule, can be used to eliminate or reduce the viral reservoir of HIV-1 in a subject.
- an antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule can be administered to a subject with HIV-1, such as a subject being treated with anti-viral therapy.
- the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, or nucleic acid molecule is modified such that it is directly cytotoxic to infected cells (e.g., by conjugation to a toxin), or uses natural defenses such as complement, antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), or phagocytosis by macrophages.
- ADCC antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity
- HIV-1 infection does not need to be completely eliminated or prevented for the method to be effective.
- a method can decrease HIV-1 infection by a desired amount, for example by at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or even at least 100% (elimination of detectable HIV-l infected cells), as compared to HIV- 1 infection in the absence of the treatment.
- the cell is also contacted with a therapeutically effective amount of an additional agent, such as anti- viral agent.
- the cell can be in vivo or in vitro.
- the methods can include administration of one on more additional agents known in the art.
- HIV- l replication can be reduced or inhibited by similar methods. HIV-l replication does not need to be completely eliminated for the method to be effective.
- a method can decrease HIV-l replication by a desired amount, for example by at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or even at least 100% (elimination of detectable HIV- l), as compared to HIV-l replication in the absence of the treatment.
- administration of a disclosed antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule results in a reduction in the establishment of HIV-l infection and/or reducing subsequent HIV-l disease progression in a subject.
- a reduction in the establishment of HIV-l infection and/or a reduction in subsequent HIV-l disease progression encompass any statistically significant reduction in HIV-l activity.
- methods are disclosed for treating a subject with an HIV- l infection. These methods include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule, thereby preventing or treating the HIV-l infection.
- the present disclosure provides antibodies, antigen binding fragments, conjugates, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, and nucleic acid molecule that are of use in decreasing HIV-transmission from mother to infant.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a gpl20-specific antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof or nucleic acid encoding such antibodies or antibody antigen binding fragments is administered in order to prevent transmission of HIV, or decrease the risk of transmission of HIV, from a mother to an infant.
- a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, or an antigen binding fragment or nucleic acid encoding such antibodies or antigen binding fragment is administered to mother and/or to the child at childbirth.
- a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, antigen binding fragment, or nucleic acid encoding the antibody or antigen binding fragment is administered to the mother and/or infant prior to breast feeding in order to prevent viral transmission to the infant or decrease the risk of viral transmission to the infant.
- both a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, antigen binding fragment, or nucleic acid encoding the antibody or antigen binding fragment and a therapeutically effective amount of another agent, such as zidovudine, is administered to the mother and/or infant.
- the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule can be combined with anti-retroviral therapy.
- Antiretroviral drugs are broadly classified by the phase of the retrovirus life-cycle that the drug inhibits.
- nucleoside analog reverse-transcriptase inhibitors such as zidovudine, didanosine, zalcitabine, stavudine, lamivudine, abacavir, emtricitabine, entecavir, and apricitabine
- nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as tenofovir and adefovir
- non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as efavirenz, nevirapine, delavirdine, etravirine, and rilpivirine
- protease inhibitors such as saquinavir, ritonavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, amprenavir, lopinavir, fosamprenavir, atazanavir, tipranavir, and darunavir
- entry or fusion inhibitors such as maraviroc and enfuvirtide
- a subject is further administered one or more additional antibodies that bind HIV-1 Env (e.g., that bind to gpl20 and/or gp41), and that can neutralize HIV-1.
- additional antibodies can be administrated before, during, or after administration of the novel antibodies disclosed herein (e.g., the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody).
- the additional antibody can be an antibody that specifically binds to an epitope on HIV-1 Env such as the CD4 binding site (e.g., bl2, 3BNC117, VRCOl, VRC07, VRC07-523, or VRC- CH31 (for description of VRC-CH31 see WO/2012/154311, which disclosure is incorporated by reference in its entirety), the membrane -proximal external region (e.g. , 10E8 antibody, DH512 antibody (for description of DH512 see U.S. Application Ser. No.
- the CD4 binding site e.g., bl2, 3BNC117, VRCOl, VRC07, VRC07-523, or VRC- CH31 (for description of VRC-CH31 see WO/2012/154311, which disclosure is incorporated by reference in its entirety
- the membrane -proximal external region e.g. , 10E8 antibody, DH512 antibody (for description of DH512 see U.S. Application Ser. No.
- V1 V2 domain e.g., PG9 antibody, CAP256-VRC26
- V3 loop e.g., 10-1074, PGT 121, DH270, DH429 (for description of DH270 and DH429 see U.S. Application Ser. No. 62/056,568 filed September 29, 2014 which disclosure and specifically sequences are incorporated by reference in their entirety), or PGT128 antibody
- those that bind both gpl20 and gp41 subunits e.g., 35022, PGT151, or 8ANC195.
- Antibodies that specifically bind to these regions and neutralizing HIV-1 infection are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art. Non-limiting examples can be found, for example, in PCT Pub. No. WO 2011/038290, WO/2013/086533, WO/2013/090644, WO/2012/158948, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- a subject is administered the DNA encoding the antibody or antigen binding fragments thereof, to provide in vivo antibody production, for example using the cellular machinery of the subject.
- Immunization by nucleic acid constructs is well known in the art and taught, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,643,578, and U.S. Patent No. 5,593,972 and U.S. Patent No. 5,817,637.
- U.S. Patent No. 5,880,103 describes several methods of delivery of nucleic acids encoding to an organism.
- One approach to administration of nucleic acids is direct administration with plasmid DNA, such as with a mammalian expression plasmid.
- the nucleotide sequence encoding the disclosed antibody, or antigen binding fragments thereof can be placed under the control of a promoter to increase expression.
- the methods include liposomal delivery of the nucleic acids. Such methods can be applied to the production of an antibody, or antigen binding fragments thereof, by one of ordinary skill in the art.
- a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment is expressed in a subject using the pVRC8400 vector (described in Barouch et al., J. Virol, 79, 8828-8834, 2005, which is incorporated by reference herein).
- the nucleic acid molecules encoding the disclosed antibodies (such as N6 antibody) or antigen binding fragments can be included in a viral vector, for example for expression of the antibody or antigen binding fragment in a host cell, or a subject (such as a subject with or at risk of HIV-1 infection).
- a viral vector for example for expression of the antibody or antigen binding fragment in a host cell, or a subject (such as a subject with or at risk of HIV-1 infection).
- a number of viral vectors have been constructed, that can be used to express the disclosed antibodies or antigen binding fragments, such as a retroviral vector, an adenoviral vector, or an adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector.
- the viral vector can be replication-competent.
- the viral vector can have a mutation in the viral genome that does not inhibit viral replication in host cells.
- the viral vector also can be conditionally replication-competent.
- the viral vector is replication-deficient in host cells.
- a subject such as a human subject with or at risk of HIV- 1 infection
- AAV viral vector is designed for expression of the nucleic acid molecules encoding a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment, and administration of the therapeutically effective amount of the AAV viral vector to the subject leads to expression of a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody or antigen binding fragment in the subject.
- Non-limiting examples of AAV viral vectors that can be used to express a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment in a subject include those provided in Johnson et al ("Vector-mediated gene transfer engenders long-lived neutralizing activity and protection against SIV infection in monkeys," Nat. Med., 15(8):901 - 906, 2009) and Gardner et al. (“AAV-expressed eCD4-Ig provides durable protection from multiple SHIV challenges,” Nature, 519(7541): 87-91, 2015), each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- a nucleic acid encoding a disclosed antibody, or antigen binding fragments thereof is introduced directly into cells.
- the nucleic acid can be loaded onto gold microspheres by standard methods and introduced into the skin by a device such as Bio-Rad' s HELIOSTM Gene Gun.
- the nucleic acids can be "naked," consisting of plasmids under control of a strong promoter.
- the DNA is injected into muscle, although it can also be injected directly into other sites.
- Dosages for injection are usually around 0.5 ⁇ g/kg to about 50 mg kg, and typically are about 0.005 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,589,466). 2.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules will depend upon the severity of the disease and/or infection and the general state of the patient's health.
- a therapeutically effective amount is that which provides either subjective relief of a symptom(s) or an objectively identifiable improvement as noted by the clinician or other qualified observer.
- the gpl20- specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules can be administered in conjunction with another therapeutic agent, either simultaneously or sequentially.
- compositions including a disclosed gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules can be administered depending on the dosage and frequency as required and tolerated by the patient.
- Compositions including the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules should provide a sufficient quantity of at least one of the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules to effectively treat the patient.
- the dosage can be administered once, but may be applied periodically until either a therapeutic result is achieved or until side effects warrant discontinuation of therapy.
- a dose of the antibody or antigen binding fragment is infused for thirty minutes every other day.
- about one to about ten doses can be administered, such as three or six doses can be administered every other day.
- a continuous infusion is administered for about five to about ten days.
- the subject can be treated at regular intervals, such as monthly, until a desired therapeutic result is achieved.
- the dose is sufficient to treat or ameliorate symptoms or signs of disease without producing unacceptable toxicity to the patient.
- the dosage normally lies within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 5 0, with little or minimal toxicity.
- the dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
- the therapeutically effective dose can be determined from cell culture assays and animal studies.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds gpl20, or conjugate thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule or vector encoding such a molecule, or a composition including such molecules is administered at a dose in the range of from about 5 or 10 nmol/kg to about 300 nmol/kg, or from about 20 nmol/kg to about 200 nmol/kg, or at a dose of about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 125, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 175, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750 or 2000 nmol/kg, or at a dose of about 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110,
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be administered to a subject at a dose of from about 0.5 to about 40 mg/kg, such as about 1 to about 30, about 1 to about 20, about 1 to about 15, about 1 to about 10, about 1 to about 5, about 1 to about 3, about 0.5 to about 40 mg/kg, such as about 0.5 to about 30, about 0.5 to about 20, about 0.5 to about 15, about 0.5 to about 10, about 0.5 to about 5, about 0.5 to about 3, about 3 to about 7, about 8 to about 12, about 15 to about 25, about 18 to about 22, about 28 to about 32, about 10 to about 20, about 5 to about 15, or about 20 to about 40 mg/kg.
- the doses described herein can be administered according to the dosing frequency/frequency of administration described herein, including without limitation daily, 2 or 3 times per week, weekly, every 2 weeks, every 3 weeks, monthly, every other month, etc.
- a disclosed therapeutic agent may be administered intravenously, subcutaneously, or by another mode daily or multiple times per week for a period of time, followed by a period of no treatment, then the cycle is repeated.
- the initial period of treatment e.g., administration of the therapeutic agent daily or multiple times per week
- the period of no treatment lasts for 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks or 4 weeks.
- the dosing regimen of the therapeutic agent is daily for 3 days followed by 3 days off; or daily or multiple times per week for 1 week followed by 3 days or 1 week off; or daily or multiple times per week for 2 weeks followed by 1 or 2 weeks off; or daily or multiple times per week for 3 weeks followed by 1, 2 or 3 weeks off; or daily or multiple times per week for 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 weeks followed by 1, 2, 3 or 4 weeks off.
- the gp 120-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or a composition including such molecules, as well as additional agents, can be administered to subjects in various ways, including local and systemic administration, such as, e.g., by injection subcutaneously, intravenously, intra-arterially,
- a therapeutic agent is administered by a single subcutaneous, intravenous, intra-arterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intradermal or intrathecal injection once a day.
- the therapeutic agent can also be administered by direct injection at or near the site of disease.
- the gp 120-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or a composition including such molecules may also be administered orally in the form of microspheres, microcapsules, liposomes (uncharged or charged (e.g., cationic)), polymeric microparticles (e.g., polyamides, polylactide, polyglycolide, poly(lactide- glycolide)), microemulsions, and the like.
- a further method of administration is by osmotic pump (e.g., an Alzet pump) or mini-pump (e.g., an Alzet mini-osmotic pump), which allows for controlled, continuous and/or slow-release delivery of the therapeutic agent or pharmaceutical composition over a pre-determined period.
- osmotic pump e.g., an Alzet pump
- mini-pump e.g., an Alzet mini-osmotic pump
- the osmotic pump or mini-pump can be implanted subcutaneously, or near a target site.
- the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or a composition including such molecules can also be administered by other modes. Determination of the most effective mode of administration is within the skill of the skilled artisan.
- the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or a composition including such molecules can be administered as pharmaceutical formulations suitable for, e.g., oral (including buccal and sub-lingual), rectal, nasal, topical, pulmonary, vaginal or parenteral (including intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, subcutaneous and intravenous) administration, or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
- the pharmaceutical formulations can be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments, lotions, and the like.
- the formulations can be provided in unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precise dosage.
- the formulations comprise an effective amount of a therapeutic agent, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers and/or diluents, and optionally one or more other biologically active agents.
- compositions include one or more of the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, that are disclosed herein in a carrier.
- the compositions are useful, for example, for example, for the treatment or detection of an HIV-1 infection.
- the compositions can be prepared in unit dosage forms for administration to a subject. The amount and timing of administration are at the discretion of the treating physician to achieve the desired purposes.
- the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules can be formulated for systemic or local administration. In one example, the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, is formulated for parenteral administration, such as intravenous administration.
- the compositions comprise an antibody, antigen binding fragment, or conjugate thereof, in at least 70% (such as at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% purity.
- the compositions contain less than 10% (such as less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1 %, less than 0.5%, or even less) of macromolecular contaminants, such as other mammalian (e.g., human) proteins.
- compositions for administration can include a solution of the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an aqueous carrier.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as an aqueous carrier.
- aqueous carriers can be used, for example, buffered saline and the like. These solutions are sterile and generally free of undesirable matter.
- These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques.
- the compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, toxicity adjusting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium lactate and the like.
- concentration of antibody in these formulations can vary widely, and will be selected primarily based on fluid volumes, viscosities, body weight and the like in accordance with the particular mode of
- a typical composition for intravenous administration includes about 0.01 to about 30 mg kg of antibody or antigen binding fragment or conjugate per subject per day (or the corresponding dose of a conjugate including the antibody or antigen binding fragment).
- Actual methods for preparing administrable compositions will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in such publications as Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 19th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA (1995).
- the composition can be a liquid formulation including one or more antibodies, antigen binding fragments (such as an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to gpl20), in a concentration range from about 0.1 mg/ml to about 20 mg/ml, or from about 0.5 mg/ml to about 20 mg/ml, or from about 1 mg/ml to about 20 mg/ml, or from about 0.1 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml, or from about 0.5 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml, or from about 1 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml.
- antigen binding fragments such as an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to gpl20
- Antibodies, or an antigen binding fragment thereof or a conjugate or a nucleic acid encoding such molecules can be provided in lyophilized form and rehydrated with sterile water before administration, although they are also provided in sterile solutions of known concentration.
- the antibody solution, or an antigen binding fragment or a nucleic acid encoding such antibodies or antigen binding fragments can then be added to an infusion bag containing 0.9% sodium chloride, USP, and typically administered at a dosage of from 0.5 to 15 mg/kg of body weight.
- Antibodies, antigen binding fragments, conjugates, or a nucleic acid encoding such molecules can be administered by slow infusion, rather than in an intravenous push or bolus.
- a higher loading dose is administered, with subsequent, maintenance doses being administered at a lower level.
- an initial loading dose of 4 mg/kg may be infused over a period of some 90 minutes, followed by weekly maintenance doses for 4-8 weeks of 2 mg/kg infused over a 30 minute period if the previous dose was well tolerated.
- Controlled-release parenteral formulations can be made as implants, oily injections, or as particulate systems.
- Therapeutic Peptides and Proteins Formulation, Processing, and Delivery Systems, Technomic Publishing
- Particulate systems include microspheres, microparticles, microcapsules, nanocapsules, nanospheres, and nanoparticles.
- Microcapsules contain the therapeutic protein, such as a cytotoxin or a drug, as a central core. In microspheres the therapeutic is dispersed throughout the particle. Particles, microspheres, and microcapsules smaller than about 1 ⁇ are generally referred to as nanoparticles, nanospheres, and nanocapsules, respectively.
- Capillaries have a diameter of approximately 5 ⁇ so that only nanoparticles are administered intravenously.
- Microp articles are typically around 100 ⁇ in diameter and are administered subcutaneously or intramuscularly.
- Polymers can be used for ion-controlled release of the antibody compositions disclosed herein.
- Various degradable and nondegradable polymeric matrices for use in controlled drug delivery are known in the art (Langer, Accounts Chem. Res. 26:537-542, 1993).
- the block copolymer, polaxamer 407 exists as a viscous yet mobile liquid at low temperatures but forms a semisolid gel at body temperature. It has been shown to be an effective vehicle for formulation and sustained delivery of recombinant interleukin-2 and urease (Johnston et al, Pharm. Res. 9:425-434, 1992; and Pec et al., J. Parent. Sci. Tech. 44(2):58-65, 1990).
- hydroxyapatite has been used as a microcarrier for controlled release of proteins (Ijntema et al., Int. J. Pharm.112:215-224, 1994).
- liposomes are used for controlled release as well as drug targeting of the lipid-capsulated drug (Betageri et al., Liposome Drug Delivery Systems, Technomic Publishing Co., Inc., Lancaster, PA (1993)).
- Methods are also provided for the detection of the expression of gpl20 in vitro or in vivo.
- expression of gpl20 is detected in a biological sample, and can be used to detect HIV-1 infection as the presence of HIV-1 in a sample.
- the sample can be any sample, including, but not limited to, tissue from biopsies, autopsies and pathology specimens.
- Biological samples also include sections of tissues, for example, frozen sections taken for histological purposes.
- Biological samples further include body fluids, such as blood, serum, plasma, sputum, spinal fluid or urine.
- the method of detection can include contacting a cell or sample, or administering to a subject, an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to gpl20, or conjugate there of (e.g. a conjugate including a detectable marker) under conditions sufficient to form an immune complex, and detecting the immune complex (e.g., by detecting a detectable marker conjugated to the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
- an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to gpl20, or conjugate there of e.g. a conjugate including a detectable marker
- a method for detecting AIDS and/or an HIV-1 infection in a subject.
- the disclosure provides a method for detecting HIV-1 in a biological sample, wherein the method includes contacting a biological sample from a subject with a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment under conditions sufficient for formation of an immune complex, and detecting the immune complex, to detect the gpl20 in the biological sample.
- detection of gpl20 in the sample confirms a diagnosis of AIDS and/or an HIV-1 infection in the subject.
- the disclosed antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof are used to test vaccines.
- a vaccine composition including gpl20 assumes a conformation including the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 epitope.
- a method for testing a vaccine includes contacting a sample containing the vaccine, such as a gpl20 immunogen, with a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment under conditions sufficient for formation of an immune complex, and detecting the immune complex, to detect the vaccine with an HIV-1 immunogen including the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540- VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 epitope in the sample.
- the detection of the immune complex in the sample indicates that vaccine component, such as a HIV-1 Env immunogen assumes a conformation capable of binding the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
- the antibody or antigen binding fragment is directly labeled with a detectable marker.
- the antibody that binds HIV-1 Env (the first antibody) is unlabeled and a second antibody or other molecule that can bind the antibody that binds the first antibody is utilized for detection.
- a second antibody is chosen that is able to specifically bind the specific species and class of the first antibody.
- the first antibody is a human IgG
- the secondary antibody may be an anti-human-IgG.
- Other molecules that can bind to antibodies include, without limitation, Protein A and Protein G, both of which are available
- Suitable labels for the antibody, antigen binding fragment or secondary antibody include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, magnetic agents and radioactive materials.
- suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase.
- suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin.
- suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin.
- a non- limiting exemplary luminescent material is luminol; a non-limiting exemplary a magnetic agent is gadolinium, and non-limiting exemplary radioactive labels include 125 I, 131 1, 35 S or 3 H.
- kits are also provided.
- the kits will typically include a disclosed gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or compositions including such molecules. More than one of the disclosed gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or compositions including such molecules can be included in the kit.
- the kit is a diagnostic kit and includes an immunoassay.
- the method of detecting gpl20 in a biological sample generally includes the steps of contacting the biological sample with an antibody which specifically reacts, under conditions sufficient to form an immune complex, to gpl20.
- the antibody is allowed to specifically bind under immunologically reactive conditions to form an immune complex, and the presence of the immune complex (bound antibody) is detected directly or indirectly.
- the kit can include a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container.
- Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, etc.
- the containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
- the container typically holds a composition including one or more of the disclosed antibodies, antigen binding fragments, conjugates, nucleic acid molecules, or compositions.
- the container may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
- a label or package insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the particular condition.
- the label or package insert typically will further include instructions for use of the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, conjugates, nucleic acid molecules, or compositions included in the kit.
- the package insert typically includes instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products.
- the instructional materials may be written, in an electronic form (such as a computer diskette or compact disk) or may be visual (such as video files).
- the kits may also include additional components to facilitate the particular application for which the kit is designed.
- the kit may additionally contain means of detecting a label (such as enzyme substrates for enzymatic labels, filter sets to detect fluorescent labels, appropriate secondary labels such as a secondary antibody, or the like).
- the kits may additionally include buffers and other reagents routinely used for the practice of a particular method. Such kits and appropriate contents are well known to those of skill in the art. III. EXAMPLES
- CH540-VRC40.01 antibody is a broad and extremely potent gpl20-specific antibody, which binds to the CD4 binding site on HIV-1 Env and an N-linked glycan at position 276 of gpl20 that is conserved in -94.7% of 4265 env sequences from the Los Alamos database (Huang et al., Nature 515, 138-142, 2014).
- CH540-VRC40.01 and its clonal members are new glycan N276-directed neutralizing antibodies.
- CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 83% of a panel of 173 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses with median IC 50 of 0.099 g/ml, which is comparable to the potent VRCOl-class antibody 3BNC117 and more potent and broad than HJ16 and 8ANC195, two other glycan N276-directed neutralizing antibodies.
- the CH540-VRC40.01 epitope overlaps with the CD4 binding site, the genetic features and the recognition mode of CH540-VRC40.01 are different from VRCOl-class antibodies.
- CH540-VRC40.01 showed VHl-2*02 usage but 9 amino acid LCDR3, while VRCOl-class antibodies are restricted by 5 amino acid LCDR3.
- CH540-VRC40.01 showed glycan N276-dependent neutralization, while VRCOl exhibits increased neutralization of HIV-1 strains lacking a glycan linked to N276.
- CH540- VRC40.01 neutralized a subset of VRCOl -resistant viruses and VRCOl escape mutants and the combination of CH540-VRC40.01 and VRCOl showed increased breadth of viral neutralization compared to either antibody alone.
- Neutralization and binding assays Neutralization activity of monoclonal antibodies or serum was measured using single-round HIV-1 Env-pseudovirus infection of TZM-bl cells as described previously (Li et al., J Virol 79, 10108-10125, 2005).
- heat-inactivated patient serum or monoclonal antibody was serially diluted four- fold or five-fold, respectively, with Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium-10% FCS (Gibco), and 10 ⁇ was incubated with 40 ⁇ of pseudovirus in a 96- well plate at 37 °C for 30 min.
- TZM-bl cells were then added and plates were incubated for 48h. Assays were then developed with a luciferase assay system (Promega,), and the relative light units (RLU) were read on a luminometer (Perkin Elmer).
- HIV-1 Env pseudoviruses were generated by co-transfection of 293T cells with pSG3 delta Env backbone and a second plasmid that expressed HIV-1 Env at a ratio of 2: 1. 72 h after transfection, supernatants containing pseudoviruses were harvested and frozen at -80°C until further use.
- each antigen (2 ⁇ g ml -1 ) was coated on 96-well plates overnight at 4 °C. Plates were blocked with BLOTTO buffer (PBS, 1 % FBS, 5% non-fat milk) for 1 h at room temperature, followed by incubation with antibody serially diluted in disruption buffer (PBS, 5% FBS, 2% BSA, 1 % Tween-20) for 1 h at room temperature.
- BLOTTO buffer PBS, 1 % FBS, 5% non-fat milk
- disruption buffer PBS, 5% FBS, 2% BSA, 1 % Tween-20
- 1 10,000 dilution of horseradish peroxidase (HRP)-conjugated goat anti-human IgG antibody (MP Biomedicals) was added for 1 h at room temperature. Plates were washed between each step with 0.2% Tween-20 in PBS. Plates were developed using 3,3',5,5'- tetramethylbenzidine (TMB) (Sigma) and read at
- Serum from donor CH540 showed glycan N276-directed neutralizing activity.
- Serum sample from donor CH540 a chronically HIV-1 -infected individual from the Center for HIV/ AIDS
- Vaccine Immunology (CHAVI) cohort showed broad and potent neutralizing activity on a panel of 21 viruses (FIG. 1). It neutralized 86% viruses (IC50 cutoff of 1 :40 serum dilution) with an average IC 50 of 1 : 119 serum dilution.
- the neutralization profile of the serum sample was compared to that of various neutralizing antibodies using a fingerprint analysis assay as previously described in (Georgiev et al., Science, 340, 751-756, 2013). The result showed fingerprint signal on VRCOl, bl2, HJ16 and
- HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC-D368R was pre-incubated with HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC-D368R, the glycan N276 mutant protein 2CC-D368R/N276D, and a media control and then tested for neutralization against a panel of 4 strains (Q168.a2, RWO20.2, Bal.01, TRJO.58).
- the HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC is a modified HIV-1 gpl20 core glycoprotein stabilized in the CD4-bound conformation that lacks variable loops 1, 2 and 3.
- the D368R mutation ablates gpl20 binding to CD4, and the N276D mutation ablates gpl20 binding to antibodies that depend on glycosylation of N276 for binding to gpl20. If the probe was able to adsorb the serum neutralizing antibodies, a decreased neutralization would be expected.
- HIV-1 HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC carrying mutation D368R lead to substantial adsorption of serum neutralizing activities against four different HIV-1 pseudotyped virus strains (Q168.a2, RWO20.2, Bal.01 and TRJO.58) (FIG. 3), suggesting this protein had high affinity to the neutralizing antibodies in the CH540 serum.
- an additional mutation on the 2CC-D368R protein, N276D which prevents glycosylation of N276, completely abolished the neutralization competition.
- the PBMCs from donor CH540 were sorted for IgG+ B cells as described previously in Wu et al. (Science, 329, 856-861, 2010). Briefly, approximately 20 million PBMCs from donor CH540 (1/24/08) were used for antigen specific B cell sorting. CD3-CD8-CD14-CD19+IgG+ memory B cells were stained with probes 2CC-D368R and 2CC-D368R/N276D. IgG+ B cells that stained with probe 2CC-D368R, but not 2CC-D368R/N276D, were sorted into 96 well plates at single cell per well (FIG. 4A).
- Heavy and light chain immunoglobulin genes were then amplified from the collected single B cells and analysed using IMGT. Four cells were identified as having the following attributes: 1) positive staining with 2CC-D368R, but not 2CC-D368R/N276D (FIG. 4A); 2) positive staining with
- CH540-VRC40 antibodies are not VRCOl-class antibodies.
- the DNA sequences of the CH540-VRC40 lineage members are provided herein as SEQ ID NOs: 36-43.
- Corresponding amino acid sequences are provided as SEQ ID NOs: 1-8.
- IGHV 1-2*02 usage and high mutation frequency VH: 26-28%, VL: 19%) (FIG. 4C), which are the unusual features also shared by VRCOl- class antibodies.
- VRCOl-class antibodies all have a 5 amino acid LCDR3, but CH540-VRC40 antibodies each have a nine amino acid LCDR3.
- CH540- VRC40 antibodies are not VRCOl-class antibodies.
- all CH540-VRC40 lineage antibodies showed similar five amino acid insertion in the heavy chain FR3 region (FIG. 13A), which is a unique feature of this lineage.
- CH540-VRC40 antibodies showed broad and potent neutralization.
- the neutralizing activities of the four CH540-VRC40 antibodies were first tested on a panel of 31 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses using the TZM-bl assay (as described in Wu et al., Science, 329, 856-861, 2010).
- the antibody CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 28 viruses (90%) with geometric mean IC 5 o titer of 0.102 All other lineage members showed similar results (FIG. 5A).
- VRCOl neutralized 27 viruses (87%) with geometric mean IC 5 o titer of 0.266 ⁇ g/ml
- HJ16 and 8ANC195 neutralized 7 (23%) and 14 (45%) viruses, respectively.
- CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 27 viruses (87%) with geometric mean ICso and IC90 titers of 0.36 and 0.864 g/ml, respectively (FIGs. 5B and 5C).
- CH540-VRC40.01 was tested on a large panel of 173 viruses using a previously described assay (Doria-Rose et al., Nature 509, 55-62, 2014). CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 83% of the viruses in the large panel with a median IC 50 of 0.099 ⁇ g/ml (FIG. 6B). In comparison, VRCOl neutralized 89% viruses with median IC 50 of 0.442 g/ml, and 3BNC117, which is a VRCOl-class antibody (Scheid et al, Science, 333, 1633-1637, 2011), neutralized 84% viruses with median IC50 of 0.106 ⁇ / ⁇ . The potency and breadth curve of CH540-VRC40.01 are similar to that of 3BNC117 (FIG. 6A). These results demonstrated that the CH540-VRC40 antibodies are broad and potent antibodies with comparable neutralizing activities to VRCOl-class antibodies.
- CH540-VRC40.01 and VRCOl neutralized 93% viruses with median IC50 of 0.086 ⁇ g/ml of each component antibody (0.086 ⁇ g/ml of CH540-VRC40.01 combined with 0.086 ⁇ g/ml of VRCOl (FIG. 6B).
- the combination improved virus coverage while maintaining neutralization potency, with no observed inhibitory effect.
- CH540-VRC40.01 neutralizes VRCOl-resistant viruses.
- CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 6 viruses, including four strains (242-14, DU422.01, TV1.29 and TZA125.17) that are resistant to most VRCOl-class antibodies (FIG. 7).
- CH540-VRC40.01 has a different mode of recognition for gpl20 than VRCOl.
- CH540- VRC40.01 and other lineage members were isolated from B cells that were stained with probe 2CC- D368R but not 2CC-D368/N276D, suggesting that they are sensitive to glycosylation of N276.
- CH540-VRC40.01 was tested for neutralization against four wildtype virus and the corresponding glycan N276 mutants using the TZM-bl assay (FIG. 8).
- CH540-VRC40.01 completely lost neutralization sensitivity for all the mutant strains, suggesting that CH540-VRC40.01 binds an epitope on gpl20 that includes glycan N276. In contrast, VRCOl neutralization was enhanced when glycan N276 was knocked out.
- CH540-VRC40.01 showed only limited sensitivity to mutation N462A.
- One non-limiting conclusion from this finding is that the limited sensitivity to the V5 mutation contributes to the broad and potent neutralization activity of CH540-VRC40.01, particularly compared to HJ16.
- CH540-VRC40.01 binding to gpl20
- CH540-VRC40.01 and control antibodies VRCOl, HJ16, 8ANC195, bl2, and 17b were serially diluted and tested for binding to HIV-1 HXB2 Env gpl20 core protein 2CC and a panel of mutants thereof by ELISA (FIG. 10).
- CH540- VRC40.01 binding to the 2CC core was sensitive to glycan N276 mutation N276D and V5 mutation R456S, suggesting that it targets glycan N276 and V5 loop.
- CH540-VRC40.01 binds to 2CC-D368R protein in ELISA (FIG. 10).
- CH540-VRC40.01 was further tested for neutralization against a panel of gpl20 mutants (N279K, N280D, R456W, G458D, or combinations thereof) on gpl20 that have been identified as VRCOl escape mutants, that is, these mutants strongly reduce VRCOl neutralization (FIG. 12).
- CH540-VRC40.01 and its clonal members specifically bind to an epitope on gpl20 that include glycan N276, which is different from VRCOl .
- the HIV-1 Env V5 region may also be involved in the contact, however, compared to HJ16, CH540-VRC40.01 showed only limited sensitivity to V5 mutations.
- This example describes the use of HIV- 1 monoclonal neutralizing antibodies specific to gpl20 for the detection of HIV-1 in a sample or a subject. This example further describes the use of these antibodies to confirm the diagnosis of HIV-1 infection in a subject.
- a biological sample such as a blood sample, is obtained from the patient diagnosed with, undergoing screening for, or suspected of having an HIV-1 infection.
- a blood sample taken from a patient who is not infected is used as a control, although a standard result can also be used as a control.
- An ELISA is performed to detect the presence of gpl20 in the blood sample. Proteins present in the blood samples (the patient sample and control sample) are immobilized on a solid support, such as a 96- well plate, according to methods well known in the art (see, for example, Robinson et ah, Lancet 362: 1612-1616, 2003, incorporated herein by reference).
- HIV-1 monoclonal neutralizing antibodies specific to gpl20 that are directly labeled with a fluorescent marker are applied to the protein-immobilized plate.
- the plate is washed in an appropriate buffer, such as PBS, to remove any unbound antibody and to minimize non-specific binding of antibody.
- Fluorescence can be detected using a fluorometric plate reader according to standard methods. An increase in fluorescence intensity of the patient sample, relative to the control sample, indicates the gpl20 antibody specifically bound proteins from the blood sample, thus detecting the presence of gpl20 protein in the sample. Detection of gpl20 protein in the patient sample indicates the patient has an HIV-1 infection, or confirms diagnosis of HIV- 1 infection in the subject.
- This example describes a particular method that can be used to treat HIV-1 infection in a human subject by administration of one or more gpl20-specific human neutralizing antibodies. Although particular methods, dosages, and modes of administrations are provided, one skilled in the art will appreciate that variations can be made without substantially affecting the treatment.
- HIV-1 infection can be treated by administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the neutralizing antibodies described herein, thereby reducing or eliminating HIV-1 infection. Screening subjects
- the subject is first screened to determine if they have an HIV-1 infection.
- methods that can be used to screen for HIV-1 infection include a combination of measuring a subject's CD4+ T cell count and the level of HIV-1 virus in serum blood levels. Additional methods using the gpl20-specific antibodies described herein can also be used to screen for HIV-1 infection.
- HIV-1 testing consists of initial screening with an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) to detect antibodies to HIV-1.
- ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
- Specimens with a nonreactive result from the initial ELISA are considered HIV-1 -negative unless new exposure to an infected partner or partner of unknown HIV-1 status has occurred.
- Specimens with a reactive ELISA result are retested in duplicate. If the result of either duplicate test is reactive, the specimen is reported as repeatedly reactive and undergoes confirmatory testing with a more specific supplemental test (e.g., Western blot or an immunofluorescence assay (IF A)).
- IF A immunofluorescence assay
- Specimens that are repeatedly ELISA-reactive occasionally provide an indeterminate Western blot result, which may be either an incomplete antibody response to HIV-1 in an infected person, or nonspecific reactions in an uninfected person. IFA can be used to confirm infection in these ambiguous cases. In some instances, a second specimen will be collected more than a month later and retested for subjects with indeterminate Western blot results.
- nucleic acid testing e.g., viral RNA or proviral DNA amplification method
- the detection of HIV-1 in a subject's blood is indicative that the subject is infected with HIV-1 and is a candidate for receiving the therapeutic compositions disclosed herein.
- detection of a CD4+ T cell count below 350 per microliter, such as 200 cells per microliter is also indicative that the subject is likely to have an HIV-1 infection.
- the subject is treated prior to administration of a therapeutic agent that includes one or more an tire tro viral therapies known to those of skill in the art.
- a therapeutic agent that includes one or more an tire tro viral therapies known to those of skill in the art.
- pre- treatment is not always required, and can be determined by a skilled clinician.
- a therapeutically effective dose of a gpl20-specific neutralizing antibody described herein is administered to the subject (such as an adult human or a newborn infant either at risk for contracting HIV-1 or known to be infected with HIV-1).
- Additional agents such as anti-viral agents, can also be administered to the subject simultaneously or prior to or following administration of the disclosed agents. Administration can be achieved by any method known in the art, such as oral administration, inhalation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous.
- the amount of the composition administered to prevent, reduce, inhibit, and/or treat HIV-1 or a condition associated with it depends on the subject being treated, the severity of the disorder, and the manner of administration of the therapeutic composition.
- a therapeutically effective amount of an agent is the amount sufficient to prevent, reduce, and/or inhibit, and/or treat the condition (e.g., HIV-1) in a subject without causing a substantial cytotoxic effect in the subject.
- An effective amount can be readily determined by one skilled in the art, for example using routine trials establishing dose response curves.
- these compositions may be formulated with an inert diluent or with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- antibodies are administered at 5 mg per kg every two weeks or 10 mg per kg every two weeks depending upon the particular stage of HIV-1. In an example, the antibodies are administered continuously. In another example, antibodies or antibody fragments are administered at 50 ⁇ g per kg given twice a week for 2 to 3 weeks.
- Administration of the therapeutic compositions can be taken long term (for example over a period of months or years).
- subjects with HIV-1 can be monitored for reductions in HIV-1 levels, increases in a subject's CD4+ T cell count, or reductions in one or more clinical symptoms associated with HIV-1.
- subjects are analyzed one or more times, starting 7 days following treatment.
- Subjects can be monitored using any method known in the art. For example, biological samples from the subject, including blood, can be obtained and alterations in HIV-1 or CD4+ T cell levels evaluated.
- a partial response is a reduction, such as at least a 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, or at least 70% in HIV-1 infection, HIV-1 replication or combination thereof.
- a partial response may also be an increase in CD4+ T cell count such as at least 350 T cells per microliter.
Abstract
Neutralizing antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to HIV-1 Env are disclosed. Nucleic acids encoding these antibodies, vectors and host cells are also provided. Methods for detecting HIV-1 using these antibodies are disclosed. In addition, the use of these antibodies, antigen binding fragment, nucleic acids and vectors to prevent and/or treat an HIV-1 infection is disclosed.
Description
NEUTRALIZING ANTIBODIES TO HIV-1 ENV AND THEIR USE
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/170,558, filed June 3, 2015. The prior application is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE
This relates to monoclonal antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to HIV-1 Env and their use, for example, in methods of treating a subject with HIV-1 infection.
BACKGROUND
Human Immunodeficiency Virus type 1 (HIV-1) infection, and the resulting Acquired
Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS), remain threats to global public health, despite extensive efforts to develop anti-HIV-1 therapeutic agents. An enveloped virus, HIV-1 hides from humoral recognition behind a wide array of protective mechanisms. The major HIV-1 envelope protein (HIV-1 Env) is a glycoprotein of approximately 160 kD (gpl60). During infection, proteases of the host cell cleave gpl60 into gpl20 and gp41. gp41 is an integral membrane protein, while gpl20 protrudes from the mature virus. Together gpl20 and gp41 make up the HIV-1 envelope spike, which is a target for neutralizing antibodies. Although certain HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies that bind to the HIV-1 Env have been identified, there is a need to develop additional neutralizing antibodies for HIV-1 with varying recognition and neutralization profiles.
SUMMARY
Isolated monoclonal antibodies and antigen binding fragments thereof that specifically bind to an epitope on HIV-1 gpl20 are provided herein. The disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments specifically bind to an epitope on gpl20 that overlaps with the CD4 binding site, and neutralize HIV-1.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) comprising a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 of the VH set forth as SEQ ID NO: 1 (CH540-VRC40.01 VH) and/or a light chain variable region (VL) comprising a LCDR1, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the VL set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2 (CH540-VRC40.01 VL). In additional embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprises a VH comprising a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 of the VH set forth as SEQ ID NO: 3 (CH540-VRC40.02 VH) and/or a VL comprising a LCDR1, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the VL set forth as SEQ ID NO: 4 (CH540-VRC40.02 VL). In further embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprises a VH comprising a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 of the VH set forth as SEQ ID NO: 5 (CH540-VRC40.03 VH) and/or a VL comprising a LCDR1, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the VL set forth as SEQ ID NO: 6 (CH540-VRC40.03 VL). In further embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprises a VH comprising a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 of
the VH set forth as SEQ ID NO: 7 (CH540-VRC40.04 VH) and/or a VL comprising a LCDR1, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the VL set forth as SEQ ID NO: 8 (CH540-VRC40.04 VL).
In some embodiments, the antibody can include a Fc domain that has been modified compared to a native Fc domain. For example, the Fc domain included on the antibody can be modified by amino acid substitution to increase binding to the neonatal Fc receptor and therefore the half-life of the antibody when administered to a subject. In one example, the Fc domain of the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include M428L and N434S mutations (the "LS" mutation) to increase binding to the neonatal Fc receptor and resulting half-life of the antibody. In additional embodiments, the glycosylation (for example, fucosylation) or sequence of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can be altered compared to that observed in nature. For example the glycosylation of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can be altered compared to that of native antibodies to increase the half-life the antibody, or to increase antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxic activity.
Also disclosed are compositions including the antibodies and antigen binding fragments, nucleic acids encoding the antibodies and antigen binding fragments, expression vectors comprising the nucleic acids, and isolated host cells that comprise the nucleic acids. In several embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule encoding a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can be a cDNA molecule that encodes the antibody or antigen binding fragment. In additional embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule can be a bicistronic expression construct encoding the VH and VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
The disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments potently neutralize HIV-1 in an accepted in vitro model of HIV-1 infection. Accordingly, a method is disclosed for treating or inhibiting an HIV-1 infection in a subject. The methods include administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the disclosed antibodies, antigen binding fragments, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, or compositions, to the subject, for example to a subject at risk of or having an HIV-1 infection.
The antibodies, antigen binding fragments, nucleic acid molecules, vectors, and compositions disclosed herein can be used for a variety of additional purposes, such as for detecting an HIV-1 infection or diagnosing HIV-1 infection in a subject, or detecting HIV-1 in a sample.
The foregoing and other features and advantages of this disclosure will become more apparent from the following detailed description of several embodiments which proceeds with reference to the accompanying figures.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES FIG. 1 shows a table illustrating the neutralization fingerprint analysis of a serum sample from donor CH540. The CH540 serum sample (1/24/08) was tested for neutralization on a panel of 21 viruses. The resulting neutralization profile was compared to neutralization profiles of the indicated antibodies to determine similarity of neutralization using established methods (discussed in Example 1). The neutralization profile of the CH540 serum was similar to the profile for the VRCOl, bl2, HJ16, and 8ANC195 antibodies. VRCOl is the prototypical VRCOl -class antibody and targets the CD4 binding site
on gpl20. bl2 and HJ16 also compete with CD4 for binding to gpl20, but are not VRCOl-class antibodies. HJ16 and 8ANC195 specifically bind to a glycan moiety linked to N276 on gpl20, which is adjacent to the CD4 binding site.
FIGs. 2A and 2B show a set of graphs illustrating neutralization of wild-type HIV- 1 strains BG505 (left) and Q168.a2 (right), and the corresponding glycan N276 mutant (T278A), using the CH540 serum. The T278A mutant was more resistant to CH540 serum neutralization.
FIG. 3 show a set of graphs illustrating CH540 serum neutralization of four viruses after preincubation with the HIV-1 HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC-D368R (which includes the CD4 binding site and glycan N276) or the mutant protein 2CC-D368R/N276D (which includes the CD4 binding site, but not glycan N276), or a control medium. The CH540 serum neutralization was competed by 2CC-D368R, but not 2CC-D368R/N276D.
FIGs. 4A-4C show a set of graphs and a table illustrating antigen specific B cell sorting of a peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC) sample from donor CH540. CD3-CD8-CD14-CD19+IgG+ memory B cells were stained with probes 2CC-D368R, 2CC-D368R/N276D, and BG505.T332N.SOSIP. BG505.T332N.SOSIP is an HIV-1 Env ectodomain in trimeric form; therefore, antibody that binds
BG505.T332N.SOSIP is likely to bind the Env trimer. B cells that were 2CC-D368R positive and 2CC- D368R/N276D negative (FIG. 4A) or BG505.T332N.SOSIP positive (FIG. 4B) were sorted into 96-well plates at single cell per well. (FIG. 4C) The resulting antibody heavy and light chains were amplified, sequenced and analyzed for ImMunoGeneTics (IMGT) framework and CDR features. Sequence analysis revealed VHl-2*02 and VK 3-15*01 usage, high VH and VL (kappa) mutation frequency (26% and 19%, respectively), and normal HCDR3 and LCDR3 length (15 and 9 amino acid, respectively). The CDRH3 sequences for CH540-VRC40.01 (SEQ ID NO: 11), CH540-VRC40.02 (SEQ ID NO: 11), CH540- VRC40.03 (SEQ ID NO: 11), and CH540-VRC40.04 (SEQ ID NO: 11) are shown, as are the CDRL3 sequences for CH540-VRC40.01 (SEQ ID NO: 14), CH540-VRC40.02 (SEQ ID NO: 14), CH540- VRC40.03 (SEQ ID NO: 17), and CH540-VRC40.04 (SEQ ID NO: 20).
FIGs. 5A-5C show a set of tables illustrating the neutralization activity of the CH540-VRC40 antibodies against a multi-clade panel of 31 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses. Neutralization of the pseudoviruses was assessed using a TZM-bl assay as described in Example 1. The IC50 (FIG. 5A), ICso (FIG. 5B), and IC90 (FIG. 5C) values ^g/ml) were calculated and shown using different color scheme from more to less potent: red (<0.1 μg/ml), orange (0.1-1 μg/ml), yellow (1-10 μg/ml), green (10-50 μg/ml) and white (>50 μg/ml, that is, no inhibition). CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 28 out of 31 (90%) viruses with a geometric mean IC50 of 0.102 μg/ml. CH540-VRC40.01 showed 87% virus coverage at the IC80 and IC90 cut-off of 50 μg/ml. The geometric mean ICso and IC90 were identified as 0.36 and 0.864 μg/ml, respectively. The other three CH540-VRC40 antibodies showed similar neutralization potency and breadth.
FIGs. 6A and 6B show a set of graphs and a table illustrating the neutralization activity of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody against a multi-clade panel of 173 pseudotyped HIV-1 viruses. (FIG. 6A) Neutralization of the pseudoviruses was assessed using a TZM-bl assay as described in Example 1. FIG.
6A shows the neutralization potency-breadth curve of CH540-VRC40.01 for 173 viruses. The percentage of virus neutralized based on IC50 or ICso cutoff was graphed versus the antibody
concentration. (FIG. 6B) Summary of neutralization breadth and potency of CH540-VRC40.01, VRCOl, 3BNC117, or VRC07-523-LS antibodies, or a combination of CH540-VRC40.01 and VRCOl, or CH540- VRC40.01 and VRC07-523-LS antibodies. The VRCOl, 3BNC117, and VRC07-523-LS antibodies are all VRCOl-class antibodies that target the CD4 binding site on gpl20. The neutralization breadth was defined as percent of viruses that were neutralized to at least 50% level (IC50) at 50 μg/ml of antibody. Median IC50 and ICso was calculated based on all viruses including resistant ones. CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 83% viruses with geometric mean IC50 of 0.099 μg/ml on the panel of 173 pseudoviruses, which is comparable to the 3BNC117 antibody.
FIG. 7 shows a table illustrating the neutralization activity of the CH540-VRC40 antibody against a panel of 21 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses that are resistant to VRCOl neutralization using the TZM-bl assay. Six VRCOl class antibodies were tested in parallel as controls. CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized six of the VRCOl -resistant strains, including four strains (242-14, DU422.01, TV1.29 and TZA125.17) that are resistant to most VRCOl class antibodies.
FIG. 8 shows a table illustrating the neutralization activity of CH540-VRC40.01 antibody against pseudotyped HIV-1 viruses including mutation of the gpl20 N276 glycosylation site. CH540- VRC40.01, as well as control antibodies VRCOl, HJ16, and 8ANC195 were tested for neutralization on a panel of pseudotyped HIV-1 viruses (Q168.a2, HxB2.DG, TRO.l l and BG505) including native HIV-1 Env sequence and, corresponding mutant viruses that lack the gpl20 N276 glycosylation site (N276A or T278A). Similar to the control antibodies HJ16 and 8ANC195, CH540-VRC40.01 neutralization was abolished upon mutation of the N276 glycan site. In contrast, VRCOl neutralization was enhanced by these mutations.
FIG. 9 shows a table illustrating the neutralization activity of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody against a panel of Q168.a2 mutants using the TZM-bl assay. The IC50 titers in μg/ml are listed, as is the corresponding fold change in IC50 compared to wildtype virus. >1 fold indicates that the mutant is less sensitive, while <1 fold indicates that the mutant is more sensitive. >5 fold were highlighted in red.
FIG. 10 shows a set of graphs illustrating binding of CH540-VRC40.01 antibody against a panel of HXB2 gpl20 core (2CC) mutant proteins. CH540-VRC40.01, as well as control antibodies, were serially diluted and tested for binding to 2CC protein and a panel of mutants thereof using ELISA. The binding curves (OD450 absorbance) are shown.
FIGs. 11A and 11B show a set of graphs illustrating competition binding assays for CH540- VRC40.01 binding to gpl20. Binding of biotinylated CH540-VRC40.01 to the HXB2 2CC core (FIG. 11 A) or YU2 gpl20 (FIG. 1 IB) was assayed in the presence of the indicated CD4 binding site targeted antibodies using ELISA.
FIG. 12 shows a table illustrating CH540-VRC40.01 neutralization of HIV-1 (YU2.DG strain) by pseudoviruses carrying the N279K, N280D, R456W, or G458D gpl20 mutations (or combinations thereof), which confer resistance to VRCOl neutralization. IC50 titers are shown.
FIGs. 13A -13C shows sequence alignments of the CD540-VRC40 antibodies, listing the VH and VL sequences, kabat and IMGT CDR and framework regions, and kabat numbering. The VH and VL sequences of the CH540-VRC40.01 (SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2), CH540-VRC40.02 (SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4), CH540-VRC40.03 (SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6), CH540-VRC40.04 (SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8) are shown.
SEQUENCES
The nucleic and amino acid sequences listed in the accompanying sequence listing are shown using standard letter abbreviations for nucleotide bases, and three letter code for amino acids, as defined in 37 C.F.R. 1.822. Only one strand of each nucleic acid sequence is shown, but the complementary strand is understood as included by any reference to the displayed strand. The Sequence Listing is submitted as an ASCII text file named Sequence_Listing.txt, created on May 24, 2016, -40 KB, which is incorporated by reference herein. In the accompanying sequence listing:
SEQ ID NO: 1 is the amino acid sequence of the VH of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody. QVQL IQSGPQFKTPGASVTVSCKASGYIFTDYL IHWVRLVPGKGLEWLGRINTNAGLMYLSHKFEGRL I L RRWDWRTPSLGTVNMELRNVRSDDSAIYFCGRWDGFNAAGPLEFWGQGSPVIVS S
SEQ ID NO: 2 is the amino acid sequence of the VL of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody.
QVVMTQSPATLSLSPGETAAVSCRASQYVDRS I SWYQLKTGRAPRLLVYAAS SRS I GVPDRF SGSGSGRD FTLT IRGVQSDDFALYYCQQDYYWPVTFGQGTRLDMK
SEQ ID NO: 3 is the amino acid sequence of the VH of the CH540-VRC40.02 antibody.
QVRLMQSGPQLKTPGASVTVSCKASGYIFTDYL IHWVRLVPGKGLEWLGRINTNGGLMYLSYKFEGRL I L RRDVDWRTPSLGTVYMELKNLRSDDSAIYFCGRWDGFNAAGPLEFWGQGSPVIVS S
SEQ ID NO: 4 is the amino acid sequence of the VL of the CH540-VRC40.02 antibody.
QAA/MTQSPVTLSVSPGETAAVSCRASQYVDRS I SWYQLKTGRAPRLLVYAAS SRS I GVPDRF SGSGSGRD FTLT IRGVQSDDFAVYYCQQDYYWPVTFGQGTRLDMK SEQ ID NO: 5 is the amino acid sequence of the VH of the CH540-VRC40.03 antibody.
QVQL IQSGPQLKTPGASVTVSCKASGYVFADYL IHWVRLVPGKGLEWLGRINTNAGLMYLSHKFEGRL I L RRDRDWRTPSLGTLYMELRNLKSDDSAIYFCGRWDGFNAAGPLEFWGQGSPVIVS S
SEQ ID NO: 6 is the amino acid sequence of the VL of the CH540-VRC40.03 antibody. QVLMTQSPATLSVSPGETAAVSCRASQYVDRS I SWYQVKSGRAPRLLVYAAS SRS I GVPDRF SGSGSGTD FTLT IRGVQSDDFALYYCQQDYGWPVTFGQGTRLDMK
SEQ ID NO: 7 is the amino acid sequence of the VH of the CH540-VRC40.04 antibody.
QVRLMQSGTEFKTPGASVKVSCKTSGYIF SDYL IHWVRLVPGKGLEWLGRINTNAGLMYLSPRFEGRVI L RRES SFRTPSLGTVYMELRNLKFDDSAVYFCGRWDGFNAAGPLEFWGQGSLVIVS S
SEQ ID NO: 8 is the amino acid sequence of the VL of the CH540-VRC40.04 antibody.
EVVMTQSPATLSVSPGEEAALSCGASDYIDRSVSWYQLKPGRAPRLLVYAASSRSIGIPDRFSGSGSGTA FTLTIRGVQSDDFALYYCQQDKYWPVTFGQGTRLDMK
SEQ ID NOs: 9-20 are amino acid sequences of the IMGT CDRs of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies.
SEQ ID NOs: 21-24 are consensus amino acid sequences of the IMGT CDRs of the CH540- VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies.
SEQ ID NOs: 25-34 are amino acid sequences relating to chimeric antigen receptors.
SEQ ID NO: 35 is the amino acid sequence of HIV- 1 Env from the HXB2 strain of HIV- 1. SEQ ID NO: 36 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.01 VH.
CAGGTGCAGTTGATACAGTCCGGGCCTCAGTTTAAGACGCCTGGGGCCTCAGTGACGGTCTCGTGCAAGG CCTCAGGATACATCTTCACCGACTACCTCATACACTGGGTGCGGCTGGTCCCCGGAAAGGGCCTTGAGTG GCTGGGCCGAATCAACACCAATGCTGGTCTTATGTATCTTTCACATAAATTTGAGGGTCGCCTCATTCTG AGGAGAGTAGTTGACTGGAGGACACCGTCCCTGGGTACAGTCAACATGGAATTAAGGAACGTCAGATCTG ACGACTCGGCCATATATTTTTGTGGGCGGGTCGTCGACGGCTTTAACGCGGCGGGCCCCCTTGAGTTTTG GGGCCAGGGAAGTCCAGTCATCGTTTCTTCA
SEQ ID NO: 37 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.01 VL.
CAAGTGGTGATGACGCAGTCTCCAGCCACCCTGTCTCTGTCTCCGGGGGAGACGGCCGCCGTCTCCTGCA GGGCCAGCCAATATGTTGACCGCTCTATATCTTGGTATCAACTAAAAACTGGCCGGGCTCCCAGACTCCT CGTCTATGCTGCATCGTCCAGGTCCATTGGTGTCCCAGACAGGTTCAGTGGCAGTGGGTCTGGGAGAGAC TTCACTCTCACCATCAGAGGCGTCCAGTCTGACGACTTTGCACTTTATTACTGTCAACAAGATTACTACT GGCCGGTCACCTTCGGCCAAGGGACACGCCTGGACATGAAA SEQ ID NO: 38 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.02 VH.
CAGGTGCGATTGATGCAATCCGGGCCTCAACTTAAGACGCCTGGGGCCTCAGTGACGGTCTCGTGCAAGG CCTCAGGATACATCTTCACCGACTACCTCATACACTGGGTGCGGCTAGTCCCCGGAAAGGGCCTTGAGTG GCTGGGCCGAATCAACACCAATGGTGGTCTTATGTACCTTTCATATAAATTTGAGGGTCGCCTCATTCTG AGGAGAGACGTTGACTGGAGGACACCGTCCCTGGGCACAGTCTACATGGAATTAAAGAACCTCAGATCTG ACGACTCGGCCATATATTTTTGTGGGCGAGTCGTCGACGGCTTTAACGCGGCGGGCCCCCTTGAGTTTTG GGGCCAGGGAAGTCCAGTCATCGTTTCTTCA
SEQ ID NO: 39 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.02 VL.
CAAGTGGTGATGACGCAGTCTCCAGTCACCCTGTCTGTGTCTCCGGGGGAGACGGCCGCCGTCTCCTGCA GGGCCAGCCAATATGTTGACCGCTCTATATCTTGGTATCAACTAAAAACTGGCCGGGCTCCCAGACTCCT CGTCTATGCTGCATCGTCCAGGTCCATTGGTGTCCCAGACAGGTTCAGTGGCAGTGGGTCTGGGAGAGAC TTCACTCTCACCATCAGAGGCGTCCAGTCTGACGACTTTGCAGTTTATTACTGTCAACAAGATTACTACT GGCCGGTCACCTTCGGCCAAGGGACACGCCTGGACATGAAA SEQ ID NO: 40 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.03 VH.
CAGGTGCAGTTGATACAGTCTGGGCCTCAACTTAAGACGCCTGGGGCCTCAGTGACTGTCTCGTGCAAGG CCTCAGGATACGTGTTCGCCGACTACCTCATACACTGGGTGCGACTGGTCCCCGGAAAGGGCCTTGAGTG GCTGGGCCGAATCAACACCAATGCTGGTCTTATGTACCTTTCACATAAATTTGAAGGTCGCCTCATTTTG AGGAGAGACCGTGACTGGAGGACACCGTCCCTGGGCACACTCTACATGGAATTAAGGAACCTAAAATCTG ACGATTCGGCCATATATTTTTGTGGGCGGGTCGTCGACGGCTTTAACGCGGCGGGCCCCCTTGAGTTTTG GGGCCAGGGAAGTCCGGTCATCGTTTCTTCAG
SEQ ID NO: 41 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.03 VL.
CAAGTGTTGATGACGCAGTCTCCAGCCACCCTGTCTGTGTCTCCGGGGGAGACGGCCGCCGTCTCCTGCA GGGCCAGCCAGTATGTTGACCGCTCTATATCTTGGTATCAGGTAAAAAGTGGCCGGGCTCCCAGACTCCT CGTCTATGCTGCATCGTCCAGGTCCATTGGTGTCCCGGACAGGTTCAGTGGCAGTGGGTCTGGGACAGAC TTCACTCTCACCATCAGAGGCGTCCAGTCTGACGACTTTGCACTTTATTACTGTCAACAAGATTACGGCT GGCCGGTCACCTTCGGCCAAGGGACACGCCTGGACATGAAAG
SEQ ID NO: 42 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.04 VH.
CAAGTGCGGTTGATGCAGTCTGGGACTGAATTTAAGACGCCTGGGGCCTCAGTGAAGGTCTCGTGCAAGA CCTCAGGATACATCTTCAGCGACTACTTAATACACTGGGTGCGACTAGTCCCCGGAAAGGGCCTTGAGTG GCTGGGGCGGATCAACACTAACGCTGGTCTTATGTACCTTTCACCGAGATTTGAGGGTCGCGTCATTCTG AGGAGAGAGAGTTCCTTCAGGACACCATCCCTGGGCACAGTCTACATGGAATTAAGGAACCTAAAATTTG ACGACTCGGCCGTCTACTTTTGTGGACGAGTCGTCGACGGATTTAACGCGGCGGGCCCCCTTGAATTTTG GGGCCAGGGGAGCCTGGTCATCGTCTCCTCCG
SEQ ID NO: 43 is an exemplary nucleic acid sequence encoding the CH540-VRC40.04 VL. GAAGTGGTGATGACGCAGTCTCCAGCCACCCTGTCTGTGTCTCCGGGGGAAGAAGCCGCCCTCTCCTGTG GGGCCAGCGACTATATTGACCGGTCTGTGTCCTGGTATCAACTAAAACCTGGCCGGGCTCCCAGACTCCT CGTCTATGCTGCGTCCTCCAGGTCCATTGGTATCCCAGACAGGTTCAGTGGCAGTGGGTCTGGGACAGCC TTCACTCTCACCATCAGAGGCGTCCAGTCTGACGACTTTGCCCTCTATTACTGTCAACAAGACAAATACT GGCCGGTCACCTTCGGCCAAGGGACACGCCTGGACATGAAAC
SEQ ID NOs: 44-46 are sequences of amino acid insertions into the heavy chains of the CH540- VRC40 antibodies.
SEQ ID NOs: 47-52 are amino acid sequences of the VH and VL domains of the VRCOl, VRC07, VRC07-523, and VRC07-544 antibodies.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
I. Summary of Terms
Unless otherwise noted, technical terms are used according to conventional usage. Definitions of common terms in molecular biology may be found in Benjamin Lewin, Genes X, published by Jones & Bartlett Publishers, 2009; and Meyers et al. (eds.), The Encyclopedia of Cell Biology and Molecular Medicine, published by Wiley-VCH in 16 volumes, 2008; and other similar references.
As used herein, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the," refer to both the singular as well as plural, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. For example, the term "an antigen" includes single or plural antigens and can be considered equivalent to the phrase "at least one antigen." As used herein, the term "comprises" means "includes." It is further to be understood that any and all base sizes or amino acid sizes, and all molecular weight or molecular mass values, given for nucleic acids or polypeptides are approximate, and are provided for descriptive purposes, unless otherwise indicated. Although many methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used, particular suitable methods and materials are described herein. In case of conflict, the present specification, including explanations of terms, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting. To facilitate review of the various embodiments, the following explanations of terms are provided:
Administration: The introduction of a composition into a subject by a chosen route.
Administration can be local or systemic. For example, if the chosen route is intravenous, the composition is administered by introducing the composition into a vein of the subject. Exemplary routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, injection (such as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intraperitoneal, and intravenous), sublingual, rectal, transdermal (for example, topical), intranasal, vaginal, and inhalation routes.
Amino acid substitution: The replacement of one amino acid in a protein with a different amino acid.
Anti-retroviral agent: An agent that specifically inhibits a retrovirus from replicating or infecting cells. Non-limiting examples of antiretroviral drugs include entry inhibitors (e.g., enfuvirtide), CCR5 receptor antagonists (e.g., aplaviroc, vicriviroc, maraviroc), reverse transcriptase inhibitors (e.g., lamivudine, zidovudine, abacavir, tenofovir, emtricitabine, efavirenz), protease inhibitors (e.g., lopivar, ritonavir, raltegravir, darunavir, atazanavir), maturation inhibitors (e.g., alpha interferon, bevirimat and vivecon).
Anti-retroviral therapy (ART): A therapeutic treatment for HIV-1 infection involving administration of at least one anti-retroviral agents (e.g., one, two, three or four anti-retroviral agents) to an HIV-1 infected individual. One example of an ART regimen includes treatment with a combination of tenofovir, emtricitabine and efavirenz. In some examples, ART includes Highly Active Anti-Retroviral Therapy (HAART). One example of a HAART regimen includes treatment with a combination of tenofovir, emtricitabine and efavirenz.
Antibody and antigen binding fragment: An immunoglobulin, antigen-binding fragment thereof, or derivative thereof, that specifically binds and recognizes an analyte (antigen) such as HIV-1 gpl20, an antigenic fragment thereof, or a dimer or multimer of the antigen. The term "antibody" is used herein in the broadest sense and encompasses various antibody structures, including but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), so long as they exhibit the desired antigen-binding activity. Non-limiting examples of antibodies include intact immunoglobulins and variants thereof known in the art that retain binding affinity for the antigen. Examples of antibody fragments include but are not limited to Fv, Fab, Fab', Fab'-SH, F(ab')2; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibody molecules (e.g. scFv); and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments. Antibody fragments include antigen binding fragments either produced by the modification of whole antibodies or those synthesized de novo using recombinant DNA methodologies (see, e.g., Kontermann and Dubel (Ed), Antibody Engineering, Vols. 1-2, 2nd Ed., Springer Press, 2010).
A single-chain antibody (scFv) is a genetically engineered molecule containing the VH and VL domains of one or more antibody(ies) linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule (see, for example, Bird et al, Science, 242:423-426, 1988; Huston et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Set, 85:5879-5883, 1988; Ahmad et al, Clin. Dev. Immunol, 2012, doi: 10.1155/2012/980250; Marbry, IDrugs, 13:543-549, 2010). The intramolecular orientation of the VH-domain and the VL- domain in a scFv, is typically not decisive for scFvs. Thus, scFvs with both possible arrangements (VH- domain-linker domain- VL-domain; VL-domain-linker domain- VH-domain) may be used.
In a dsFv the VH and VL have been mutated to introduce a disulfide bond to stabilize the association of the chains. Diabodies also are included, which are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with
complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see, for example, Holliger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Set, 90:6444-6448, 1993; Poljak et al, Structure, 2: 1121-1123, 1994).
Antibodies also include genetically engineered forms such as chimeric antibodies (such as humanized murine antibodies) and heteroconjugate antibodies (such as bispecific antibodies). See also, Pierce Catalog and Handbook, 1994-1995 (Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL); Kuby, J., Immunology, 3rd Ed., W.H. Freeman & Co., New York, 1997.
An "antibody that binds to the same epitope" as a reference antibody refers to an antibody that blocks binding of the reference antibody to its antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more, and conversely, the reference antibody blocks binding of the antibody to its antigen in a competition assay by 50% or more. Antibody competition assays are known, and an exemplary competition assay is provided herein.
An antibody may have one or more binding sites. If there is more than one binding site, the binding sites may be identical to one another or may be different. For instance, a naturally-occurring immunoglobulin has two identical binding sites, a single-chain antibody or Fab fragment has one binding site, while a bispecific or bifunctional antibody has two different binding sites.
Typically, an immunoglobulin has heavy (H) chains and light (L) chains interconnected by disulfide bonds. Immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable domain genes. There are two types of light chain, lambda (λ) and kappa (κ). There are five main heavy chain classes (or isotypes) which determine the functional activity of an antibody molecule: IgM, IgD, IgG, IgA and IgE.
Each heavy and light chain contains a constant region (or constant domain) and a variable region (or variable domain; see, e.g., Kindt et al. Kuby Immunology, 6th ed., W.H. Freeman and Co., page 91 (2007).) In several embodiments, the VH and VL combine to specifically bind the antigen. In additional embodiments, only the VH is required. For example, naturally occurring camelid antibodies consisting of a heavy chain only are functional and stable in the absence of light chain (see, e.g., Hamers-Casterman et al, Nature, 363:446-448, 1993; Sheriff et al, Nat. Struct. Biol, 3:733-736, 1996). Any of the disclosed antibodies can include a heterologous constant domain. For example the antibody can include constant domain that is different from a native constant domain, such as a constant domain including one or more modifications (such as the "LS" mutations) to increase half-life.
References to "VH" or "VH" refer to the variable region of an antibody heavy chain, including that of an antigen binding fragment, such as Fv, scFv, dsFv or Fab. References to "VL" or "VL" refer to the variable domain of an antibody light chain, including that of an Fv, scFv, dsFv or Fab.
The VH and VL contain a "framework" region interrupted by three hypervariable regions, also called "complementarity-determining regions" or "CDRs" (see, e.g., Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 1991). The sequences of the framework regions of different light or heavy chains are relatively conserved within a species. The framework region of an antibody, that is the combined framework regions of the constituent light and heavy chains, serves to position and align the CDRs in three-dimensional space.
The CDRs are primarily responsible for binding to an epitope of an antigen. The amino acid sequence boundaries of a given CDR can be readily determined using any of a number of well-known schemes, including those described by Kabat et al. ("Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest," 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, 1991 ; "Kabat" numbering scheme), Al-Lazikani et al., (JMB 273,927-948, 1997; "Chothia" numbering scheme), and Lefranc et al. ("IMGT unique numbering for immunoglobulin and T cell receptor variable domains and Ig superfamily V-like domains," Dev. Comp. Immunol., 27:55-77, 2003; "IMGT" numbering scheme). The CDRs of each chain are typically referred to as CDR1, CDR2, and CDR3 (from the N-terminus to C-terminus), and are also typically identified by the chain in which the particular CDR is located. Thus, a VH CDR3 is the CDR3 from the VH of the antibody in which it is found, whereas a VL CDRl is the CDR1 from the VL of the antibody in which it is found. Light chain CDRs are sometimes referred to as LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3. Heavy chain CDRs are sometimes referred to as HCDR1, HCDR2, and HCDR3.
A "monoclonal antibody" is an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, that is, the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except for possible variant antibodies, for example, containing naturally occurring mutations or arising during production of a monoclonal antibody preparation, such variants generally being present in minor amounts. In contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations, which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody of a monoclonal antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen. Thus, the modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies may be made by a variety of techniques, including but not limited to the hybridoma method, recombinant DNA methods, phage- display methods, and methods utilizing transgenic animals containing all or part of the human immunoglobulin loci, such methods and other exemplary methods for making monoclonal antibodies being described herein. In some examples monoclonal antibodies are isolated from a subject.
Monoclonal antibodies can have conservative amino acid substitutions which have substantially no effect on antigen binding or other immunoglobulin functions. (See, for example, Harlow & Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed. Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York (2013).)
A "humanized" antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a human framework region and one or more CDRs from a non-human (such as a mouse, rat, or synthetic) antibody or antigen binding fragment. The non-human antibody or antigen binding fragment providing the CDRs is termed a "donor," and the human antibody or antigen binding fragment providing the framework is termed an "acceptor." In one embodiment, all the CDRs are from the donor immunoglobulin in a humanized immunoglobulin. Constant regions need not be present, but if they are, they can be substantially identical to human immunoglobulin constant regions, such as at least about 85-90%, such as about 95% or more identical. Hence, all parts of a humanized antibody or antigen binding fragment, except possibly the CDRs, are substantially identical to corresponding parts of natural human antibody sequences.
A "chimeric antibody" is an antibody which includes sequences derived from two different antibodies, which typically are of different species. In some examples, a chimeric antibody includes one or more CDRs and/or framework regions from one human antibody and CDRs and/or framework regions from another human antibody.
A "fully human antibody" or "human antibody" is an antibody which includes sequences from
(or derived from) the human genome, and does not include sequence from another species. In some embodiments, a human antibody includes CDRs, framework regions, and (if present) an Fc region from (or derived from) the human genome. Human antibodies can be identified and isolated using technologies for creating antibodies based on sequences derived from the human genome, for example by phage display or using transgenic animals (see, e.g., Barbas et al. Phage display: A Laboratory Manuel. 1st Ed. New York: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2004. Print.; Lonberg, Nat. Biotech., 23: 1117- 1125, 2005; Lonenberg, Curr. Opin. Immunol., 20:450-459, 2008).
Antibody or antigen binding fragment that neutralizes HIV-1: An antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to HIV-1 Env (for example, that binds gpl20) in such a way as to inhibit a biological function associated with HIV-1 Env (such as binding to its target receptor). In several embodiments, an antibody or antigen binding fragment that neutralizes HIV-1 reduces the infectious titer of HIV-1.
Broadly neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1 are distinct from other antibodies to HIV-1 in that they neutralize a high percentage of the many types of HIV-1 in circulation. In some embodiments, broadly neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1 are distinct from other antibodies to HIV-1 in that they neutralize a high percentage (such as at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%) of the many types of HIV-1 in circulation. Non-limiting examples of HIV-1 broadly neutralizing antibodies include N6, 2G12, PGT122, VRCOl, and 35022.
Antibody self-reactivity or autoreactivity: A property of an antibody, whereby the antibody reacts with self-epitopes, which are epitopes of proteins and/or lipids that are produced by the subject. An antibody that does not have self-reactivity does not substantially bind to epitopes or lipids present on the membrane of a cell from a subject. Methods of determining if an antibody reacts with self epitopes are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art. In one example, antibody self reactivity is evaluated using HEp-2 cell staining, a cardiolipin binding assay, or an anti-nuclear antigen (ANA) assay. The anti- ANA assay can include an anti-ANA LUMINEX® assay or an ANA cell-staining assay, for example. In several embodiments, a disclosed antibody is not self -reactive (or autoreactive), or is minimally self- reactive. In one non-limiting example, a disclosed antibody does not have self reactivity above background levels, for example, as measured using an anti-ANA LUMINEX® assay or an ANA cell- staining assay.
Biological sample: A sample obtained from a subject. Biological samples include all clinical samples useful for detection of disease or infection (for example, HIV-1 infection) in subjects, including, but not limited to, cells, tissues, and bodily fluids, such as blood, derivatives and fractions of blood (such as serum), cerebrospinal fluid; as well as biopsied or surgically removed tissue, for example tissues that
are unfixed, frozen, or fixed in formalin or paraffin. In a particular example, a biological sample is obtained from a subject having or suspected of having an HIV-1 infection.
Bispecific antibody: A recombinant molecule composed of two different antigen binding domains that consequently binds to two different antigenic epitopes. Bispecific antibodies include chemically or genetically linked molecules of two antigen-binding domains. The antigen binding domains can be linked using a linker. The antigen binding domains can be monoclonal antibodies, antigen-binding fragments (e.g., Fab, scFv), or combinations thereof. A bispecific antibody can include one or more constant domains, but does not necessarily include a constant domain.
CD3 (Cluster of differentiation 3 T-cell Co-receptor): A specific protein complex including at least four polypeptide chains, which are non-covalently associated with the T-cell receptors on the surface of T-cells. The four polypeptide chains include two CD3-epsilon chains, a CD3-delta chain and a CD3-gamma chain. CD3 is present on both helper T cells and cytotoxic T cells.
CD4: Cluster of differentiation factor 4 polypeptide; a T-cell surface protein that mediates interaction with the MHC class II molecule. CD4 also serves as the primary receptor site for HIV-1 on T- cells during HIV-1 infection. CD4 is known to bind to gpl20 from HIV-1. The known sequence of the CD4 precursor has a hydrophobic signal peptide, an extracellular region of approximately 370 amino acids, a highly hydrophobic stretch with significant identity to the membrane-spanning domain of the class II MHC beta chain, and a highly charged intracellular sequence of 40 resides (Maddon, Cell 42:93, 1985).
CD4bs antibodies: Antibodies that bind to or substantially overlap the CD4 binding surface of a gpl20 polypeptide. The antibodies interfere with or prevent CD4 from binding to a gpl20 polypeptide.
Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR): An engineered T cell receptor having an extracellular antibody-derived targeting domain (such as an scFv) joined to one or more intracellular signaling domains of a T cell receptor. A "chimeric antigen receptor T cell" is a T cell expressing a CAR, and has antigen specificity determined by the antibody-derived targeting domain of the CAR. Methods of making CARs are available (see, e.g., Park et ah, Trends Biotechnol., 29:550-557, 2011; Grupp et ah, N Engl J Med., 368: 1509-1518, 2013; Han et al, J. Hematol Oncol, 6:47, 2013; PCT Pubs.
WO2012/079000, WO2013/059593; and U.S. Pub. 2012/0213783, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.)
Conditions sufficient to form an immune complex: Conditions which allow an antibody or antigen binding fragment to bind to its cognate epitope to a detectably greater degree than, and/or to the substantial exclusion of, binding to substantially all other epitopes. Conditions sufficient to form an immune complex are dependent upon the format of the binding reaction and typically are those utilized in immunoassay protocols or those conditions encountered in vivo. See Harlow & Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed. Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York (2013), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions. The conditions employed in the methods are "physiological conditions" which include reference to conditions (e.g., temperature, osmolarity, pH) that are typical inside a living mammal or a mammalian cell. While it is recognized that some organs are subject to
extreme conditions, the intra-organismal and intracellular environment normally lies around pH 7 (e.g., from pH 6.0 to pH 8.0, more typically pH 6.5 to 7.5), contains water as the predominant solvent, and exists at a temperature above 0°C and below 50°C. Osmolarity is within the range that is supportive of cell viability and proliferation.
The formation of an immune complex can be detected through conventional methods known to the skilled artisan, for instance immunohistochemistry, immunoprecipitation, flow cytometry, immunofluorescence microscopy, ELISA, immunoblotting (for example, Western blot), magnetic resonance imaging, CT scans, X-ray and affinity chromatography. Immunological binding properties of selected antibodies may be quantified using methods well known in the art.
Conjugate: A complex of two molecules linked together, for example, linked together by a covalent bond. In one embodiment, an antibody is linked to an effector molecule; for example, an antibody that specifically binds to HIV-1 gpl20 covalently linked to an effector molecule. The linkage can be by chemical or recombinant means. In one embodiment, the linkage is chemical, wherein a reaction between the antibody moiety and the effector molecule has produced a covalent bond formed between the two molecules to form one molecule. A peptide linker (short peptide sequence) can optionally be included between the antibody and the effector molecule. Because conjugates can be prepared from two molecules with separate functionalities, such as an antibody and an effector molecule, they are also sometimes referred to as "chimeric molecules."
Conservative variants: "Conservative" amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that do not substantially affect or decrease a function of a protein, such as the ability of the protein to interact with a target protein. For example, an HlV-specific antibody can include up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or up to 10 conservative substitutions compared to a reference antibody sequence and retain specific binding activity for HIV-1 antigen, and/or HIV-1 neutralization activity. The term conservative variation also includes the use of a substituted amino acid in place of an unsubstituted parent amino acid.
Furthermore, one of ordinary skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions which alter, add or delete a single amino acid or a small percentage of amino acids (for instance less than 5%, in some embodiments less than 1 %) in an encoded sequence are conservative variations where the alterations result in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid.
Conservative amino acid substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are well known to one of ordinary skill in the art. The following six groups are examples of amino acids that are considered to be conservative substitutions for one another:
1) Alanine (A), Serine (S), Threonine (T);
2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E);
3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q);
4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K);
5) Isoleucine (I), Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V); and
6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W).
Non-conservative substitutions are those that reduce an activity or function of the HIV-specific antibody, such as the ability to specifically bind to gpl20. For instance, if an amino acid residue is essential for a function of the protein, even an otherwise conservative substitution may disrupt that activity. Thus, a conservative substitution does not alter the basic function of a protein of interest.
Contacting: Placement in direct physical association; includes both in solid and liquid form, which can take place either in vivo or in vitro. Contacting includes contact between one molecule and another molecule, for example the amino acid on the surface of one polypeptide, such as an antigen, that contacts another polypeptide, such as an antibody. Contacting can also include contacting a cell for example by placing an antibody in direct physical association with a cell.
Control: A reference standard. In some embodiments, the control is a negative control, such as sample obtained from a healthy patient not infected with HIV-1. In other embodiments, the control is a positive control, such as a tissue sample obtained from a patient diagnosed with HIV-1 infection. In still other embodiments, the control is a historical control or standard reference value or range of values (such as a previously tested control sample, such as a group of HIV-1 patients with known prognosis or outcome, or group of samples that represent baseline or normal values).
A difference between a test sample and a control can be an increase or conversely a decrease. The difference can be a qualitative difference or a quantitative difference, for example a statistically significant difference. In some examples, a difference is an increase or decrease, relative to a control, of at least about 5%, such as at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 100%, at least about 150%, at least about 200%, at least about 250%, at least about 300%, at least about 350%, at least about 400%, or at least about 500%.
Degenerate variant: In the context of the present disclosure, a "degenerate variant" refers to a polynucleotide encoding a protein (for example, an antibody or variable region thereof that specifically binds gpl20) that includes a sequence that is degenerate as a result of the genetic code. There are twenty natural amino acids, most of which are specified by more than one codon. Therefore, all degenerate nucleotide sequences are included as long as the amino acid sequence of the antibody that binds gpl20 encoded by the nucleotide sequence is unchanged.
Detectable marker: A detectable molecule (also known as a label) that is conjugated directly or indirectly to a second molecule, such as an antibody, to facilitate detection of the second molecule. For example, the detectable marker can be capable of detection by ELISA, spectrophotometry, flow cytometry, microscopy or diagnostic imaging techniques (such as CT scans, MRIs, ultrasound, fiberoptic examination, and laparoscopic examination). Specific, non-limiting examples of detectable markers include fluorophores, chemiluminescent agents, enzymatic linkages, radioactive isotopes and heavy metals or compounds (for example super paramagnetic iron oxide nanocrystals for detection by MRI). In one example, a "labeled antibody" refers to incorporation of another molecule in the antibody. For example, the label is a detectable marker, such as the incorporation of a radiolabeled amino acid or attachment to a polypeptide of biotinyl moieties that can be detected by marked avidin (for example,
streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or colorimetric methods). Various methods of labeling polypeptides and glycoproteins are known in the art and may be used. Examples of labels for polypeptides include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides (such as 35S or 131I), fluorescent labels (such as fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic labels (such as horseradish peroxidase, beta- galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase), chemiluminescent markers, biotinyl groups, predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (such as a leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags), or magnetic agents, such as gadolinium chelates. In some embodiments, labels are attached by spacer arms of various lengths to reduce potential steric hindrance. Methods for using detectable markers and guidance in the choice of detectable markers appropriate for various purposes are discussed for example in Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4th ed, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 2012) and Ausubel et al. (In Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, through supplement 104, 2013).
Detecting: To identify the existence, presence, or fact of something. General methods of detecting are known to the skilled artisan and may be supplemented with the protocols and reagents disclosed herein. For example, included herein are methods of detecting a cell that expresses gpl20 in a subject.
Effector molecule: A molecule intended to have or produce a desired effect; for example, a desired effect on a cell to which the effector molecule is targeted. Effector molecules can include, for example, polypeptides and small molecules. In one non-limiting example, the effector molecule is a toxin. The skilled artisan will understand that some effector molecules may have or produce more than one desired effect.
Epitope: An antigenic determinant. These are particular chemical groups or peptide sequences on a molecule that are antigenic, i.e. that elicit a specific immune response. An antibody specifically binds a particular antigenic epitope on a polypeptide. In some examples a disclosed antibody specifically binds to an epitope on gpl20.
Expression: Transcription or translation of a nucleic acid sequence. For example, an encoding nucleic acid sequence (such as a gene) can be expressed when its DNA is transcribed into an RNA or RNA fragment, which in some examples is processed to become mRNA. An encoding nucleic acid sequence (such as a gene) may also be expressed when its mRNA is translated into an amino acid sequence, such as a protein or a protein fragment. In a particular example, a heterologous gene is expressed when it is transcribed into an RNA. In another example, a heterologous gene is expressed when its RNA is translated into an amino acid sequence. Regulation of expression can include controls on transcription, translation, RNA transport and processing, degradation of intermediary molecules such as mRNA, or through activation, inactivation, compartmentalization or degradation of specific protein molecules after they are produced.
Expression Control Sequences: Nucleic acid sequences that regulate the expression of a heterologous nucleic acid sequence to which it is operatively linked. Expression control sequences are operatively linked to a nucleic acid sequence when the expression control sequences control and regulate the transcription and, as appropriate, translation of the nucleic acid sequence. Thus expression control sequences can include appropriate promoters, enhancers, transcription terminators, a start codon (ATG) in front of a protein-encoding gene, splicing signal for introns, maintenance of the correct reading frame of that gene to permit proper translation of mRNA, and stop codons. The term "control sequences" is intended to include, at a minimum, components whose presence can influence expression, and can also include additional components whose presence is advantageous, for example, leader sequences and fusion partner sequences. Expression control sequences can include a promoter.
A promoter is a minimal sequence sufficient to direct transcription. Also included are those promoter elements which are sufficient to render promoter-dependent gene expression controllable for cell-type specific, tissue-specific, or inducible by external signals or agents; such elements may be located in the 5' or 3' regions of the gene. Both constitutive and inducible promoters are included (see for example, Bitter et ah, Methods in Enzymology 153 :516-544, 1987). For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as pL of bacteriophage lambda, plac, ptrp, ptac (ptrp-lac hybrid promoter) and the like may be used. In one embodiment, when cloning in mammalian cell systems, promoters derived from the genome of mammalian cells (such as metallothionein promoter) or from mammalian viruses (such as the retrovirus long terminal repeat; the adenovirus late promoter; the vaccinia virus 7.5K promoter) can be used. Promoters produced by recombinant DNA or synthetic techniques may also be used to provide for transcription of the nucleic acid sequences.
A polynucleotide can be inserted into an expression vector that contains a promoter sequence which facilitates the efficient transcription of the inserted genetic sequence of the host. The expression vector typically contains an origin of replication, a promoter, as well as specific nucleic acid sequences that allow phenotypic selection of the transformed cells.
Expression vector: A vector comprising a recombinant polynucleotide comprising expression control sequences operatively linked to a nucleotide sequence to be expressed. An expression vector comprises sufficient cis- acting elements for expression; other elements for expression can be supplied by the host cell or in an in vitro expression system. Expression vectors include all those known in the art, such as cosmids, plasmids (e.g., naked or contained in liposomes) and viruses (e.g., lentiviruses, retroviruses, adenoviruses, and adeno-associated viruses) that incorporate the recombinant
polynucleotide.
Fc polypeptide: The polypeptide including the constant region of an antibody excluding the first constant region immunoglobulin domain. Fc region generally refers to the last two constant region immunoglobulin domains of IgA, IgD, and IgG, and the last three constant region immunoglobulin domains of IgE and IgM. An Fc region may also include part or all of the flexible hinge N-terminal to these domains. For IgA and IgM, an Fc region may or may not include the tailpiece, and may or may not be bound by the J chain. For IgG, the Fc region includes immunoglobulin domains Cgamma2 and
Cgamma3 (Cy2 and Cy3) and the lower part of the hinge between Cgammal (Cyl) and Cy2. Although the boundaries of the Fc region may vary, the human IgG heavy chain Fc region is usually defined to include residues C226 or P230 to its carboxyl-terminus, wherein the numbering is according to the EU index as in Kabat. For IgA, the Fc region includes immunoglobulin domains Calpha2 and Calpha3 (Ca2 and Ca3) and the lower part of the hinge between Calphal (Cal) and Ca2.
HIV-1 Envelope protein (Env): The HIV-1 envelope protein is initially synthesized as a precursor protein of 845-870 amino acids in size, designated gpl60. Individual gpl60 polypeptides form a homotrimer and undergo glycosylation within the Golgi apparatus as well as processing to remove the signal peptide, and cleavage by a cellular protease between approximately positions 511/512 to generate separate gpl20 and gp41 polypeptide chains, which remain associated as gpl20/gp41 protomers within the homotrimer. The ectodomain (that is, the extracellular portion) of the HIV-1 Env trimer undergoes several structural rearrangements from a prefusion mature (cleaved) closed conformation that evades antibody recognition, through intermediate conformations that bind to receptors CD4 and co-receptor (either CCR5 or CXCR4), to a postfusion conformation.
The numbering used in the disclosed HIV-1 Env proteins and fragments thereof is relative to the
HXB2 numbering scheme as set forth in Numbering Positions in HIV Relative to HXB2CG Bette Korber et al., Human Retroviruses and AIDS 1998: A Compilation and Analysis of Nucleic Acid and Amino Acid Sequences. Korber et al., Eds. Theoretical Biology and Biophysics Group, Los Alamos National Laboratory, Los Alamos, NM, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
HIV-1 gpl20: A polypeptide that is part of the HIV-1 Env protein. Mature gpl20 includes approximately HIV-1 Env residues 31-511, contains most of the external, surface-exposed, domains of the HIV-1 Env trimer, and it is gp l20 which binds both to cellular CD4 receptors and to cellular chemokine receptors (such as CCR5). A mature gpl20 polypeptide is an extracellular polypeptide that interacts with the gp41 ectodomain to form an HIV-1 Env protomer that trimerizes to form the HIV-1 Env trimer.
The gpl20 polypeptide is heavily N-glycosylated giving rise to an apparent molecular weight of 120 kD. gpl20 is comprised of five conserved regions (C1-C5) and five regions of high variability (VI- V5). The gpl20 core has a unique molecular structure, which comprises two domains: an "inner" domain (which faces gp41) and an "outer" domain (which is mostly exposed on the surface of the oligomeric envelope glycoprotein complex). The two gpl20 domains are separated by a "bridging sheet" that is not part of either of these domains.
The binding site for the CD4 receptor on gpl20 spans the outer domain and bridging sheet regions of gpl20. On the outer domain, the recognition surface involves a number of discontinuous segments, which include the CD4-binding loop, the base of the V5 loop, Loop D, and the outer domain- entry and -exit loops. Several glycosylation sites are located near the CD4 binding site on gpl20, including the N276 glycosylation site.
HIV-1 gpl40: A recombinant HIV-1 Env polypeptide including gpl20 and the gp41 ectodomain, but not the gp41 transmembrane or cytosolic domains. HIV-1 gpl40 polypeptides can trimerize to form a soluble HIV-1 Env ectodomain trimer.
HIV-1 gp41: A polypeptide that is part of the HIV-1 Env protein. Mature gp41 includes approximately HIV-1 Env residues 512-860, and includes cytosolic-, transmembrane-, and ecto-domains. The gp41 ectodomain (including approximately HIV-1 Env residues 512-644) can interact with gpl20 to form an HIV-1 Env protomer that trimerizes to form the HIV-1 Env trimer.
Human Immunodeficiency Virus type 1 (HIV-1): A retrovirus that causes
immunosuppression in humans (HIV-1 disease), and leads to a disease complex known as the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). "HIV-1 disease" refers to a well-recognized constellation of signs and symptoms (including the development of opportunistic infections) in persons who are infected by HIV-1, as determined by antibody or western blot studies. Laboratory findings associated with this disease include a progressive decline in T cells. Related viruses that are used as animal models include simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV) and feline immunodeficiency virus (FIV). Treatment of HIV-1 with HAART has been effective in reducing the viral burden and ameliorating the effects of HIV-1 infection in infected individuals.
HXB2 numbering system: A reference numbering system for HIV-1 protein and nucleic acid sequences, using HIV-1 HXB2 strain sequences as a reference for all other HIV-1 strain sequences. The person of ordinary skill in the art is familiar with the HXB2 numbering system, and this system is set forth in "Numbering Positions in HIV Relative to HXB2CG," Bette Korber et al., Human Retroviruses and AIDS 1998: A Compilation and Analysis of Nucleic Acid and Amino Acid Sequences. Korber B, Kuiken CL, Foley B, Hahn B, McCutchan F, Mellors JW, and Sodroski J, Eds. Theoretical Biology and Biophysics Group, Los Alamos National Laboratory, Los Alamos, NM, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. HXB2 is also known as: HXBc2, for HXB clone 2; HXB2R, in the Los Alamos HIV database, with the R for revised, as it was slightly revised relative to the original HXB2 sequence; and HXB2CG in GENBANK™, for HXB2 complete genome. The numbering used in gpl20 polypeptides disclosed herein is relative to the HXB2 numbering scheme. For reference, the amino acid sequence of HIV-1 Env of HXB2 is set forth below:
MRVKEKYQHLWRWGWRWGTMLLGMLMICSATEKLWVTVYYGVPVWKEATTTLFCASDAKAYDTEVHNVWATHACVPT DPNPQEVVLVNVTENFNMWKNDMVEQMHEDI ISLWDQSLKPCVKLTPLCVSLKCTDLKNDTNTNSSSGRMIMEKGEI KNCSFNI STSIRGKVQKEYAFFYKLDIIPIDNDTTSYKLTSCNTSVITQACPKVSFEPIPIHYCAPAGFAILKCNNK TFNGTGPCTNVSTVQCTHGIRPVVSTQLLLNGSLAEEEVVIRSVNFTDNAKTI IVQLNTSVEINCTRPNNNTRKRIR IQRGPGRAFVTIGKIGNMRQAHCNISRAKWNNTLKQIASKLREQFGNNKTI IFKQSSGGDPEIVTHSFNCGGEFFYC NSTQLFNSTWFNSTWSTEGSNNTEGSDTITLPCRIKQIINMWQKVGKAMYAPPI SGQIRCSSNITGLLLTRDGGNSN NESEIFRPGGGDMRDNWRSELYKYKVVKIEPLGVAPTKAKRRWQREKRAVGIGALFLGFLGAAGSTMGAASMTLTV QARQLLSGIVQQQNNLLRAIEAQQHLLQLTVWGIKQLQARILAVERYLKDQQLLGIWGCSGKLICTTAVPWNASWSN KSLEQIWNHTTWMEWDREINNYTSLIHSLIEESQNQQEKNEQELLELDKWASLWNWFNITNWLWYIKLFIMIVGGLV GLRIVFAVLSIVNRVRQGYSPLSFQTHLPTPRGPDRPEGIEEEGGERDRDRSIRLVNGSLALIWDDLRSLCLFSYHR LRDLLLIVTRIVELLGRRGWEALKYWWNLLQYWSQELKNSAVSLLNATAIAVAEGTDRVIEVVQGACRAIRHIPRRI RQGLERILL (SEQ ID NO: 35; GENBANK® Accession No. K03455, incorporated by reference herein as present in the database on May 4, 2015).
IgA: A polypeptide belonging to the class of antibodies that are substantially encoded by a recognized immunoglobulin alpha gene. In humans, this class or isotype comprises IgAi and IgA2. IgA antibodies can exist as monomers, polymers (referred to as plgA) of predominantly dimeric form, and secretory IgA. The constant chain of wild-type IgA contains an 18-amino-acid extension at its C- terminus called the tail piece (tp). Polymeric IgA is secreted by plasma cells with a 15-kDa peptide called the J chain linking two monomers of IgA through the conserved cysteine residue in the tail piece.
IgG: A polypeptide belonging to the class or isotype of antibodies that are substantially encoded by a recognized immunoglobulin gamma gene. In humans, this class comprises Igd, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4. In mice, this class comprises IgGi, IgG2a, IgG2b, IgG3.
Immune complex: The binding of antibody or antigen binding fragment (such as a scFv) to a soluble antigen forms an immune complex. The formation of an immune complex can be detected through conventional methods known to the skilled artisan, for instance immunohistochemistry, immunoprecipitation, flow cytometry, immunofluorescence microscopy, ELISA, immunoblotting (for example, Western blot), magnetic resonance imaging, CT scans, X-ray and affinity chromatography. Immunological binding properties of selected antibodies may be quantified using methods well known in the art.
Isolated: A biological component (such as a nucleic acid, peptide, protein or protein complex, for example an antibody) that has been substantially separated, produced apart from, or purified away from other biological components in the cell of the organism in which the component naturally occurs, that is, other chromosomal and extra-chromosomal DNA and RNA, and proteins. Thus, isolated nucleic acids, peptides and proteins include nucleic acids and proteins purified by standard purification methods. The term also embraces nucleic acids, peptides and proteins prepared by recombinant expression in a host cell, as well as, chemically synthesized nucleic acids. A isolated nucleic acid, peptide or protein, for example an antibody, can be at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% pure.
Linker: A bi-functional molecule that can be used to link two molecules into one contiguous molecule, for example, to link an effector molecule to an antibody. In some embodiments, the provided conjugates include a linker between the effector molecule or detectable marker and an antibody. In some cases, a linker is a peptide within an antigen binding fragment (such as an Fv fragment) which serves to indirectly bond the VH and VL. Non-limiting examples of peptide linkers include a (GGGGS; residues 1 - 5, SEQ OD NO: 25) i linker, a (GGGGS; residues 1-5, SEQ OD NO: 25)2 linker, or a (GGGGS; residues 1-5, SEQ OD NO: 25)3 linker.
The terms "conjugating," "joining," "bonding," or "linking" can refer to making two molecules into one contiguous molecule; for example, linking two polypeptides into one contiguous polypeptide, or covalently attaching an effector molecule or detectable marker radionuclide or other molecule to a polypeptide, such as an scFv. In the specific context, the terms include reference to joining a ligand, such as an antibody moiety, to an effector molecule. The linkage can be either by chemical or recombinant
means. "Chemical means" refers to a reaction between the antibody moiety and the effector molecule such that there is a covalent bond formed between the two molecules to form one molecule.
Nucleic acid: A polymer composed of nucleotide units (ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, related naturally occurring structural variants, and synthetic non-naturally occurring analogs thereof) linked via phosphodiester bonds, related naturally occurring structural variants, and synthetic non- naturally occurring analogs thereof. Thus, the term includes nucleotide polymers in which the nucleotides and the linkages between them include non-naturally occurring synthetic analogs, such as, for example and without limitation, phosphorothioates, phosphoramidates, methyl phosphonates, chiral-methyl phosphonates, 2-O-methyl ribonucleotides, peptide-nucleic acids (PNAs), and the like. Such polynucleotides can be synthesized, for example, using an automated DNA synthesizer. The term "oligonucleotide" typically refers to short polynucleotides, generally no greater than about 50 nucleotides. It will be understood that when a nucleotide sequence is represented by a DNA sequence (i.e., A, T, G, C), this also includes an RNA sequence (i.e., A, U, G, C) in which "U" replaces "T. "
Conventional notation is used herein to describe nucleotide sequences: the left-hand end of a single-stranded nucleotide sequence is the 5'-end; the left-hand direction of a double-stranded nucleotide sequence is referred to as the 5'-direction. The direction of 5' to 3' addition of nucleotides to nascent RNA transcripts is referred to as the transcription direction. The DNA strand having the same sequence as an mRNA is referred to as the "coding strand;" sequences on the DNA strand having the same sequence as an mRNA transcribed from that DNA and which are located 5' to the 5'-end of the RNA transcript are referred to as "upstream sequences;" sequences on the DNA strand having the same sequence as the RNA and which are 3' to the 3' end of the coding RNA transcript are referred to as "downstream sequences."
"cDNA" refers to a DNA that is complementary or identical to an mRNA, in either single stranded or double stranded form.
"Encoding" refers to the inherent property of specific sequences of nucleotides in a
polynucleotide, such as a gene, a cDNA, or an mRNA, to serve as templates for synthesis of other polymers and macromolecules in biological processes having either a defined sequence of nucleotides (i.e., rRNA, tRNA and mRNA) or a defined sequence of amino acids and the biological properties resulting therefrom. Thus, a gene encodes a protein if transcription and translation of mRNA produced by that gene produces the protein in a cell or other biological system. Both the coding strand, the nucleotide sequence of which is identical to the mRNA sequence and is usually provided in sequence listings, and non-coding strand, used as the template for transcription, of a gene or cDNA can be referred to as encoding the protein or other product of that gene or cDNA. Unless otherwise specified, a "nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence" includes all nucleotide sequences that are degenerate versions of each other and that encode the same amino acid sequence. Nucleotide sequences that encode proteins and RNA may include introns.
The nucleotides can be ribonucleotides, deoxyribonucleotides, or modified forms of either nucleotide. The term includes single- and double- stranded forms of DNA.
Operably linked: A first nucleic acid sequence is operably linked with a second nucleic acid sequence when the first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with the second nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter, such as the CMV promoter, is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
Generally, operably linked DNA sequences are contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein- coding regions, in the same reading frame.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers: The pharmaceutically acceptable carriers of use are conventional. Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 22th ed., Pharmaceutical Press, London, UK (2012), describes compositions and formulations suitable for pharmaceutical delivery of the disclosed agents.
In general, the nature of the carrier will depend on the particular mode of administration being employed. For instance, parenteral formulations usually include injectable fluids that include pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable fluids such as water, physiological saline, balanced salt solutions, aqueous dextrose, glycerol or the like as a vehicle. For solid compositions (e.g., powder, pill, tablet, or capsule forms), conventional non-toxic solid carriers can include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, or magnesium stearate. In addition to biologically neutral carriers, pharmaceutical compositions to be administered can contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, added preservatives (such as non-natural
preservatives), and pH buffering agents and the like, for example sodium acetate or sorbitan monolaurate. In particular examples, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is sterile and suitable for parenteral administration to a subject for example, by injection. In some embodiments, the active agent and pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are provided in a unit dosage form such as a pill or in a selected quantity in a vial. Unit dosage forms can include one dosage or multiple dosages (for example, in a vial from which metered dosages of the agents can selectively be dispensed).
Polypeptide: A polymer in which the monomers are amino acid residues that are joined together through amide bonds. When the amino acids are alpha-amino acids, either the L-optical isomer or the D- optical isomer can be used, the L-isomers being preferred. The terms "polypeptide" or "protein" as used herein are intended to encompass any amino acid sequence and include modified sequences such as glycoproteins. A polypeptide includes both naturally occurring proteins, as well as those that are recombinantly or synthetically produced. A polypeptide has an amino terminal (N-terminal) end and a carboxy-terminal end. In some embodiments, the polypeptide is a disclosed antibody or a fragment thereof.
Polypeptide modifications: polypeptides can be modified by a variety of chemical techniques to produce derivatives having essentially the same activity and conformation as the unmodified peptides, and optionally having other desirable properties. For example, carboxylic acid groups of the protein, whether carboxyl-terminal or side chain, may be provided in the form of a salt of a pharmaceutically- acceptable cation or esterified to form a C1 -C 16 ester, or converted to an amide of formula NR1R2 wherein Ri and R2 are each independently H or C1 -C 16 alkyl, or combined to form a heterocyclic ring, such as a 5- or 6- membered ring. Amino groups of the peptide, whether amino-terminal or side chain, may be in the
form of a pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salt, such as the HC1, HBr, acetic, benzoic, toluene sulfonic, maleic, tartaric and other organic salts, or may be modified to O-C 16 alkyl or dialkyl amino or further converted to an amide.
Hydroxyl groups of the peptide side chains can be converted to C1-C 16 alkoxy or to a C1-C 16 ester using well-recognized techniques. Phenyl and phenolic rings of the peptide side chains can be substituted with one or more halogen atoms, such as F, CI, Br or I, or with C1-C 16 alkyl, O-C 16 alkoxy, carboxylic acids and esters thereof, or amides of such carboxylic acids. Methylene groups of the peptide side chains can be extended to homologous C2-C4 alkylenes. Thiols can be protected with any one of a number of well-recognized protecting groups, such as acetamide groups.
Recombinant: A recombinant nucleic acid is one that has a sequence that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination can be accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, for example, by genetic engineering techniques. A recombinant protein is one that has a sequence that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two otherwise separated segments of sequence. In several embodiments, a recombinant protein is encoded by a heterologous (for example, recombinant) nucleic acid that has been introduced into a host cell, such as a bacterial or eukaryotic cell. The nucleic acid can be introduced, for example, on an expression vector having signals capable of expressing the protein encoded by the introduced nucleic acid or the nucleic acid can be integrated into the host cell chromosome.
Sequence identity: The similarity between amino acid sequences is expressed in terms of the similarity between the sequences, otherwise referred to as sequence identity. Sequence identity is frequently measured in terms of percentage identity (or similarity or homology); the higher the percentage, the more similar the two sequences are. Homologs or variants of a polypeptide will possess a relatively high degree of sequence identity when aligned using standard methods.
Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art. Various programs and alignment algorithms are described in: Smith and Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482, 1981 ;
Needleman and Wunsch, /. Mol. Biol. 48:443, 1970; Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85 :2444, 1988; Higgins and Sharp, Gene 73:237, 1988; Higgins and Sharp, CABIOS 5: 151, 1989; Corpet et ah, Nucleic Acids Research 16: 10881, 1988; and Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85 :2444, 1988. Altschul et ah, Nature Genet. 6: 119, 1994, presents a detailed consideration of sequence alignment methods and homology calculations.
The NCBI Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST) (Altschul et al, J. Mol. Biol. 215:403, 1990) is available from several sources, including the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI, Bethesda, MD) and on the internet, for use in connection with the sequence analysis programs blastp, blastn, blastx, tblastn and tblastx. A description of how to determine sequence identity using this program is available on the NCBI website on the internet.
Homologs and variants of a VL or a VH of an antibody that specifically binds a polypeptide are typically characterized by possession of at least about 75%, for example at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 91 %, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity counted over the full length alignment with the amino acid sequence of interest. Proteins with even greater similarity to the reference sequences will show increasing percentage identities when assessed by this method, such as at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity. When less than the entire sequence is being compared for sequence identity, homologs and variants will typically possess at least 80% sequence identity over short windows of 10-20 amino acids, and may possess sequence identities of at least 85% or at least 90% or 95% depending on their similarity to the reference sequence. Methods for determining sequence identity over such short windows are available at the NCBI website on the internet. One of skill in the art will appreciate that these sequence identity ranges are provided for guidance only; it is entirely possible that strongly significant homologs could be obtained that fall outside of the ranges provided.
Terms used to describe sequence relationships between two or more nucleotide sequences or amino acid sequences include "reference sequence," "selected from," "comparison window," "identical," "percentage of sequence identity," "substantially identical," "complementary," and "substantially complementary."
For sequence comparison of nucleic acid sequences, typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared. When using a sequence comparison algorithm, test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters are used. Methods of alignment of sequences for comparison are well known in the art. Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith &
Waterman, Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482, 1981 , by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman & Wunsch, /. Mol. Biol. 48:443, 1970, by the search for similarity method of Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Set USA 85:2444, 1988, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group, 575 Science Dr., Madison, WI), or by manual alignment and visual inspection (see, e.g., Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4th ed, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 2012) and Ausubel et al. (In Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, through supplement 104, 2013). One example of a useful algorithm is PILEUP. PILEUP uses a simplification of the progressive alignment method of Feng & Doolittle, /. Mol. Evol. 35:351-360, 1987. The method used is similar to the method described by Higgins & Sharp, CABIOS 5: 151-153, 1989. Using PILEUP, a reference sequence is compared to other test sequences to determine the percent sequence identity relationship using the following parameters: default gap weight (3.00), default gap length weight (0.10), and weighted end gaps. PILEUP can be obtained from the GCG sequence analysis software package, e.g., version 7.0 (Devereaux et al., Nuc. Acids Res. 12:387-395, 1984.
Another example of algorithms that are suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity are the BLAST and the BLAST 2.0 algorithm, which are described in Altschul et ah, J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410, 1990 and Altschul et al, Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402, 1977. Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information (ncbi.nlm.nih.gov). The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a word length (W) of 11, alignments (B) of 50, expectation (E) of 10, M=5, N=-4, and a comparison of both strands. The BLASTP program (for amino acid sequences) uses as defaults a word length (W) of 3, and expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff & Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Set USA 89:10915, 1989). An oligonucleotide is a linear polynucleotide sequence of up to about 100 nucleotide bases in length.
Specifically bind: When referring to an antibody or antigen binding fragment, refers to a binding reaction which determines the presence of a target protein, peptide, or polysaccharide in the presence of a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologies. Thus, under designated conditions, an antibody binds preferentially to a particular target protein, peptide or polysaccharide (such as an antigen present on the surface of a pathogen, for example HIV-1 Env) and does not bind in a significant amount to other proteins or polysaccharides present in the sample or subject. Specific binding can be determined by methods known in the art. With reference to an antibody-antigen complex, specific binding of the antigen and antibody has a KD of less than about 10"7 Molar, such as less than about 10"8 Molar, 10"9, or even less than about 10"10 Molar.
KD refers to the dissociation constant for a given interaction, such as a polypeptide ligand interaction or an antibody antigen interaction. For example, for the bimolecular interaction of an antibody or antigen binding fragment and an antigen it is the concentration of the individual components of the bimolecular interaction divided by the concentration of the complex.
The antibodies disclosed herein specifically bind to a defined target (or multiple targets, in the case of a bispecific antibody). Thus, an antibody that specifically binds to an epitope on gpl20 is an antibody that binds substantially to gpl20, including cells or tissue expressing gpl20, substrate to which the gpl20 is attached, or gpl20 in a biological specimen. It is, of course, recognized that a certain degree of non-specific interaction may occur between an antibody or conjugate including an antibody (such as an antibody that specifically binds gpl20 or conjugate including such antibody) and a non-target (such as a cell that does not express gpl20). Typically, specific binding results in a much stronger association between the antibody and protein or cells bearing the antigen than between the antibody and protein or cells lacking the antigen. Specific binding typically results in greater than 2-fold, such as greater than 5- fold, greater than 10-fold, or greater than 100-fold increase in amount of bound antibody (per unit time) to a protein including the epitope or cell or tissue expressing the target epitope as compared to a protein or cell or tissue lacking this epitope. Specific binding to a protein under such conditions requires an antibody that is selected for its specificity for a particular protein. A variety of immunoassay formats are appropriate for selecting antibodies or other ligands specifically immunoreactive with a particular protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays are routinely used to select monoclonal
antibodies specifically immunoreactive with a protein. See Harlow & Lane, Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., Cold Spring Harbor Publications, New York (2013), for a description of immunoassay formats and conditions that can be used to determine specific immunoreactivity.
Subject: Living multi-cellular vertebrate organisms, a category that includes human and non- human mammals. In an example, a subject is a human. In a particular example, the subject is a newborn infant. In an additional example, a subject is selected that is in need of inhibiting of an HIV-1 infection. For example, the subject is either uninfected and at risk of HIV-1 infection or is infected in need of treatment.
Therapeutically effective amount: The amount of agent, such as a disclosed gpl20 specific antibody or antigen binding fragment that is sufficient to prevent, treat (including prophylaxis), reduce and/or ameliorate the symptoms or underlying causes of a disorder or disease, such as HIV-1 infection. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount is sufficient to reduce or eliminate a symptom of HIV-1 infection, such as AIDS. For instance, this can be the amount necessary to inhibit or prevent HIV-1 replication or to measurably alter outward symptoms of the HIV-1 infection. Ideally, a therapeutically effective amount provides a therapeutic effect without causing a substantial cytotoxic effect in the subject.
In some embodiments, administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment that binds to gpl20 can reduce or inhibit an HIV-1 infection (for example, as measured by infection of cells, or by number or percentage of subjects infected by HIV-1, or by an increase in the survival time of infected subjects) by a desired amount, for example by at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or even at least 100% (elimination or prevention of detectable HIV-1 infection), as compared to a suitable control.
Several preparations disclosed herein are administered in therapeutically effective amounts. A therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds gpl20 that is administered to a subject will vary depending upon a number of factors associated with that subject, for example the overall health and/or weight of the subject. A therapeutically effective amount can be determined by varying the dosage and measuring the resulting therapeutic response, such as, for example, a reduction in viral titer. Therapeutically effective amounts also can be determined through various in vitro, in vivo or in situ immunoassays.
A therapeutically effective amount encompasses a fractional dose that contributes in combination with previous or subsequent administrations to attaining a therapeutic response. For example, a therapeutically effective amount of an agent can be administered in a single dose, or in several doses, for example daily, during a course of treatment lasting several days or weeks. However, the therapeutically effective amount can depend on the subject being treated, the severity and type of the condition being treated, and the manner of administration. A unit dosage form of the agent can be packaged in a therapeutic amount, or in multiples of the therapeutic amount, for example, in a vial (e.g., with a pierceable lid) or syringe having sterile components.
Transformed: A transformed cell is a cell into which a heterologous nucleic acid molecule has been introduced by molecular biology techniques. As used herein, the term transformation encompasses all techniques by which a nucleic acid molecule might be introduced into such a cell, including transfection with viral vectors, transformation with plasmid vectors, and introduction of DNA by electroporation, lipofection, and particle gun acceleration.
Treating or preventing a disease: Inhibiting the full development of a disease or condition, for example, in a subject who is at risk of or has an HIV-1 infection. "Treatment" refers to a therapeutic intervention that ameliorates a sign or symptom of a disease or pathological condition after it has begun to develop. The term "ameliorating," with reference to a disease or pathological condition, refers to any observable beneficial effect of the treatment. The beneficial effect can be evidenced, for example, by a delayed onset of clinical symptoms of the disease in a susceptible subject, a reduction in severity of some or all clinical symptoms of the disease, a slower progression of the disease, a reduction in the viral load, an improvement in the overall health or well-being of the subject, or by other parameters well known in the art that are specific to the particular disease. A "prophylactic" treatment is a treatment administered to a subject who does not exhibit signs of a disease for the purpose of reducing the risk of developing pathology.
Vector: Recombinant DNA vectors are vectors having recombinant DNA. A vector can include nucleic acid sequences that permit it to replicate in a host cell, such as an origin of replication. A vector can also include one or more selectable marker genes and other genetic elements known in the art. Viral vectors are recombinant nucleic acid vectors having at least some nucleic acid sequences derived from one or more viruses. In some embodiments, a viral vector is provided that comprises one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to HIV- 1 gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the viral vector can be an adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector. A replication deficient viral vector is a vector that requires complementation of one or more regions of the viral genome required for replication due to a deficiency in at least one replication- essential gene function. For example, such that the viral vector does not replicate in typical host cells, especially those in a human patient that could be infected by the viral vector in the course of a therapeutic method.
VRCOl-class antibody, heavy chain, or light chain: A class of antibodies that bind to the CD4 binding site on gpl20 and can neutralize HIV-1, as well as heavy and light chains thereof. The prototypical member of the VRCOl-class of antibodies - VRCOl - can neutralize over 90% of circulating HIV-1 isolates with an average 50% inhibitory concentration (IC50) of -0.3 μg/ml. Despite overall sequence differences between VRCOl-class antibodies, antibody-gpl20 co-crystal structures revealed VRCOl-class recognition of gpl20 to be consistent across the class. Indeed, three-dimensional structure analysis of HIV-1 gpl20 from different HIV-1 clades in complexes with different VRCOl-class antibodies from multiple donors show that the VRCOl-class antibodies share striking similarity in physical structure, and revealed several antibody features that contribute to gpl20 binding and HIV-1
neutralization. The substantial structural and ontogenetic characterization of VRCOl-class of antibodies allows recognition of the members of this class by interrogation of antibody sequence.
For example, the VH of a VRCOl-class antibody has a VH1-2 germline origin, wherein the VRCOl-class VH encoding sequence is from 20-35% (such as 25-30%) divergent from the corresponding germline gene sequence. The VRCOl-class VH includes a tryptophan residue at kabat position 50 (VH Τφ5ο), an asparagine residue at kabat position 58 (VH Asnss), and an arginine residue at kabat position 71 (VH Arg7i). These residues form specific interactions with amino acids on gpl20 that contribute to the VRCOl-class specificity and neutralization properties. When a VRCOl-class antibody is bound to gpl20, VH Trp5o forms a hydrogen bond with gpl20 Asn28o, VH Aspss forms hydrogen bonds with gpl20 Arg456 and Gh/458, VH Arg7i forms salt bridges with gpl20 Asp368, and VH TrplOOB forms a hydrogen bond with
Further, the VL of a VRCOl-class antibody has an IGKV1-33, IGKV3-11 , IGKV3-15, IGKV3- 20, or IGLV2-14 germline origin, wherein the VRCOl-class VL encoding sequence is from 15-35% (such as 25-30%) divergent from the corresponding germline gene sequence. The VRCOl-class VL includes either a LCDR1 (kabat positioning) with a 2-6 amino acid deletion, or a LCDR1 with glycine residues at kabat positions 28 and 30. The deletion or the presence of the glycine residues provides flexibility that allows the LCDR1 to avoid structural clash with the D loop of gpl20 when the antibody is bound to the CD4 binding site. Further, the VRCOl-class VL includes an LCDR3 that is five amino acids in length (according to kabat positioning) and includes a hydrophobic residue (such as leucine or tyrosine) at kabat position 91, deletion of kabat positions 92-95, and a glutamate or glutamine residue at kabat position 96. The hydrophobic residue at position 91 packs against the backbone of gpl20 Loop D, and the glutamate or glutamine residue at kabat position 96 interacts with a conserved electropositive region on the base of the gpl20 V5 domain.
Non-limiting examples of antibodies that fall within the VRCOl-class include the VRCOl, VRC03, VRC07, VRC07-523, VRC13, 3BCN117, 12A12, 12A21, VRC-PG04, NIH45-46, VRC23,
VRC-CH30, VRC-CH31, and VRC-PG20 antibodies. Description, characterization, and productions of these antibodies, as well as the VRCOl -class of antibodies is available and familiar to the person of ordinary skill in the art (see, e.g., Diskin et al., Science, 334(6060): 1289-93, 2011 ; Kwong and Mascola, Immunity, 37, 412-425, 2012; Li et al, J. Virol, 85, 8954-8967, 2011 ; Rudicell et al, J. Virol, 88, 12669-12682, 2012; Scheid et al, Science, 333(6049): 1633-1637, 2011 ; West et al, PNAS, 109:E2083- 2090, 2012; Wu et al, Science, 329(5993):856-861, 2010; Wu et al, Science, 333(6049): 1593-1602, 2011 ; Zhou et al, Immunity, 39:245-258, 2013; Georgiev et al, Science, 340:751-756, 2013; Zhu et al, PNAS, 110, E4088-E4097, 2013; and WIPO Pub. Nos. WO 2012/158948, WO2011038290,
WO2012154312, WO2013142324 and WO2013016468, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety).
The VRCOl , VRC07, VRC07-523 (VRC07H-G54H heavy and VRC01L-ElI2del-V3S light), and VRC07-544 (VRC07H-I37V/G54H/T93A heavy and VRCOl -EIdel-V3S light) antibodies are described in U.S. Pat. Pubs. 8337036 and 2014/0322163 and Rudicell et al , J. Virol , 88 :12669-12682,
2014, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. The VH and VL sequences of these antibodies are provided below:
VRCOl VH
QVQLVQSGGQMKKPGESMRISCRASGYEFIDCTLNWIRLAPGKRPEWMGWLKPRGGAVNYARPLQGRVTM TRDVYSDTAFLELRSLTVDDTAVYFCTRGKNCDYNWDFEHWGRGTPVIVSS (SEQ ID NO: 47)
VRCOl VL
EIVLTQSPGTLSLSPGETAI ISCRTSQYGSLAWYQQRPGQAPRLVIYSGSTRAAGIPDRFSGSRWGPDYN LTISNLESGDFGVYYCQQYEFFGQGTKVQVDIK (SEQ ID NO: 48)
VRC07 VH
QVRLSQSGGQMKKPGDSMRISCRASGYEFINCPINWIRLAPGKRPEWMGWMKPRGGAVSYARQLQGRVTM TRDMYSETAFLELRSLTSDDTAVYFCTRGKYCTARDYYNWDFEHWGQGTPVTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 49)
VRC07 VL
EIVLTQSPGTLSLSPGETAI ISCRTSQYGSLAWYQQRPGQAPRLVIYSGSTRAAGIPDRFSGSRWGPDYN LTISNLESGDFGVYYCQQYEFFGQGTKVQVDIK (SEQ ID NO: 48)
VRC07-523 VH
QVRLSQSGGQMKKPGDSMRISCRASGYEFINCPINWIRLAPGKRPEWMGWMKPRHGAVSYARQLQGRVTM TRDMYSETAFLELRSLTSDDTAVYFCTRGKYCTARDYYNWDFEHWGQGTPVTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 50)
VRC07-523 VL
SLTQSPGTLSLSPGETAI ISCRTSQYGSLAWYQQRPGQAPRLVIYSGSTRAAGIPDRFSGSRWGPDYNLT ISNLESGDFGVYYCQQYEFFGQGTKVQVDIK (SEQ ID NO: 51)
VRC07-544 VH
QVRLSQSGGQMKKPGDSMRISCRASGYEFINCPINWVRLAPGKRPEWMGWMKPRHGAVSYARQLQGRVTM TRDMYSETAFLELRSLTSDDTAVYFCARGKYCTARDYYNWDFEHWGQGTPVTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 52)
VRC07-544 VL
SLTQSPGTLSLSPGETAI ISCRTSQYGSLAWYQQRPGQAPRLVIYSGSTRAAGIPDRFSGSRWGPDYNLT ISNLESGDFGVYYCQQYEFFGQGTKVQVDIK (SEQ ID NO: 51)
II. Description of Several Embodiments
Isolated monoclonal antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind an epitope on gpl20 are provided. The antibodies and antigen binding fragments can be fully human. In several embodiments, the antibodies and antigen binding fragments can be used to neutralize HIV-1. Also disclosed herein are compositions including the antibodies and antigen binding fragments and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Nucleic acids encoding the antibodies or antigen binding fragments, expression vectors (such as adeno-associated virus (AAV) viral vectors) including these nucleic acids are also provided.
The antibodies, antigen binding fragments, nucleic acid molecules, host cells, and compositions can be used for research, diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. For example, the monoclonal antibodies and antigen binding fragments can be used to diagnose or treat a subject with an HIV-1 infection, or can
be administered prophylactically to prevent HIV-1 infection in a subject. In some embodiments, the antibodies can be used to determine HIV-1 titer in a subject.
A. Neutralizing Monoclonal Antibodies and Antigen Binding Fragments
This disclosure provides the novel CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies and variants thereof (including antigen binding fragments). Epitope mapping and competition binding studies show that the disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments specifically bind HIV-1 Env at an epitope that overlaps with the CD4-binding site on gpl20. For example, as discussed in Example 1, CH540-VRC40.01 competes for binding to gpl20 with known CD4-binding site antibodies, such as VRC01.
The disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments are surprisingly effective for neutralization of HIV-1. For example, as discussed in Example 1, the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody neutralized 83% of a panel of 173 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses with median IC50 of 0.099 μg/ml.
Surprisingly, even though the CH540-VRC40 antibodies competed with VRCOl for binding to the CD4 binding site of HIV 1 gpl20, the CH540-VRC40 antibodies neutralized a significant number of HIV- 1 strains that are VRCOl -resistent.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) HCDRs from one of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VL comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) LCDRs from one of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies. In several embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH and a VL including the HCDR1, HCDR2, HCDR3, LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3, respectively, of one of the CH540- VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralize HIV-1.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes HCDR1, HCDR2, HCDR3, LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3 amino acid sequences that in aggregate are at least 90% (such as at least 91 %, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequences of the CDRs of one of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1 infection.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a VH comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) HCDRs from the VH set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 1 (CH540- VRC40.01), SEQ ID NO: 3 (CH540-VRC40.02), SEQ ID NO: 5 (CH540-VRC40.03), or SEQ ID NO: 7 (CH540-VRC40.04), or a VH comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, or at least 99%) identical thereto. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a VL comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) LCDRs from the VL set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 2 (CH540-VRC40.01), SEQ ID NO: 4 (CH540-VRC40.02), SEQ ID
NO: 6 (CH540-VRC40.03), or SEQ ID NO: 8 (CH540-VRC40.04), or a VL comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, or at least 99%) identical thereto. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a VH comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) HCDRs from the VH set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 1 (CH540- VRC40.01), SEQ ID NO: 3 (CH540-VRC40.02), SEQ ID NO: 5 (CH540-VRC40.03), or SEQ ID NO: 7 (CH540-VRC40.04), or a VH comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, or at least 99%) identical thereto, and a VL comprising one or more (i.e., one, two, or all three) LCDRs from the VL set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 2 (CH540-VRC40.01), SEQ ID NO: 4 (CH540-VRC40.02), SEQ ID NO: 6 (CH540-VRC40.03), or SEQ ID NO: 8 (CH540-VRC40.04), or a VL comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, or at least 99%) identical thereto. The antibody or antigen binding fragment specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
The discussion of monoclonal antibodies below refers to monoclonal antibodies that include a VH and a VL including CDRs with reference to the IMGT numbering scheme (unless the context indicates otherwise). The person of ordinary skill in the art will understand that various CDR numbering schemes (such as the Kabat, Chothia or IMGT numbering schemes) can be used to determine CDR positions. The amino acid sequence and the CDR positions of the VH and VL of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540- VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies according to the IMGT numbering scheme are shown in Table 1.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes one or more IMGT CDRs, such as those listed in Table 1. For example, in some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDRl, HCDR2, and/or HCDR3 including amino acids 26- 33, 51-58, and/or 102-116, respectively, of one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VL including a LCDR1, LCDR2, and/or LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and/or 89-97, respectively, of one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116 of SEQ ID NO: 1, respectively, and a VL including a LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 2, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In further embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116 of SEQ ID NO: 3, respectively, and a VL including a LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 4, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In additional embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116 of SEQ ID NO: 5, respectively, and a VL including a LCDR1, LCDR2, and LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 6, respectively. In additional embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDRl, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116 of SEQ
ID NO: 7, respectively, and a VL including a LCDRl, LCDR2, and LCDR3 including amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97 of SEQ ID NO: 8, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
In one embodiment, an isolated antibody or antibody fragment includes at least one CDR with a sequence that has at least 95% sequence identity to any one of SEQ ID NOs: 9-20, wherein the antibody specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In additional embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDR1, a HCDR2, and a HCDR3 including amino acid sequences at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to amino acids 26-33, 51-58, and 102-116, respectively, of one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and/or a VL including a LCDRl, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 including amino acid sequences at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to amino acids 27-32, 50-52, and 89-97, respectively, of one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
The CH540-VRC40.01 , CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies are clonal variants of each other, and include similar heavy and light chain CDRs that derive from the same heavy and light chain germline genes. Accordingly, the CDR sequences of these antibodies can be used to generate consensus CDR sequences for a genus of antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to gpl20 and neutralize HIV-1. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDR1, a HCDR2, and/or a HCDR3 including the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 21 (GYX1FX2DYL, wherein Xi is I or V, and X2 is T, A, or S), SEQ ID NO: 22 (INTNXiGLM, wherein Xi is A or G), and/or SEQ ID NO: 11
(GRWDGFNAAGPLEF), respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the antibody antigen binding fragment includes a VL including a LCDRl, a LCDR2, and/or a LCDR3 including the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 23 (X1YX2DRS, wherein Xi is Q or D, and X2 is V or I), SEQ ID NO: 13 (AAS), and/or SEQ ID NO: 24 (QQDX1X2WPVTF, wherein Xi is Y or K, and X2 is Y or G), respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including a HCDR1, a HCDR2, and/or a HCDR3 including the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 22, and SEQ ID NO: 11, respectively, and further includes a VL including a LCDRl, a LCDR2, and/or a LCDR3 including the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 13, and SEQ ID NO: 24, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In more embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VL including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including an amino acid
sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and a VL including an amino acid sequence at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
In additional embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH and a VL including amino acid sequences at least 90% (such as at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) identical to the amino acid sequences set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively.
In additional embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a VH including the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the antibody includes a VL including the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In additional embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment include a VH and a VL including the amino acid sequences set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. VH and VL segments of the disclosed antibodies can be "mixed and matched," in which different pairs of the VL and VH segments are combined and screened for binding to gpl20 to select VL/VHpair combinations of interest.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a HCDRl with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 9, 16, or 18, a HCDR2 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 10 or 15, and a HCDR3 with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a LCDR1 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 12 or 19, a
LCDR2 with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, and a LCDR3 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 14, 17, or 20, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment includes a HCDRl with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 9, 16, or 18, a HCDR2 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 10 or 15, a HCDR3 with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11, a LCDR1 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 12 or 19, a LCDR2 with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, and a LCDR3 with the amino acid sequence of one of SEQ ID NOs: 14, 17, or 20, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
As illustrated in FIG. 13, the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies include a five amino acid insertion between kabat positions 72A and 72B of the VH. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the VH of any of the disclosed antibodies or antigen binding fragments can include a five amino acid insertion between kabat positions 72A and 72B. The insertion in the CH540-VRC40 antibodies includes the amino acid sequence of DWRTP (SEQ ID NO:
44) for CH540-VRC40.01 , CH540-VRC40.02, and CH540-VRC40.03, or SFRTP (SEQ ID NO: 45) for CH540-VRC40.04. In some embodiments, the VH of any disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a five amino acid insertion between kabat positions 72A and 72B that comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as X1X2RTP (SEQ ID NO: 46), wherein Xi is D or S, and X2 is W or F. In some embodiments, the VH of any disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment can include a five amino acid insertion between kabat positions 72A and 72B that comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as DWRTP (SEQ ID NO: 44) or SFRTP (SEQ ID NO: 45).
Amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) can be made in the VH and the VL regions, for example to increase production yield or solubility. In some embodiments, the VH of the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include up to 10 (such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9) amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) compared to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs : 1, 3, 5, or 7, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1. In some embodiments, the VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include up to 10 (such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9) amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) compared to the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 2, 4, 6, or 8, and specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include, in aggregate, up to 10 (such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9) amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) in the CDRs of the VH of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VH and VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, compared to the CDRs of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540- VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody, and maintain the specific binding activity for gpl20 and neutralization of HIV-1.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can include, in aggregate, up to
10 (such as up to 1, up to 2, up to 3, up to 4, up to 5, up to 6, up to 7, up to 8, or up to 9) amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) in the framework regions of the VH of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, or the VH and VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment, compared to a known framework region, or compared to the framework regions of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody, and maintain the specific binding activity for gpl20 and neutralization of HIV-1. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more CDRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen. For example, conservative alterations (e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein) that do not substantially reduce binding affinity may be made in CDRs. In certain embodiments of the variant VH and VL sequences provided herein, each CDR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
1. Additional Description of Antibodies and Antigen Binding Fragments
The antibody or antigen binding fragment can be a human antibody or fragment thereof.
Chimeric antibodies are also provided. The antibody or antigen binding fragment can include any suitable framework region, such as (but not limited to) a human framework region. Human framework regions, and mutations that can be made in a human antibody framework regions, are known in the art (see, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,585,089, which is incorporated herein by reference).
Alternatively, a heterologous framework region, such as, but not limited to a mouse or monkey framework region, can be included in the heavy or light chain of the antibodies. (See, for example, Jones et ah, Nature 321 :522, 1986; Riechmann et ah, Nature 332:323, 1988; Verhoeyen et ah, Science 239: 1534, 1988; Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:4285, 1992; Sandhu, Crit. Rev.
Biotech.12:437, 1992; and Singer et al., J. Immunol.150:2844, 1993.)
The antibody can be of any isotype. The antibody can be, for example, an IgM or an IgG antibody, such as IgGi, lgGi, lgG or IgG4. The class of an antibody that specifically binds gpl20 can be switched with another. In one aspect, a nucleic acid molecule encoding VL or VH is isolated using methods well-known in the art, such that it does not include any nucleic acid sequences encoding the constant region of the light or heavy chain, respectively. A nucleic acid molecule encoding VL or VH is then operatively linked to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a CL or CH from a different class of immunoglobulin molecule. This can be achieved using a vector or nucleic acid molecule that comprises a CL or CH chain, as known in the art. For example, an antibody that specifically binds gpl20, that was originally IgM may be class switched to an IgG. Class switching can be used to convert one IgG subclass to another, such as from IgGi to IgG2, IgG3, or IgG4.
In some examples, the disclosed antibodies are oligomers of antibodies, such as dimers, trimers, tetramers, pentamers, hexamers, septamers, octomers and so on. (a) Binding affinity
In several embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can specifically bind gpl20 with an affinity (e.g., measured by KD) of no more than l .O x 10"8 M, no more than 5.0 x 10_8 M, no more than 1.0 x 10"9 M, no more than 5.0 x 10"9 M, no more than 1.0 x 10"10 M, no more than 5.0 x 10"10 M, or no more than 1.0 x 10"U M. KD can be measured, for example, by a radiolabeled antigen binding assay (RIA) performed with the Fab version of an antibody of interest and its antigen using known methods. In one assay, solution binding affinity of Fabs for antigen is measured by equilibrating Fab with a minimal concentration of (]2iI)-labeled antigen in the presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (see, e.g. , Chen et a!., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881 ( 1999)). To establish conditions for the assay, MICROTITER® multi-well plates (Thermo Scientific) are coated overnight with 5 of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 rriM sodium carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bo vine serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature (approximately 23° C). In a non-adsorbent plate (Nunc #269620), 100 μΜ or 26 pM [ |25Γ] -antigen are mixed with serial dilutions of a Fab of interest (e.g. , consistent with
assessment of die anti-VEGF antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et a!., Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599 (1997 )). The Fab of interest is then incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a longer period {e.g., about 65 hours) to ensure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the mixtures are transferred to the capture plate for incubation at room temperature {e.g., for one hour). The solution is then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1 % polysorbaie 20 (TWEEN-20®) in PBS. When the plates have dried, 150 μΐ/well of scintillant (MICROSCINT-20™; Packard) is added, and the plates are counted on a TOPCOUNT™ gamma counter (Packard) for ten minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of maximal binding are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.
In another assay, KD can be measured using surface plasmon resonance assays using a
BIACORE@-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) at 25° C with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at -10 response units (RIJ). Briefly, carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips (CMS, BIACORE©, Inc.) are activated with N-eihyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's instructions. Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 \ig! \ (-0.2 μΜ) before injection at a flow rate of 5 1/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05% polysorbaie 20 (TWEEN- 20™) surfactant (PBST) at 25° C at a flow rate of approximately 25 i min. Association rates (¾_*,) and dissociation rates (k0ff) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE© Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation se sorgrams. The equilibrium dissociation constant (KD) is calculated as the ratio k0ff/kon. See, e.g. , Chen et ah, J. Mot Biol 293:865-881 (1999). If the on-rate exceeds 106 M"1 s~! by the surface plasmon resonance assay above, then the on-rate can be determined by using a fluorescent quenching technique that measures the increase or decrease in fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm; emissiors=340 nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25° C. of a 20 nM anti-antigen antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in she presence of increasing concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer, such as a stop-flow equipped spectrophometer (Aviv Instruments) or a 8000-series SLM-AMINCO™ spectrophotometer
(ThermoSpeclronic) with a stirred cuvette. (b) Neutralization
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can also be distinguished by neutralization breadth. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can neutralize at least 70% (such as at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, least 90%, or at least 95%) of the HIV-1 isolates included in a standardized panel of HIV-1 pseudoviruses (such as that provided in FIG. 5) with an IC5o of less than 50 μξ/ X. As illustrated in FIG. 7, the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody can neutralize the following VRCOl -resistant strains of HIV-1 with an inhibitory concentration (IC50) of <50 μβ/ιηΐ: 242- 14, DU172.17, DU422.01, TV1.29, TZA125.17, and 57128.vrcl5. Accordingly, in some embodiments, any of the disclosed antibodies or antigen binding fragments can neutralize the 242-14, DU172.17,
DU422.01, TV1.29, TZA125.17, and 57128.vrcl5 strains of HIV-1 with an inhibitory concentration (ICso) of <5(^g/ml.
The person of ordinary skill in the art is familiar with methods of measuring the neutralization breadth and potency of an HIV-1 gpl20 specific monoclonal antibody, for example such methods include the single-round HIV-1 Env-pseudoviruses infection of TZM-bl cells. Exemplary pseudovirus neutralization assays and panels of HIV-1 pseudovirus are described for example, in Li et al, J Virol 79, 10108-10125, 2005, Seaman et al, J. Virol., 84:1439-1452, 2010; Sarzotti-Kelsoe et al, J. Immunol. Methods, 409:131-46, 2014; and WO2011/038290, each of which is incorporated by reference herein. (c) Multispecific antibodies
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment is included on a multispecific antibody, such as a bi-specific antibody. Such multispecific antibodies can be produced by known methods, such as crosslinking two or more antibodies, antigen binding fragments (such as scFvs) of the same type or of different types. Exemplary methods of making multispecific antibodies include those described in PCT Pub. No. WO2013/163427, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Suitable crosslinkers include those that are heterobifunctional, having two distinctly reactive groups separated by an appropriate spacer (such as m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester) or homobifunctional (such as disuccinimidyl suberate). Such linkers are available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, 111.
In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment is included on a bispecific antibody that that specifically binds to gpl20 and further specifically binds to CD3. Examples of CD3 binding domains that can be included on the bispecific antibody or antigen binding fragment are known and include those disclosed in PCT Pub. No. WO2013/163427, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
Various types of multi-specific antibodies are known. Bispecific single chain antibodies can be encoded by a single nucleic acid molecule. Examples of bispecific single chain antibodies, as well as methods of constructing such antibodies are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,076,459, 8,017,748, 8,007,796, 7,919,089, 7,820,166, 7,635,472, 7,575,923, 7,435,549, 7,332,168, 7,323,440, 7,235,641, 7,229,760, 7,112,324, 6,723,538, incorporated by reference herein). Additional examples of bispecific single chain antibodies can be found in PCT application No. WO 99/54440; Mack, /.
Immunol, 158:3965-3970, 1997; Mack, PNAS, 92:7021-7025, 1995; Kufer, Cancer Immunol.
Immunother., 45:193-197, 1997; Loffler, Blood, 95:2098-2103, 2000; and Bruhl, /. Immunol, 166:2420- 2426, 2001. Production of bispecific Fab-scFv ("bibody") molecules are described, for example, in Schoonjans et al. (J. Immunol. 165:7050-57, 2000) and Willems et al. (J Chromatogr B Analyt Technol Biomed Life Sci. 786:161-76, 2003). For bibodies, a scFv molecule can be fused to one of the VL-CL (L) or VH-CH1 chains, e.g., to produce a bibody one scFv is fused to the C-term of a Fab chain.
(d) Fragments
Antigen binding fragments are encompassed by the present disclosure, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv which include a heavy chain and VL and specifically bind gpl20. These antibody fragments retain the ability to selectively bind with the antigen and are "antigen-binding" fragments. Non-limiting examples of such fragments include:
(1) Fab, the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule, can be produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield an intact light chain and a portion of one heavy chain;
(2) Fab', the fragment of an antibody molecule can be obtained by treating whole antibody with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield an intact light chain and a portion of the heavy chain; two
Fab' fragments are obtained per antibody molecule;
(3) (Fab')2, the fragment of the antibody that can be obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction; F(ab')2 is a dimer of two Fab' fragments held together by two disulfide bonds;
(4) Fv, a genetically engineered fragment containing the VH and VL expressed as two chains; and
(5) Single chain antibody (such as scFv), defined as a genetically engineered molecule containing the VH and the VL linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule (see, e.g., Ahmad et al., Clin. Dev. Immunol., 2012, doi: 10.1155/2012/980250; Marbry, IDrugs, 13:543-549, 2010). The intramolecular orientation of the VH-domain and the VL-domain in a scFv, is not decisive for the provided antibodies (e.g., for the provided multispecific antibodies). Thus, scFvs with both possible arrangements (VH-domain-linker domain- VL-domain; VL-domain-linker domain- VH-domain) may be used.
(6) A dimer of a single chain antibody (SCFV2), defined as a dimer of a scFV. This has also been termed a "miniantibody."
Methods of making these fragments are known in the art (see for example, Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York, 2013).
In some embodiments, the antigen binding fragment can be an Fv antibody, which is typically about 25 kDa and contain a complete antigen-binding site with three CDRs per each heavy chain and each light chain. To produce Fv antibodies, the VH and the VL can be expressed from two individual nucleic acid constructs in a host cell. If the VH and the VL are expressed non-contiguously, the chains of the Fv antibody are typically held together by noncovalent interactions. However, these chains tend to dissociate upon dilution, so methods have been developed to crosslink the chains through glutaraldehyde, intermolecular disulfides, or a peptide linker. Thus, in one example, the Fv can be a disulfide stabilized Fv (dsFv), wherein the VH and the VL are chemically linked by disulfide bonds.
In an additional example, the Fv fragments include VH and VL chains connected by a peptide linker. These single-chain antigen binding proteins (scFv) can be prepared by constructing a nucleic acid molecule encoding the VH and VL domains connected by an oligonucleotide. The nucleic acid molecule is
inserted into an expression vector, which is subsequently introduced into a host cell such as a mammalian cell. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains. Methods for producing scFvs are known in the art (see Whitlow et al., Methods: a Companion to Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 2, page 97, 1991; Bird et al., Science 242:423, 1988; U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778; Pack et al., Bio/Technology 11 : 1271, 1993; Ahmad et al , Clin. Dev. Immunol , 2012, doi: 10.1155/2012/980250; Marbry, IDrugs, 13:543-549, 2010). Dimers of a single chain antibody (SCFV2), are also contemplated.
Antigen binding fragments can be prepared by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody or by expression in a host cell (such as an E. coli cell) of DNA encoding the fragment. Antigen binding fragments can also be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods. For example, antigen binding fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab')2. This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent, and optionally a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups resulting from cleavage of disulfide linkages, to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments. Alternatively, an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab' fragments and an Fc fragment directly (see U.S. Patent No. 4,036,945 and U.S. Patent No. 4,331,647, and references contained therein; Nisonhoff et al., Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 89:230, 1960; Porter, Biochem. J. 73: 119, 1959; Edelman et al., Methods in
Enzymology, Vol. 1, page 422, Academic Press, 1967; and Coligan et al. at sections 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.1-2.10.4).
Other methods of cleaving antibodies, such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical, or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
Antigen binding single VH domains, called domain antibodies (dAb), have also been identified from a library of murine VH genes amplified from genomic DNA of immunized mice (Ward et al. Nature 347 :544-546, 1989). Human single immunoglobulin variable domain polypeptides capable of binding antigen with high affinity have also been described (see, for example, PCT Publication Nos. WO 2005/035572 and WO 2003/002609). The CDRs disclosed herein can also be included in a dAb.
In some embodiments, one or more of the heavy and/or light chain complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from a disclosed antibody (such as the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540- VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody) is expressed on the surface of another protein, such as a scaffold protein. The expression of domains of antibodies on the surface of a scaffolding protein are known in the art (see e.g., Liu et al., J. Virology 85(17): 8467-8476, 2011). Such expression creates a chimeric protein that retains the binding for gpl20. In some specific embodiments, one or more of the heavy chain CDRs is grafted onto a scaffold protein, such as one or more of heavy chain CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3. One or more CDRs can also be included in a diabody or another type of single chain antibody molecule.
(e) Additional antibodies that bind to the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 epitope on gpl20.
Also included are antibodies that bind to the same epitope on gpl20 to which the CH540- VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies bind. Antibodies that bind to such an epitope can be identified based on their ability to cross-compete (for example, to competitively inhibit the binding of, in a statistically significant manner) with one of the CH540- VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibodies provided herein in gpl20 binding assays (such as those described in the Examples). An antibody "competes" for binding when the competing antibody inhibits gpl20 binding of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody by more than 50%, in the presence of competing antibody concentrations higher than 106 x KD of the competing antibody. In a certain embodiment, the antibody that binds to the same epitope on gpl20 as the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540- VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody is a human monoclonal antibody. Such human monoclonal antibodies can be prepared and isolated as described herein.
Human antibodies that bind to the same epitope on gpl20 to which the CH540-VRC40.01,
CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody binds can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk and van de Winkel, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol 5: 368-74 (2001) and Lonberg, Curr. Op in. Immunol. 20:450-459 (2008). Such antibodies may be prepared, for example, by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge. Such animals typically contain ail or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes. In such transgenic mice, the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated. For review of methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic animals, see Lonberg, Nat Biotech. 23: 1117-1125 (2005). See also, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,075,181 and 6,150,584 describing XENOMOUSE™ technology; U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,429 describing HUMAB® technology; U.S. Pat. No. 7,041,870 describing K-M MOUSE© technology, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2007/0061900, describing
VELOCIMOUSE® technology). Human variable regions from intact antibodies generated by such animals may be further modified, e.g., by combining with a different human constant region.
Human antibodies that bind to the same epitope on gpl20 to which the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 antibody binds can also be made by hybridoma-based methods. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor /. Immunol., 133 : 3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et ah, J. Immunol., 147: 86 (1991).) Human antibodies generated via human B-cell hybridoma technology are also described in Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Set USA, 103 :3557-3562 (2006). Additional methods include those described, for example, in
U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,826 (describing production of monoclonal human IgM antibodies from hybridoma cell lines) and Ni, Xiandai Mianyixue, 26(4):265-268 (2006) (describing human-human hybridomas). Human hybridoma technology (Trioma technology) is also described in Vollmers and Brandlein, Histology and Histopathology, 20(3) :927 -937 (2005) and Vollmers and Brandlein, Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 27(3): 185-91 (2005). Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human -derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain.
Antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to the same epitope on gpl 20 as CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 can also be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired binding characteristics. For example, a variety of methods are known in the art for generating phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies possessing the desired binding characteristics. Such methods are reviewed, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178: 1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2001) and further described, e.g., in the McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554; Clackson et al., Nature 352: 624-628 (1991); Marks et al, J. Mol. Biol. 222: 581-597 (1992); Marks and Bradbury, in Methods in Molecular Biology 248: 161-175 (Lo, ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003); Sidhu et al., J. Mol. Biol. 338(2): 299-310 (2004); Lee et al, J. Mol. Biol. 340(5): 1073-1093 (2004); Fellouse, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101(34): 12467-12472 (2004); and Lee et al, J. Immunol. Methods 284(1 -2): 119- 132 (2004).
In certain phage display methods, repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter et al, Ann. Rev. Immunol, 12: 433-455 (1994). Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments. Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas. Alternatively, the naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths et al, EMBO J, 12: 725-734 (1993). Finally, naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning unrearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom and Winter, /. Mol. Biol, 227: 381-388 (1992). Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0079574, 2005/0119455, 2005/0266000,
2007/0117126, 2007/0160598, 2007/0237764, 2007/0292936, and 2009/0002360.
(f) Variants
In certain embodiments, amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies provided herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody. Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing
appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, e.g., antigen-binding.
In certain embodiments, antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided. Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the CDRs and the framework regions. Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, e.g., retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved ADCC or CDC.
The variants typically retain amino acid residues necessary for correct folding and stabilizing between the VH and the VL regions, and will retain the charge characteristics of the residues in order to preserve the low pi and low toxicity of the molecules. Amino acid substitutions (such as conservative amino acid substitutions) can be made in the VH and the VL regions, for example to increase production yield or solubility.
In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more CDRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen. For example, conservative alterations (e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein) that do not substantially reduce binding affinity may be made in CDRs. In certain embodiments of the variant VH and VL sequences provided above, each CDR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
To increase binding affinity of the antibody, the VL and VH segments can be randomly mutated, such as within HCDR3 region or the LCDR3 region, in a process analogous to the in vivo somatic mutation process responsible for affinity maturation of antibodies during a natural immune response. Thus in vitro affinity maturation can be accomplished by amplifying VH and VL regions using PCR primers complementary to the HCDR3 or LCDR3, respectively. In this process, the primers have been "spiked" with a random mixture of the four nucleotide bases at certain positions such that the resultant PCR products encode VH and VL segments into which random mutations have been introduced into the VH and/or VL CDR3 regions. These randomly mutated VH and VL segments can be tested to determine the binding affinity for gpl20. Methods of in vitro affinity maturation are known (see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207: 179-196 (2008)), and Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178: 1-37 (O'Brien et al, ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., (2001).)
A useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called "alanine scanning mutagenesis" as described by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244: 1081-1085. In this method, a residue or group of target residues (e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu) are identified and replaced by a neutral or negatively charged amino acid (e.g., alanine or polyalanine) to determine whether the interaction of the antibody with antigen is affected. Further substitutions may be introduced at the amino acid locations demonstrating functional
sensitivity to the initial substitutions. Alternatively, or additionally, a crystal structure of an antigen- antibody complex is used to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution. Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.
In certain embodiments, an antibody or antigen binding fragment is altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody or antigen binding fragment is glycosylated. Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.
Where the antibody comprises an Fc region, the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered. Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary
oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CEh domain of the Fc region. See, e.g., Wright et al. TIBTECH 15:26-32 (1997). The oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the "stem" of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure. In some embodiments, modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.
In one embodiment, antibody variants are provided having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc region. For example, the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1 % to 80%, from 1 % to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%. The amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e.g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example. Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc region;
however, Asn297 may also be located about +3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies. Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, e.g., US Patent Publication Nos. US 2003/0157108 (Presta, L.); US 2004/0093621 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd). Examples of publications related to "defucosylated" or "fucose-deficient" antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621 ; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO2005/053742; WO2002/031140; Okazaki et al. J. Mol. Biol.
336: 1239-1249 (2004); Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87 : 614 (2004). Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Lec 13 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249:533-545 (1986); US Pat Appl No US 2003/0157108 Al , Presta, L; and WO 2004/056312 Al , Adams et al., especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha- 1,6-fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al, Biotechnol. Bioeng., 94(4):680-688 (2006); and WO2003/085107).
Antibodies variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, e.g., in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al); U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684 (Umana et al.); and US 2005/0123546 (Umana et al.). Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region are also provided. Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function. Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087 (Patel et al.); WO 1998/58964 (Raju, S.); and WO 1999/22764 (Raju, S.).
In several embodiments, the constant region of the antibody includes one or more amino acid substitutions to optimize in vivo half-life of the antibody. The serum half-life of IgG Abs is regulated by the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn). Thus, in several embodiments, the antibody includes an amino acid substitution that increases binding to the FcRn. Several such substitutions are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art, such as substitutions at IgG constant regions T250Q and M428L (see, e.g., Hinton et al., J Immunol., 176:346-356, 2006); M428L and N434S (the "LS" mutation, see, e.g., Zalevsky, et al., Nature Biotechnology, 28:157-159, 2010); N434A (see, e.g., Petkova et al., Int.
Immunol, 18:1759-1769, 2006); T307A, E380A, and N434A (see, e.g., Petkova et al, Int. Immunol, 18:1759-1769, 2006); and M252Y, S254T, and T256E (see, e.g., Dall'Acqua et al, J. Biol. Chem., 281 :23514-23524, 2006).The disclosed antibodies and antigen binding fragments can be linked to a Fc polypeptide including any of the substitutions listed above, for example, the Fc polypeptide can include the M428L and N434S substitutions.
In some embodiments, the constant region of the antibody includes one of more amino acid substitutions to optimize antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC). ADCC is mediated primarily through a set of closely related Fey receptors. In some embodiments, the antibody includes one or more amino acid substitutions that increase binding to FcyRIIIa. Several such substitutions are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art, such as substitutions at IgG constant regions S239D and I332E (see, e.g., Lazar et al, Proc. Natl, Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 103:4005-4010, 2006); and S239D, A330L, and I332E (see, e.g., Lazar et al, Proc. Natl, Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 103:4005-4010, 2006).
Combinations of the above substitutions are also included, to generate an IgG constant region with increased binding to FcRn and FcyRIIIa. The combinations increase antibody half-life and ADCC. For example, such combination include antibodies with the following amino acid substitution in the Fc region: (1) S239D/I332E and T250Q/M428L; (2) S239D/I332E and M428L/N434S; (3) S239D/I332E and N434A; (4) S239D/I332E and T307A/E380A/N434A; (5) S239D/I332E and M252Y /
S254T/T256E; (6) S239D/A330L/I332E and 250Q/M428L; (7) S239D/A330L/I332E and
M428L/N434S; (8) S239D/A330L/I332E and N434A; (9) S239D/A330L/I332E and
T307A/E380A/N434A; or (10) S239D/A330L/I332E and M252Y/S254T/T256E. In some examples, the antibodies, or an antigen binding fragment thereof is modified such that it is directly cytotoxic to infected cells, or uses natural defenses such as complement, antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), or phagocytosis by macrophages.
In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein may be further modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available. The moieties suitable for derivatization of the antibody include but are not limited to water soluble polymers. Non- limiting examples of water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-l,3-dioxolane, poly-l,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, poly amino acids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl
pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, propropylene glycol homopolymers, prolypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof. Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched. The number of polymers attached to the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymer are attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved, whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.
The antibody or antigen binding fragment can be derivatized or linked to another molecule (such as another peptide or protein). In general, the antibody or antigen binding fragment is derivatized such that the binding to gpl20 is not affected adversely by the derivatization or labeling. For example, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be functionally linked (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (for example, a bi-specific antibody or a diabody), a detectable marker, an effector molecule, or a protein or peptide that can mediate association of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a strep tavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
B. Conjugates
The antibodies and antigen binding fragments that specifically bind to an epitope on gpl20 can be conjugated to an agent, such as an effector molecule or detectable marker, using any number of means known to those of skill in the art. Both covalent and noncovalent attachment means may be used. One of skill in the art will appreciate that various effector molecules and detectable markers can be used, including (but not limited to) toxins and radioactive agents such as 1251, 32P, 14C, 3H and 35S and other labels, target moieties and ligands, etc. The choice of a particular effector molecule or detectable marker depends on the particular target molecule or cell, and the desired biological effect.
The choice of a particular effector molecule or detectable marker depends on the particular target molecule or cell, and the desired biological effect. Thus, for example, the effector molecule can be a cytotoxin that is used to bring about the death of a particular target cell (such as an HIV-1 infected cell). In other embodiments, the effector molecule can be a cytokine, such as IL-15; conjugates including the cytokine can be used, e.g., to stimulate immune cells locally.
The procedure for attaching an effector molecule or detectable marker to an antibody or antigen binding fragment varies according to the chemical structure of the effector. Polypeptides typically contain a variety of functional groups; such as carboxylic acid (COOH), free amine (-N¾) or sulfhydryl (-SH) groups, which are available for reaction with a suitable functional group on a polypeptide to result in the binding of the effector molecule or detectable marker. Alternatively, the antibody or antigen binding fragment is derivatized to expose or attach additional reactive functional groups. The derivatization may involve attachment of any of a number of known linker molecules such as those available from Pierce Chemical Company, Rockford, IL. The linker can be any molecule used to join the antibody or antigen binding fragment to the effector molecule or detectable marker. The linker is capable of forming covalent bonds to both the antibody or antigen binding fragment and to the effector molecule or detectable marker. Suitable linkers are well known to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, straight or branched-chain carbon linkers, heterocyclic carbon linkers, or peptide linkers. Where the antibody or antigen binding fragment and the effector molecule or detectable marker are polypeptides, the linkers may be joined to the constituent amino acids through their side groups (such as through a disulfide linkage to cysteine) or to the alpha carbon amino and carboxyl groups of the terminal amino acids.
In view of the large number of methods that have been reported for attaching a variety of radiodiagnostic compounds, radiotherapeutic compounds, labels (such as enzymes or fluorescent molecules), toxins, and other agents to antibodies one skilled in the art will be able to determine a suitable method for attaching a given agent to an antibody or antigen binding fragment or other polypeptide. For example, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be conjugated with effector molecules such as small molecular weight drugs such as Monomethyl Auristatin E (MMAE),
Monomethyl Auristatin F (MMAF), maytansine, maytansine derivatives, including the derivative of maytansine known as DM1 (also known as mertansine), or other agents to make an antibody drug conjugate (ADC). In several embodiments, conjugates of an antibody or antigen binding fragment and one or more small molecule toxins, such as a calicheamicin, maytansinoids, dolastatins, auristatins, a trichothecene, and CC1065, and the derivatives of these toxins that have toxin activity, are provided.
The antibody or antigen binding fragment can be conjugated with a detectable marker; for example, a detectable marker capable of detection by ELISA, spectrophotometry, flow cytometry, microscopy or diagnostic imaging techniques (such as computed tomography (CT), computed axial tomography (CAT) scans, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), nuclear magnetic resonance imaging NMRI), magnetic resonance tomography (MTR), ultrasound, fiberoptic examination, and laparoscopic examination). Specific, non-limiting examples of detectable markers include fluorophores,
chemiluminescent agents, enzymatic linkages, radioactive isotopes and heavy metals or compounds (for example super paramagnetic iron oxide nanocrystals for detection by MRI). For example, useful detectable markers include fluorescent compounds, including fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-l-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin, lanthanide phosphors and the like. Bioluminescent markers are also of use, such as luciferase, Green fluorescent protein (GFP),
Yellow fluorescent protein (YFP). An antibody or antigen binding fragment can also be conjugated with enzymes that are useful for detection, such as horseradish peroxidase, β- galactosidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase, glucose oxidase and the like. When an antibody or antigen binding fragment is conjugated with a detectable enzyme, it can be detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a reaction product that can be discerned. For example, when the agent horseradish peroxidase is present the addition of hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine leads to a colored reaction product, which is visually detectable. An antibody or antigen binding fragment may also be conjugated with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding. It should be noted that the avidin itself can be conjugated with an enzyme or a fluorescent label.
The antibody or antigen binding fragment can be conjugated with a paramagnetic agent, such as gadolinium. Paramagnetic agents such as superparamagnetic iron oxide are also of use as labels.
Antibodies can also be conjugated with lanthanides (such as europium and dysprosium), and manganese. An antibody or antigen binding fragment may also be labeled with a predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (such as leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags).
The antibody or antigen binding fragment can also be conjugated with a radiolabeled amino acid. The radiolabel may be used for both diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. For instance, the radiolabel may be used to detect gpl20 and gpl20 expressing cells by x-ray, emission spectra, or other diagnostic techniques. Examples of labels for polypeptides include, but are not limited to, the following radioisotopes or radionucleotides: ¾, 14C, 15N, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, mIn, 125I, 131L
Means of detecting such detectable markers are well known to those of skill in the art. Thus, for example, radiolabels may be detected using photographic film or scintillation counters, fluorescent markers may be detected using a photodetector to detect emitted illumination. Enzymatic labels are typically detected by providing the enzyme with a substrate and detecting the reaction product produced by the action of the enzyme on the substrate, and colorimetric labels are detected by simply visualizing the colored label.
The average number of effector molecule or detectable marker moieties per antibody or antigen binding fragment in a conjugate can range, for example, from 1 to 20 moieties per antibody or antigen binding fragment. In certain embodiments, the average number of effector molecule or detectable marker moieties per antibody or antigen binding fragment in a conjugate range from about 1 to about 2, from about 1 to about 3, about 1 to about 8; from about 2 to about 6; from about 3 to about 5; or from about 3 to about 4. The loading (for example, effector molecule/antibody ratio) of an conjugate may be controlled in different ways, for example, by: (i) limiting the molar excess of effector molecule-linker intermediate or linker reagent relative to antibody, (ii) limiting the conjugation reaction time or temperature, (iii) partial or limiting reductive conditions for cysteine thiol modification, (iv) engineering by recombinant techniques the amino acid sequence of the antibody such that the number and position of cysteine residues is modified for control of the number or position of linker-effector molecule attachments.
C. Chimeric Antigen Receptors (CARs)
Also disclosed herein are chimeric antigen receptor (CARs) that are artificially constructed chimeric proteins including an extracellular antigen binding domain (e.g., single chain variable fragment (scFv)) that specifically binds to gpl20, linked to a transmembrane domain, linked to one or more intracellular T-cell signaling domains. Characteristics of the disclosed CARs include their ability to redirect T-cell specificity and reactivity towards gpl20 expressing cells in a non-MHC-restricted manner. The non-MHC-restricted gpl20 recognition gives T cells expressing a disclosed CAR the ability to recognize antigen independent of antigen processing.
The intracellular T cell signaling domains can include, for example, a T cell receptor signaling domain, a T cell costimulatory signaling domain, or both. The T cell receptor signaling domain refers to a portion of the CAR comprising the intracellular domain of a T cell receptor, such as the intracellular portion of the CD3 zeta protein. The costimulatory signaling domain refers to a portion of the CAR comprising the intracellular domain of a costimulatory molecule, which is a cell surface molecule other than an antigen receptor or their ligands that are required for an efficient response of lymphocytes to antigen.
1. Extracellular Region
Several embodiments provide a CAR including an antigen binding domain that specifically binds to gpl20 as disclosed herein (see, e.g., section II.A). For example, the antigen binding domain can be a scFv including the VH and the VL of any of the antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof disclosed in section II.A.
In some embodiments, the antigen binding domain can include a VH and a VL including the HCDRl, HCDR2, and HCDR3, and LCDRl, LCDR2, and LCDR3 of the VH and VL, respectively, of one of the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or VRC40.04 antibodies (e.g., as set forth in Table 1).
In some embodiments, the antigen binding domain includes a VH and a VL including the amino acid sequences set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively; SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively; SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively. In several embodiments, the antigen binding domain can be a scFv. In some embodiments, the scFv includes a VH and a VL joined by a peptide linker, such as a linker including the amino acid sequence set forth as GGGGSGGGGSGGGGS (SEQ ID NO: 25).
The CAR can include a signal peptide sequence, e.g., N-terminal to the antigen binding domain. The signal peptide sequence may comprise any suitable signal peptide sequence. In an embodiment, the signal peptide sequence is a human granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF) receptor sequence, such as an amino acid sequence including or consisting of
LLVTSLLLCELPHPAFLL IPDT SEQ ID NO: 26. While the signal peptide sequence may facilitate expression of the CAR on the surface of the cell, the presence of the signal peptide sequence in an
expressed CAR is not necessary in order for the CAR to function. Upon expression of the CAR on the cell surface, the signal peptide sequence may be cleaved off of the CAR. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the CAR lacks a signal peptide sequence.
Between the antigen binding domain and the transmembrane domain of the CAR, there may be a spacer domain, which includes a polypeptide sequence. The spacer domain may comprise up to 300 amino acids, preferably 10 to 100 amino acids and most preferably 25 to 50 amino acids. In some embodiments, the spacer domain can include an immunoglobulin domain, such as a human
immunoglobulin sequence. In an embodiment, the immunoglobulin domain comprises an
immunoglobulin CH2 and CH3 immunoglobulin G (IgGl) domain sequence (CH2CH3). In this regard, the spacer domain can include an immunoglobulin domain comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 27:
EPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMI SRTPEVTCWVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRWSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAP IEKT I SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR DELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSD IAVEWE SNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVF SC SVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKKDPK
Without being bound to a particular theory, it is believed that the CH2CH3 domain extends the antigen binding domain of the CAR away from the membrane of CAR-expressing cells and may more accurately mimic the size and domain structure of a native TCR.
2. Transmembrane Domain
With respect to the transmembrane domain, the CAR can be designed to comprise a transmembrane domain that is fused to the extracellular domain of the CAR. In one embodiment, the transmembrane domain that naturally is associated with one of the domains in the CAR is used.
The transmembrane domain may be derived either from a natural or from a synthetic source.
Where the source is natural, the domain may be derived from any membrane -bound or transmembrane protein. Exemplary transmembrane domains for use in the disclosed CARs can include at least the transmembrane region(s) of) the alpha, beta or zeta chain of the T-cell receptor, CD28, CD3 epsilon, CD45, CD4, CD5, CDS, CD9, CD 16, CD22, CD33, CD37, CD64, CD80, CD86, CD 134, CD137, CD154. Alternatively the transmembrane domain may be synthetic, in which case it will comprise predominantly hydrophobic residues such as leucine and valine. In several embodiments, a triplet of phenylalanine, tryptophan and valine will be found at each end of a synthetic transmembrane domain.
Optionally, a short oligo- or polypeptide linker, preferably between 2 and 10 amino acids in length may form the linkage between the transmembrane domain and the intracellular T cell signaling domain and/or T cell costimulatory domain of the CAR. A exemplary linker sequence includes one or more glycine-serine doublets.
In some embodiments, the transmembrane domain comprises the transmembrane domain of a T cell receptor, such as a CD8 transmembrane domain. Thus, the CAR can include a CD8 transmembrane domain including or consisting of SEQ ID NO: 28:
TTTPAPRPPTPAPTIASQPLSLRPEACRPAAGGAVHTRGLDFACDIYIWAPLAGTCGVLLLSLVITLYC In another embodiment, the transmembrane domain comprises the transmembrane domain of a T cell costimulatory molecule, such as CD 137 or CD28. Thus, the CAR can include a CD28 transmembrane domain including or consisting of SEQ ID NO: 29:
ΙΕλ/MYPPPYLDNEKSNGTI IHVKGKHLCPSPLFPGPSKPFWVLAAVGGVLACYSLLVTVAFI IFWVR
3. Intracellular Region
The intracellular region of the CAR includes one or more intracellular T cell signaling domains responsible for activation of at least one of the normal effector functions of a T cell in which the CAR is expressed or placed in. Exemplary T cell signaling domains are provided herein, and are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art.
While an entire intracellular T cell signaling domain can be employed in a CAR, in many cases it is not necessary to use the entire chain. To the extent that a truncated portion of the intracellular T cell signaling domain is used, such truncated portion may be used in place of the intact chain as long as it transduces the relevant T cell effector function signal.
Examples of intracellular T cell signaling domains for use in the CAR include the cytoplasmic sequences of the T cell receptor (TCR) and co-stimulatory molecules that act in concert to initiate signal transduction following antigen receptor engagement, as well as any derivative or variant of these sequences and any synthetic sequence that has the same functional capability.
T cell receptor signaling domains regulate primary activation of the T cell receptor complex either in a stimulatory way, or in an inhibitory way. The disclosed CARs can include primary cytoplasmic signaling sequences that act in a stimulatory manner, which may contain signaling motifs that are known as immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs or ITAMs. Examples of IT AM containing primary cytoplasmic signaling sequences that can be included in a disclosed CAR include those from CD3 zeta, FcR gamma, FcR beta, CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, CDS, CD22,
CD79a, CD79b, and CD66d proteins. In several embodiments, the cytoplasmic signaling molecule in the CAR includes an intracellular T cell signaling domain from CD3 zeta.
The intracellular region of the CAR can include the IT AM containing primary cytoplasmic signaling domain (such as CD3-zeta) by itself or combined with any other desired cytoplasmic domain(s) useful in the context of a CAR. For example, the cytoplasmic domain of the CAR can include a CD3 zeta chain portion and an intracellular costimulatory signaling domain. The costimulatory signaling domain refers to a portion of the CAR comprising the intracellular domain of a costimulatory molecule. A costimulatory molecule is a cell surface molecule other than an antigen receptor or their ligands that is required for an efficient response of lymphocytes to an antigen. Examples of such molecules include CD27, CD28, 4-1BB (CD137), OX40 (CD134), CD30, CD40, PD-1, ICOS, lymphocyte function- associated antigen 1 (LFA-1), CD2, CD7, LIGHT, NKG2C, and B7-H3. An additional example of a signaling domain that can be included in a disclosed CARs is a Tumor necrosis factor receptor
superfamily member 18 (TNFRSF18; also known as glucocorticoid-induced TNFR-related protein, GITR) signaling domain.
In some embodiments, the CAR can include a CD3 zeta signaling domain, a CD8 signaling domain, a CD28 signaling domain, a CD 137 signaling domain or a combination of two or more thereof. In one embodiment, the cytoplasmic domain includes the signaling domain of CD3-zeta and the signaling domain of CD28. In another embodiment, the cytoplasmic domain includes the signaling domain of CD3 zeta and the signaling domain of CD 137. In yet another embodiment, the cytoplasmic domain includes the signaling domain of CD3-zeta and the signaling domain of CD28 and CD137. The order of the one or more T cell signaling domains on the CAR can be varied as needed by the person of ordinary skill in the art.
Exemplary amino acid sequences for such T cell signaling domains are provided. For example, the CD3 zeta signaling domain can include or consist of the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 30
(RVKF SRSADAPAYQQGQNQLYNELNLGRREEYDVLDKRRGRDPEMGGKPRRKNPQEGLYNELQKDKMAEA YSE I GMKGERRRGKGHDGLYQGLSTATKDTYDALHMQALPPR), the CD8 signaling domain can include or consist of the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 31
(FVPVFLPAKPTTTPAPRPPTPAPT IASQPLSLRPEACRPAAGGAVHTRGLDFACD IYIWAPLAGTCGVLL LSLVI TLYCNHRNR), the CD28 signaling domain can include or consist of the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 32 (SKRSRLLHSDYMNMTPRRPGPTRKHYQPYAPPRDFAAYRS), the CD137 signaling domain can include or consist of the amino acid sequences set forth as SEQ ID NO: 33 (KRGRKKLLYIFKQPFMRPVQTTQEEDGCSCRFPEEEEGGCEL) or SEQ ID NO: 34
(RF SWKRGRKKLLYIFKQPFMRPVQTTQEEDGCSCRFPEEEEGGCEL).
The cytoplasmic signaling sequences within the cytoplasmic signaling portion of the CAR of the invention may be linked to each other in a random or specified order. Optionally, a short polypeptide linker, preferably between 2 and 10 amino acids in length may form the linkage. A glycine-serine doublet provides a particularly suitable linker. Further, between the signaling domain and the transmembrane domain of the CAR, there may be a spacer domain, which includes a polypeptide sequence. The spacer domain may comprise up to 300 amino acids, preferably 10 to 100 amino acids and most preferably 25 to 50 amino acids.
4. Additional Description ofCARs
Also provided are functional portions of the CARs described herein. The term "functional portion" when used in reference to a CAR refers to any part or fragment of the CAR, which part or fragment retains the biological activity of the CAR of which it is a part (the parent CAR). Functional portions encompass, for example, those parts of a CAR that retain the ability to recognize target cells, or detect, treat, or prevent a disease, to a similar extent, the same extent, or to a higher extent, as the parent CAR. In reference to the parent CAR, the functional portion can comprise, for instance, about 10%, 25%, 30%, 50%, 68%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or more, of the parent CAR.
The CAR or functional portion thereof, can include additional amino acids at the amino or carboxy terminus, or at both termini, which additional amino acids are not found in the amino acid sequence of the parent CAR. Desirably, the additional amino acids do not interfere with the biological function of the CAR or functional portion, e.g., recognize target cells, treat or prevent HIV-1 infection, etc. More desirably, the additional amino acids enhance the biological activity, as compared to the biological activity of the parent CAR.
Also provided are functional variants of the CARs described herein, which have substantial or significant sequence identity or similarity to a parent CAR, which functional variant retains the biological activity of the CAR of which it is a variant. Functional variants encompass, for example, those variants of the CAR described herein (the parent CAR) that retain the ability to recognize target cells to a similar extent, the same extent, or to a higher extent, as the parent CAR. In reference to the parent CAR, the functional variant can, for instance, be at least about 30%, about 50%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91 %, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%), about 97%, about 98%, about 99% or more identical in amino acid sequence to the parent CAR.
A functional variant can, for example, comprise the amino acid sequence of the parent CAR with at least one conservative amino acid substitution. Alternatively or additionally, the functional variants can comprise the amino acid sequence of the parent CAR with at least one non-conservative amino acid substitution. In this case, it is preferable for the non-conservative amino acid substitution to not interfere with or inhibit the biological activity of the functional variant. The non-conservative amino acid substitution may enhance the biological activity of the functional variant, such that the biological activity of the functional variant is increased as compared to the parent CAR.
The CARs (including functional portions and functional variants) can be of any length, i.e., can comprise any number of amino acids, provided that the CARs (or functional portions or functional variants thereof) retain their biological activity, e.g., the ability to specifically bind to antigen, detect diseased cells in a mammal, or treat or prevent disease in a mammal, etc. For example, the CAR can be about 50 to about 5000 amino acids long, such as 50, 70, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 or more amino acids in length.
The CARs (including functional portions and functional variants of the invention) can comprise synthetic amino acids in place of one or more naturally-occurring amino acids. Such synthetic amino acids are known in the art, and include, for example, aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, norleucine, a- amino n-decanoic acid, homoserine, S-acetylaminomethyl-cysteine, trans-3- and trans-4-hydroxyproline, 4- aminophenylalanine, 4- nitrophenylalanine, 4-chlorophenylalanine, 4-carboxyphenylalanine, β- phenylserine β-hydroxyphenylalanine, phenylglycine, a -naphthylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, indoline-2-carboxylic acid, 1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, aminomalonic acid, aminomalonic acid monoamide, N'-benzyl-N'-methyl-lysine, Ν',Ν'-dibenzyl-lysine, 6-hydroxylysine, ornithine, a-aminocyclopentane carboxylic acid, a-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, oc- aminocycloheptane carboxylic acid, -(2-amino-2-norbornane)-carboxylic acid, γ-diaminobutyric acid, α,β-diaminopropionic acid, homophenylalanine, and a-tert-butylglycine.
The CARs (including functional portions and functional variants) can be glycosylated, amidated, carboxylated, phosphorylated, esterified, N-acylated, cyclized via, e.g., a disulfide bridge, or converted into an acid addition salt and/or optionally dimerized or polymerized, or conjugated.
Methods of generating chimeric antigen receptors, T cells including such receptors, and their use are known in the art and further described herein (see, e.g., Brentjens et al., 2010, Molecular Therapy, 18 :4, 666-668; Morgan et al., 2010, Molecular Therapy, published online February 23, 2010, pages 1 -9; TiM et al., 2008, Blood, 1 12:2261 -2271 ; Park et al, Trends Biotechnol, 29:550-557, 2011 ; Grupp et al, N Engl J Med., 368: 1509-1518, 2013; Han et al, J. Hematol Oncol., 6:47, 2013; PCT Pub.
WO2012/079000, WO2013/ 126726; and U.S. Pub. 2012/0213783, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.) For example, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a disclosed chimeric antigen binding receptor can be included in an expression vector (such as a lentiviral vector) for expression in a host cell, such as a T cell, to make the disclosed CAR. In some embodiments, methods of using the chimeric antigen receptor include isolating T cells from a subject, transforming the T cells with an expression vector (such as a lentiviral vector) encoding the chimeric antigen receptor, and administering the engineered T cells expressing the chimeric antigen receptor to the subject for treatment, for example for treatment of a tumor in the subject.
D. Polynucleotides and Expression
Nucleic acids molecules (for example, cDNA molecules) encoding the amino acid sequences of antibodies, antigen binding fragments, CARs, and conjugates that specifically bind gpl20 are provided. Nucleic acids encoding these molecules can readily be produced by one of skill in the art, using the amino acid sequences provided herein (such as the CDR sequences and VH and VL sequences), sequences available in the art (such as framework or constant region sequences), and the genetic code. In several embodiments, a nucleic acid molecule can encode the VH, the VL, or both the VH and VL (for example in a bicistronic expression vector) of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment. In several embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules can be expressed in a host cell (such as a mammalian cell) to produce a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment.
One of skill in the art can readily use the genetic code to construct a variety of functionally equivalent nucleic acids, such as nucleic acids which differ in sequence but which encode the same antibody sequence, or encode a conjugate or fusion protein including the VL and/or VH nucleic acid sequence.
In a non-limiting example, an isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes the VH of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment and includes the nucleic acid sequence set forth as any one of SEQ ID NOs: 36, 38, 40, or 42. In a non-limiting example, an isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes the VL of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment and includes the nucleic acid sequence set forth as any one of SEQ ID NOs: 37, 39, 41 , or 43. In a non-limiting example, an isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes the VH and VL of a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment and includes the nucleic acid
sequences set forth as any one of SEQ ID NOs: 36 and 37, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 38 and 39, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 40 and 41, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 42 and 43, respectively.
Nucleic acid sequences encoding the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, CARs, and conjugates that specifically bind gpl20 can be prepared by any suitable method including, for example, cloning of appropriate sequences or by direct chemical synthesis by methods such as the phosphotriester method of Narang et al, Meth. Enzymol. 68:90-99, 1979; the phosphodiester method of Brown et al, Meth. Enzymol. 68:109-151, 1979; the diethylphosphoramidite method of Beaucage et al., Tetra. Lett. 22:1859-1862, 1981 ; the solid phase phosphoramidite triester method described by Beaucage &
Caruthers, Tetra. Letts. 22(20): 1859-1862, 1981, for example, using an automated synthesizer as described in, for example, Needham-VanDevanter et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 12:6159-6168, 1984; and, the solid support method of U.S. Patent No. 4,458,066. Chemical synthesis produces a single stranded oligonucleotide. This can be converted into double stranded DNA by hybridization with a
complementary sequence or by polymerization with a DNA polymerase using the single strand as a template.
Exemplary nucleic acids can be prepared by cloning techniques. Examples of appropriate cloning and sequencing techniques, and instructions sufficient to direct persons of skill through many cloning exercises are known (see, e.g., Sambrook et al. (Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 4th ed., Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 2012) and Ausubel et al. (In Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, through supplement 104, 2013). Product information from manufacturers of biological reagents and experimental equipment also provide useful information. Such manufacturers include the SIGMA Chemical Company (Saint Louis, MO), R&D Systems (Minneapolis, MN), Pharmacia Amersham (Piscataway, NJ), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Chem Genes Corp., Aldrich Chemical Company (Milwaukee, WI), Glen Research, Inc., GIBCO BRL Life
Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), Fluka Chemica-Biochemika Analytika (Fluka Chemie AG, Buchs, Switzerland), Invitrogen (Carlsbad, CA), and Applied Biosystems (Foster City, CA), as well as many other commercial sources known to one of skill.
Nucleic acids can also be prepared by amplification methods. Amplification methods include polymerase chain reaction (PCR), the ligase chain reaction (LCR), the transcription-based amplification system (TAS), the self-sustained sequence replication system (3SR). A wide variety of cloning methods, host cells, and in vitro amplification methodologies are well known to persons of skill.
In some embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a CAR as provided herein for expression in a T cell to generate a chimeric antigen receptor T cell. The nucleic acid molecule encoding the chimeric antigen binding receptor can be included in a vector (such as a lentiviral vector) for expression in a host cell, such as a T cell. Exemplary cells include a T cell, a Natural Killer (NK) cell, a cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL), and a regulatory T cell. Methods of generating nucleic acid molecules encoding chimeric antigen receptors and T cells including such receptors are known in the art (see, e.g., Brentjens et al., 2010, Molecular Therapy, 18:4, 666-668; Morgan et al., 2010, Molecular Therapy, published online February 23, 2010, pages 1 -9; Till et al, 2008, Blood, 1 12:2261 -2271; Park et al,
Trends BiotechnoL, 29:550-557, 2011 ; Grupp et al, N Engl J Med., 368: 1509-1518, 2013; Han et al, J. Hematol Oncol., 6:47, 2013; PCT Pub. WO2012/079000, WO2013/126726; and U.S. Pub.
2012/0213783, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.)
The nucleic acid molecules can be expressed in a recombinantly engineered cell such as bacteria, plant, yeast, insect and mammalian cells. The antibodies, antigen binding fragments, and conjugates can be expressed as individual VH and/or VL chain (linked to an effector molecule or detectable marker as needed), or can be expressed as a fusion protein. Methods of expressing and purifying antibodies and antigen binding fragments are known and further described herein (see, e.g., Al-Rubeai (ed), Antibody Expression and Production, Springer Press, 2011). An immunoadhesin can also be expressed. Thus, in some examples, nucleic acids encoding a VH and VL, and immunoadhesin are provided. The nucleic acid sequences can optionally encode a leader sequence.
To create a scFv the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments can be operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly4-Ser)3, such that the VH and VL sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH domains joined by the flexible linker (see, e.g., Bird et al, Science 242:423-426, 1988; Huston et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85 :5879-5883, 1988; McCafferty et al, Nature 348:552-554, 1990; Kontermann and Dubel (Ed), Antibody Engineering, Vols. 1-2, 2nd Ed., Springer Press, 2010; Harlow and Lane,
Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York, 2013,). Optionally, a cleavage site can be included in a linker, such as a furin cleavage site.
The nucleic acid encoding a VH and/or the VL optionally can encode an Fc domain
(immunoadhesin). The Fc domain can be an IgA, IgM or IgG Fc domain. The Fc domain can be an optimized Fc domain, as described in U.S. Published Patent Application No. 2010/093979, incorporated herein by reference. In one example, the immunoadhesin is an IgGi Fc.
The single chain antibody may be monovalent, if only a single VH and VL are used, bivalent, if two VH and VL are used, or polyvalent, if more than two VH and VL are used. Bispecific or polyvalent antibodies may be generated that bind specifically to gpl20 and another antigen, such as, but not limited to CD3. The encoded VH and VL optionally can include a furin cleavage site between the VH and VL domains.
Those of skill in the art are knowledgeable in the numerous expression systems available for expression of proteins including E. coli, other bacterial hosts, yeast, and various higher eukaryotic cells such as the COS, CHO, HeLa and myeloma cell lines.
One or more DNA sequences encoding the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, CARs or conjugates can be expressed in vitro by DNA transfer into a suitable host cell. The cell may be prokaryotic or eukaryotic. The term also includes any progeny of the subject host cell. It is understood that all progeny may not be identical to the parental cell since there may be mutations that occur during replication. Methods of stable transfer, meaning that the foreign DNA is continuously maintained in the host, are known in the art. Hybridomas expressing the antibodies of interest are also encompassed by this disclosure.
The expression of nucleic acids encoding the antibodies and antigen binding fragments described herein can be achieved by operably linking the DNA or cDNA to a promoter (which is either constitutive or inducible), followed by incorporation into an expression cassette. The promoter can be any promoter of interest, including a cytomegalovirus promoter and a human T cell lymphotrophic virus promoter (HTLV)-l . Optionally, an enhancer, such as a cytomegalovirus enhancer, is included in the construct. The cassettes can be suitable for replication and integration in either prokaryotes or eukaryotes. Typical expression cassettes contain specific sequences useful for regulation of the expression of the DNA encoding the protein. For example, the expression cassettes can include appropriate promoters, enhancers, transcription and translation terminators, initiation sequences, a start codon (i.e., ATG) in front of a protein-encoding gene, splicing signal for introns, sequences for the maintenance of the correct reading frame of that gene to permit proper translation of mRNA, and stop codons. The vector can encode a selectable marker, such as a marker encoding drug resistance (for example, ampicillin or tetracycline resistance).
To obtain high level expression of a cloned gene, it is desirable to construct expression cassettes which contain, at the minimum, a strong promoter to direct transcription, a ribosome binding site for translational initiation (internal ribosomal binding sequences), and a transcription/translation terminator. For E. coli, this can include a promoter such as the T7, trp, lac, or lambda promoters, a ribosome binding site, and preferably a transcription termination signal. For eukaryotic cells, the control sequences can include a promoter and/or an enhancer derived from, for example, an immunoglobulin gene, HTLV, SV40 or cytomegalovirus, and a polyadenylation sequence, and can further include splice donor and/or acceptor sequences (for example, CMV and/or HTLV splice acceptor and donor sequences). The cassettes can be transferred into the chosen host cell by well-known methods such as transformation or electroporation for E. coli and calcium phosphate treatment, electroporation or lipofection for mammalian cells. Cells transformed by the cassettes can be selected by resistance to antibiotics conferred by genes contained in the cassettes, such as the amp, gpt, neo and hyg genes.
When the host is a eukaryote, such methods of transfection of DNA as calcium phosphate coprecipitates, conventional mechanical procedures such as microinjection, electroporation, insertion of a plasmid encased in liposomes, or virus vectors may be used. Eukaryotic cells can also be cotransformed with polynucleotide sequences encoding the antibody, labeled antibody, or antigen biding fragment, and a second foreign DNA molecule encoding a selectable phenotype, such as the herpes simplex thymidine kinase gene. Another method is to use a eukaryotic viral vector, such as simian virus 40 (SV40) or bovine papilloma virus, to transiently infect or transform eukaryotic cells and express the protein (see for example, Viral Expression Vectors, Springer press, Muzyczka ed., 2011). One of skill in the art can readily use an expression systems such as plasmids and vectors of use in producing proteins in cells including higher eukaryotic cells such as the COS, CHO, HeLa and myeloma cell lines.
For purposes of producing a recombinant CAR, the host cell may be a mammalian cell. The host cell may be a human cell. In some embodiments, the host cell may be a peripheral blood lymphocyte (PBL) or a peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMC), or a T cell. The T cell can be any T cell, such as
a cultured T cell, e.g., a primary T cell, or a T cell from a cultured T cell line, e.g., Jurkat, SupTl, etc., or a T cell obtained from a mammal. If obtained from a mammal, the T cell can be obtained from numerous sources, including but not limited to blood, bone marrow, lymph node, the thymus, or other tissues or fluids. T cells can also be enriched for or purified. The T cell may be a human T cell. The T cell may be a T cell isolated from a human. The T cell can be any type of T cell and can be of any developmental stage, including but not limited to, CD4+/CD8+ double positive T cells, CD4+ helper T cells, e.g., Thi and ΤΊ12 cells, CD8+ T cells (e.g., cytotoxic T cells), tumor infiltrating cells, memory T cells, naive T cells, and the like. The T cell may be a CD8+ T cell or a CD4+ T cell.
Also provided is a population of cells comprising at least one host cell described herein. The population of cells can be a heterogeneous population comprising the host cell comprising any of the recombinant expression vectors described, in addition to at least one other cell, e.g., a host cell (e.g., a T cell), which does not comprise any of the recombinant expression vectors, or a cell other than a T cell, e.g., a B cell, a macrophage, a neutrophil, an erythrocyte, a hepatocyte, an endothelial cell, an epithelial cell, a muscle cell, a brain cell, etc. Alternatively, the population of cells can be a substantially homogeneous population, in which the population comprises mainly host cells (e.g., consisting essentially of) comprising the recombinant expression vector. The population also can be a clonal population of cells, in which all cells of the population are clones of a single host cell comprising a recombinant expression vector, such that all cells of the population comprise the recombinant expression vector. In one embodiment of the invention, the population of cells is a clonal population comprising host cells comprising a recombinant expression vector as described herein
Modifications can be made to a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein without diminishing its biological activity. Some modifications can be made to facilitate the cloning, expression, or incorporation of the targeting molecule into a fusion protein. Such modifications are well known to those of skill in the art and include, for example, termination codons, a methionine added at the amino terminus to provide an initiation, site, additional amino acids placed on either terminus to create conveniently located restriction sites, or additional amino acids (such as poly His) to aid in purification steps. In addition to recombinant methods, the immunoconjugates, effector moieties, and antibodies of the present disclosure can also be constructed in whole or in part using standard peptide synthesis well known in the art.
Once expressed, the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, and conjugates can be purified according to standard procedures in the art, including ammonium sulfate precipitation, affinity columns, column chromatography, and the like (see, generally, Simpson ed., Basic methods in Protein Purification and Analysis: A laboratory Manual, Cold Harbor Press, 2008). The antibodies, antigen binding fragment, and conjugates need not be 100% pure. Once purified, partially or to homogeneity as desired, if to be used therapeutically, the polypeptides should be substantially free of endotoxin.
Methods for expression of the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, and conjugates, and/or refolding to an appropriate active form, from mammalian cells, and bacteria such as E. coli have been described and are well-known and are applicable to the antibodies disclosed herein. See, e.g., Harlow and
Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, 2" , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York, 2013, Simpson ed., Basic methods in Protein Purification and Analysis: A laboratory Manual, Cold Harbor Press, 2008, and Ward et al, Nature 341 :544, 1989.
In addition to recombinant methods, the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, and/or conjugates can also be constructed in whole or in part using standard peptide synthesis. Solid phase synthesis of the polypeptides can be accomplished by attaching the C-terminal amino acid of the sequence to an insoluble support followed by sequential addition of the remaining amino acids in the sequence. Techniques for solid phase synthesis are described by Barany & Merrifield, The Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology. Vol. 2: Special Methods in Peptide Synthesis, Part A. pp. 3-284; Merrifield et al. , J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149-2156, 1963, and Stewart et al., Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, 2nd ed., Pierce Chem. Co., Rockford, 111., 1984. Proteins of greater length may be synthesized by condensation of the amino and carboxyl termini of shorter fragments. Methods of forming peptide bonds by activation of a carboxyl terminal end (such as by the use of the coupling reagent N, N'-dicylohexylcarbodimide) are well known in the art.
E. Methods and Compositions
1. Therapeutic methods
Methods are disclosed herein for the prevention or treatment of an HIV-1 infection. Prevention can include inhibition of infection with HIV-1. The methods include contacting a cell with a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR or T cell expressing a CAR that specifically binds gpl20, or a nucleic acid encoding such an antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, or CAR. The method can also include administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR or T cell expressing a CAR that specifically binds gpl20, or a nucleic acid encoding such an antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, or CAR, to a subject. In some examples, the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule, can be used pre-exposure (for example, to prevent or inhibit HIV infection). In some examples, the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule, can be used in postexposure prophylaxis. In some examples, the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, or nucleic acid molecule, can be used to eliminate or reduce the viral reservoir of HIV-1 in a subject. For example a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule, can be administered to a subject with HIV-1, such as a subject being treated with anti-viral therapy. In some examples the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, or nucleic acid molecule is modified such that it is directly cytotoxic to infected cells (e.g., by conjugation to a toxin), or uses natural defenses such as complement, antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), or phagocytosis by macrophages.
HIV-1 infection does not need to be completely eliminated or prevented for the method to be effective. For example, a method can decrease HIV-1 infection by a desired amount, for example by at
least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or even at least 100% (elimination of detectable HIV-l infected cells), as compared to HIV- 1 infection in the absence of the treatment. In some embodiments, the cell is also contacted with a therapeutically effective amount of an additional agent, such as anti- viral agent. The cell can be in vivo or in vitro. The methods can include administration of one on more additional agents known in the art. In additional embodiments, HIV- l replication can be reduced or inhibited by similar methods. HIV-l replication does not need to be completely eliminated for the method to be effective. For example, a method can decrease HIV-l replication by a desired amount, for example by at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or even at least 100% (elimination of detectable HIV- l), as compared to HIV-l replication in the absence of the treatment.
In one embodiment, administration of a disclosed antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule, results in a reduction in the establishment of HIV-l infection and/or reducing subsequent HIV-l disease progression in a subject. A reduction in the establishment of HIV-l infection and/or a reduction in subsequent HIV-l disease progression encompass any statistically significant reduction in HIV-l activity. In some embodiments, methods are disclosed for treating a subject with an HIV- l infection. These methods include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a disclosed antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule, thereby preventing or treating the HIV-l infection.
Studies have shown that the rate of HIV-l transmission from mother to infant is reduced significantly when zidovudine is administered to HIV-infected women during pregnancy and delivery and to the offspring after birth (Connor et ah, 1994 Pediatr Infect Dis J 14: 536-541). Several studies of mother-to-infant transmission of HIV-l have demonstrated a correlation between the maternal virus load at delivery and risk of HIV-l transmission to the child. The present disclosure provides antibodies, antigen binding fragments, conjugates, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, and nucleic acid molecule that are of use in decreasing HIV-transmission from mother to infant. Thus, in some examples, a therapeutically effective amount of a gpl20-specific antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof or nucleic acid encoding such antibodies or antibody antigen binding fragments, is administered in order to prevent transmission of HIV, or decrease the risk of transmission of HIV, from a mother to an infant. In some examples, a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, or an antigen binding fragment or nucleic acid encoding such antibodies or antigen binding fragment, is administered to mother and/or to the child at childbirth. In other examples, a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, antigen binding fragment, or nucleic acid encoding the antibody or antigen binding fragment is administered to the mother and/or infant prior to breast feeding in order to prevent viral transmission to the infant or decrease the risk of viral transmission to the infant. In some embodiments, both a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, antigen binding fragment, or nucleic acid encoding the antibody or antigen binding fragment and a therapeutically effective amount of another agent, such as zidovudine, is administered to the mother and/or infant.
For any application, the antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule can be combined with anti-retroviral therapy. Antiretroviral drugs are broadly classified by the phase of the retrovirus life-cycle that the drug inhibits. The disclosed antibodies can be administered in conjunction with nucleoside analog reverse-transcriptase inhibitors (such as zidovudine, didanosine, zalcitabine, stavudine, lamivudine, abacavir, emtricitabine, entecavir, and apricitabine), nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors (such as tenofovir and adefovir), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (such as efavirenz, nevirapine, delavirdine, etravirine, and rilpivirine), protease inhibitors (such as saquinavir, ritonavir, indinavir, nelfinavir, amprenavir, lopinavir, fosamprenavir, atazanavir, tipranavir, and darunavir), entry or fusion inhibitors (such as maraviroc and enfuvirtide), maturation inhibitors, (such as bevirimat and vivecon), or a broad spectrum inhibitors, such as natural antivirals. In some examples, a disclosed antibody or active fragment thereof or nucleic acids encoding such is administered in conjunction with IL-15, or conjugated to IL-15.
Studies have shown that cocktails of HIV- 1 neutralizing antibodies that target different epitopes of gpl20 can treat macaques chronically infected with SHIV (Shingai et al., Nature, 503, 277-280, 2013; and Barouch et al., Nature, 503, 224-228, 2013). Accordingly, in some examples, a subject is further administered one or more additional antibodies that bind HIV-1 Env (e.g., that bind to gpl20 and/or gp41), and that can neutralize HIV-1. The additional antibodies can be administrated before, during, or after administration of the novel antibodies disclosed herein (e.g., the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody). In some embodiments, the additional antibody can be an antibody that specifically binds to an epitope on HIV-1 Env such as the CD4 binding site (e.g., bl2, 3BNC117, VRCOl, VRC07, VRC07-523, or VRC- CH31 (for description of VRC-CH31 see WO/2012/154311, which disclosure is incorporated by reference in its entirety), the membrane -proximal external region (e.g. , 10E8 antibody, DH512 antibody (for description of DH512 see U.S. Application Ser. No. 62/135,309 filed March 19, 2015 which disclosure and specifically sequences are incorporated by reference in their entirety), the V1 V2 domain (e.g., PG9 antibody, CAP256-VRC26 ), or the V3 loop (e.g., 10-1074, PGT 121, DH270, DH429 (for description of DH270 and DH429 see U.S. Application Ser. No. 62/056,568 filed September 29, 2014 which disclosure and specifically sequences are incorporated by reference in their entirety), or PGT128 antibody), or those that bind both gpl20 and gp41 subunits (e.g., 35022, PGT151, or 8ANC195).
Antibodies that specifically bind to these regions and neutralizing HIV-1 infection are known to the person of ordinary skill in the art. Non-limiting examples can be found, for example, in PCT Pub. No. WO 2011/038290, WO/2013/086533, WO/2013/090644, WO/2012/158948, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
In some examples, a subject is administered the DNA encoding the antibody or antigen binding fragments thereof, to provide in vivo antibody production, for example using the cellular machinery of the subject. Immunization by nucleic acid constructs is well known in the art and taught, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,643,578, and U.S. Patent No. 5,593,972 and U.S. Patent No. 5,817,637. U.S. Patent No. 5,880,103 describes several methods of delivery of nucleic acids encoding to an organism.
One approach to administration of nucleic acids is direct administration with plasmid DNA, such as with a mammalian expression plasmid. The nucleotide sequence encoding the disclosed antibody, or antigen binding fragments thereof, can be placed under the control of a promoter to increase expression. The methods include liposomal delivery of the nucleic acids. Such methods can be applied to the production of an antibody, or antigen binding fragments thereof, by one of ordinary skill in the art. In some embodiments, a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment is expressed in a subject using the pVRC8400 vector (described in Barouch et al., J. Virol, 79, 8828-8834, 2005, which is incorporated by reference herein).
The nucleic acid molecules encoding the disclosed antibodies (such as N6 antibody) or antigen binding fragments can be included in a viral vector, for example for expression of the antibody or antigen binding fragment in a host cell, or a subject (such as a subject with or at risk of HIV-1 infection). A number of viral vectors have been constructed, that can be used to express the disclosed antibodies or antigen binding fragments, such as a retroviral vector, an adenoviral vector, or an adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector. In several examples, the viral vector can be replication-competent. For example, the viral vector can have a mutation in the viral genome that does not inhibit viral replication in host cells. The viral vector also can be conditionally replication-competent. In other examples, the viral vector is replication-deficient in host cells.
In several embodiments, a subject (such as a human subject with or at risk of HIV- 1 infection) can be administered a therapeutically effective amount of an adeno-associated virus (AAV) viral vector that includes one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment (such as N6 antibody). The AAV viral vector is designed for expression of the nucleic acid molecules encoding a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment, and administration of the therapeutically effective amount of the AAV viral vector to the subject leads to expression of a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody or antigen binding fragment in the subject. Non-limiting examples of AAV viral vectors that can be used to express a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment in a subject include those provided in Johnson et al ("Vector-mediated gene transfer engenders long-lived neutralizing activity and protection against SIV infection in monkeys," Nat. Med., 15(8):901 - 906, 2009) and Gardner et al. ("AAV-expressed eCD4-Ig provides durable protection from multiple SHIV challenges," Nature, 519(7541): 87-91, 2015), each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
In one embodiment, a nucleic acid encoding a disclosed antibody, or antigen binding fragments thereof, is introduced directly into cells. For example, the nucleic acid can be loaded onto gold microspheres by standard methods and introduced into the skin by a device such as Bio-Rad' s HELIOS™ Gene Gun. The nucleic acids can be "naked," consisting of plasmids under control of a strong promoter.
Typically, the DNA is injected into muscle, although it can also be injected directly into other sites. Dosages for injection are usually around 0.5 μg/kg to about 50 mg kg, and typically are about 0.005 mg/kg to about 5 mg/kg (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,589,466).
2. Dosages
A therapeutically effective amount of a gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, will depend upon the severity of the disease and/or infection and the general state of the patient's health. A therapeutically effective amount is that which provides either subjective relief of a symptom(s) or an objectively identifiable improvement as noted by the clinician or other qualified observer. The gpl20- specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, can be administered in conjunction with another therapeutic agent, either simultaneously or sequentially.
Single or multiple administrations of a composition including a disclosed gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, can be administered depending on the dosage and frequency as required and tolerated by the patient. Compositions including the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, should provide a sufficient quantity of at least one of the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules to effectively treat the patient. The dosage can be administered once, but may be applied periodically until either a therapeutic result is achieved or until side effects warrant discontinuation of therapy. In one example, a dose of the antibody or antigen binding fragment is infused for thirty minutes every other day. In this example, about one to about ten doses can be administered, such as three or six doses can be administered every other day. In a further example, a continuous infusion is administered for about five to about ten days. The subject can be treated at regular intervals, such as monthly, until a desired therapeutic result is achieved. Generally, the dose is sufficient to treat or ameliorate symptoms or signs of disease without producing unacceptable toxicity to the patient.
Data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used to formulate a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage normally lies within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50, with little or minimal toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. The therapeutically effective dose can be determined from cell culture assays and animal studies.
In certain embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds gpl20, or conjugate thereof, or a nucleic acid molecule or vector encoding such a molecule, or a composition including such molecules, is administered at a dose in the range of from about 5 or 10 nmol/kg to about 300 nmol/kg, or from about 20 nmol/kg to about 200 nmol/kg, or at a dose of about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 125, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 175, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750 or 2000 nmol/kg, or at a dose of about 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950 or 1000 μg/kg, or about 1, 1.25, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5 or 10 mg/kg,
or other dose deemed appropriate by the treating physician. In some embodiments, the antibody or antigen binding fragment can be administered to a subject at a dose of from about 0.5 to about 40 mg/kg, such as about 1 to about 30, about 1 to about 20, about 1 to about 15, about 1 to about 10, about 1 to about 5, about 1 to about 3, about 0.5 to about 40 mg/kg, such as about 0.5 to about 30, about 0.5 to about 20, about 0.5 to about 15, about 0.5 to about 10, about 0.5 to about 5, about 0.5 to about 3, about 3 to about 7, about 8 to about 12, about 15 to about 25, about 18 to about 22, about 28 to about 32, about 10 to about 20, about 5 to about 15, or about 20 to about 40 mg/kg. The doses described herein can be administered according to the dosing frequency/frequency of administration described herein, including without limitation daily, 2 or 3 times per week, weekly, every 2 weeks, every 3 weeks, monthly, every other month, etc.
In some embodiments, a disclosed therapeutic agent may be administered intravenously, subcutaneously, or by another mode daily or multiple times per week for a period of time, followed by a period of no treatment, then the cycle is repeated. In some embodiments, the initial period of treatment (e.g., administration of the therapeutic agent daily or multiple times per week) is for 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks or 12 weeks. In a related embodiment, the period of no treatment lasts for 3 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks or 4 weeks. In certain embodiments, the dosing regimen of the therapeutic agent is daily for 3 days followed by 3 days off; or daily or multiple times per week for 1 week followed by 3 days or 1 week off; or daily or multiple times per week for 2 weeks followed by 1 or 2 weeks off; or daily or multiple times per week for 3 weeks followed by 1, 2 or 3 weeks off; or daily or multiple times per week for 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 weeks followed by 1, 2, 3 or 4 weeks off.
3. Modes of Administration
The gp 120- specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or a composition including such molecules, as well as additional agents, can be administered to subjects in various ways, including local and systemic administration, such as, e.g., by injection subcutaneously, intravenously, intra-arterially,
intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intradermally, or intrathecally. In an embodiment, a therapeutic agent is administered by a single subcutaneous, intravenous, intra-arterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intradermal or intrathecal injection once a day. The therapeutic agent can also be administered by direct injection at or near the site of disease.
The gp 120- specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or a composition including such molecules may also be administered orally in the form of microspheres, microcapsules, liposomes (uncharged or charged (e.g., cationic)), polymeric microparticles (e.g., polyamides, polylactide, polyglycolide, poly(lactide- glycolide)), microemulsions, and the like.
A further method of administration is by osmotic pump (e.g., an Alzet pump) or mini-pump (e.g., an Alzet mini-osmotic pump), which allows for controlled, continuous and/or slow-release delivery of
the therapeutic agent or pharmaceutical composition over a pre-determined period. The osmotic pump or mini-pump can be implanted subcutaneously, or near a target site.
It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or a composition including such molecules can also be administered by other modes. Determination of the most effective mode of administration is within the skill of the skilled artisan. The gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or a composition including such molecules can be administered as pharmaceutical formulations suitable for, e.g., oral (including buccal and sub-lingual), rectal, nasal, topical, pulmonary, vaginal or parenteral (including intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, subcutaneous and intravenous) administration, or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation. Depending on the intended mode of administration, the pharmaceutical formulations can be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments, lotions, and the like. The formulations can be provided in unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precise dosage. The formulations comprise an effective amount of a therapeutic agent, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers and/or diluents, and optionally one or more other biologically active agents.
4. Compositions
Compositions are provided that include one or more of the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, that are disclosed herein in a carrier. The compositions are useful, for example, for example, for the treatment or detection of an HIV-1 infection. The compositions can be prepared in unit dosage forms for administration to a subject. The amount and timing of administration are at the discretion of the treating physician to achieve the desired purposes. The gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules can be formulated for systemic or local administration. In one example, the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, is formulated for parenteral administration, such as intravenous administration.
In some embodiments, the compositions comprise an antibody, antigen binding fragment, or conjugate thereof, in at least 70% (such as at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% purity. In certain embodiments, the compositions contain less than 10% (such as less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1 %, less than 0.5%, or even less) of macromolecular contaminants, such as other mammalian (e.g., human) proteins.
The compositions for administration can include a solution of the gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an aqueous carrier. A variety
of aqueous carriers can be used, for example, buffered saline and the like. These solutions are sterile and generally free of undesirable matter. These compositions may be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques. The compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, toxicity adjusting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium lactate and the like. The concentration of antibody in these formulations can vary widely, and will be selected primarily based on fluid volumes, viscosities, body weight and the like in accordance with the particular mode of administration selected and the subject's needs.
A typical composition for intravenous administration includes about 0.01 to about 30 mg kg of antibody or antigen binding fragment or conjugate per subject per day (or the corresponding dose of a conjugate including the antibody or antigen binding fragment). Actual methods for preparing administrable compositions will be known or apparent to those skilled in the art and are described in more detail in such publications as Remington's Pharmaceutical Science, 19th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA (1995). In some embodiments, the composition can be a liquid formulation including one or more antibodies, antigen binding fragments (such as an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to gpl20), in a concentration range from about 0.1 mg/ml to about 20 mg/ml, or from about 0.5 mg/ml to about 20 mg/ml, or from about 1 mg/ml to about 20 mg/ml, or from about 0.1 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml, or from about 0.5 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml, or from about 1 mg/ml to about 10 mg/ml.
Antibodies, or an antigen binding fragment thereof or a conjugate or a nucleic acid encoding such molecules, can be provided in lyophilized form and rehydrated with sterile water before administration, although they are also provided in sterile solutions of known concentration. The antibody solution, or an antigen binding fragment or a nucleic acid encoding such antibodies or antigen binding fragments, can then be added to an infusion bag containing 0.9% sodium chloride, USP, and typically administered at a dosage of from 0.5 to 15 mg/kg of body weight. Considerable experience is available in the art in the administration of antibody drugs, which have been marketed in the U.S. since the approval of RlTUXAN® in 1997. Antibodies, antigen binding fragments, conjugates, or a nucleic acid encoding such molecules, can be administered by slow infusion, rather than in an intravenous push or bolus. In one example, a higher loading dose is administered, with subsequent, maintenance doses being administered at a lower level. For example, an initial loading dose of 4 mg/kg may be infused over a period of some 90 minutes, followed by weekly maintenance doses for 4-8 weeks of 2 mg/kg infused over a 30 minute period if the previous dose was well tolerated.
Controlled-release parenteral formulations can be made as implants, oily injections, or as particulate systems. For a broad overview of protein delivery systems see, Banga, A.J., Therapeutic Peptides and Proteins: Formulation, Processing, and Delivery Systems, Technomic Publishing
Company, Inc., Lancaster, PA, (1995). Particulate systems include microspheres, microparticles, microcapsules, nanocapsules, nanospheres, and nanoparticles. Microcapsules contain the therapeutic protein, such as a cytotoxin or a drug, as a central core. In microspheres the therapeutic is dispersed
throughout the particle. Particles, microspheres, and microcapsules smaller than about 1 μιη are generally referred to as nanoparticles, nanospheres, and nanocapsules, respectively. Capillaries have a diameter of approximately 5 μιη so that only nanoparticles are administered intravenously. Microp articles are typically around 100 μιη in diameter and are administered subcutaneously or intramuscularly. See, for example, Kreuter, J., Colloidal Drug Delivery Systems, J. Kreuter, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, NY, pp. 219-342 (1994); and Tice & Tabibi, Treatise on Controlled Drug Delivery, A. Kydonieus, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York, NY, pp. 315-339, (1992).
Polymers can be used for ion-controlled release of the antibody compositions disclosed herein. Various degradable and nondegradable polymeric matrices for use in controlled drug delivery are known in the art (Langer, Accounts Chem. Res. 26:537-542, 1993). For example, the block copolymer, polaxamer 407, exists as a viscous yet mobile liquid at low temperatures but forms a semisolid gel at body temperature. It has been shown to be an effective vehicle for formulation and sustained delivery of recombinant interleukin-2 and urease (Johnston et al, Pharm. Res. 9:425-434, 1992; and Pec et al., J. Parent. Sci. Tech. 44(2):58-65, 1990). Alternatively, hydroxyapatite has been used as a microcarrier for controlled release of proteins (Ijntema et al., Int. J. Pharm.112:215-224, 1994). In yet another aspect, liposomes are used for controlled release as well as drug targeting of the lipid-capsulated drug (Betageri et al., Liposome Drug Delivery Systems, Technomic Publishing Co., Inc., Lancaster, PA (1993)).
Numerous additional systems for controlled delivery of therapeutic proteins are known (see U.S. Patent No. 5,055,303; U.S. Patent No. 5,188,837; U.S. Patent No. 4,235,871; U.S. Patent No. 4,501,728; U.S. Patent No. 4,837,028; U.S. Patent No. 4,957,735; U.S. Patent No. 5,019,369; U.S. Patent No. 5,055,303; U.S. Patent No. 5,514,670; U.S. Patent No. 5,413,797; U.S. Patent No. 5,268, 164; U.S. Patent No. 5,004,697; U.S. Patent No. 4,902,505; U.S. Patent No. 5,506,206; U.S. Patent No. 5,271,961 ; U.S. Patent No. 5,254,342 and U.S. Patent No. 5,534,496). 5. Methods of detection and diagnosis
Methods are also provided for the detection of the expression of gpl20 in vitro or in vivo. In one example, expression of gpl20 is detected in a biological sample, and can be used to detect HIV-1 infection as the presence of HIV-1 in a sample. The sample can be any sample, including, but not limited to, tissue from biopsies, autopsies and pathology specimens. Biological samples also include sections of tissues, for example, frozen sections taken for histological purposes. Biological samples further include body fluids, such as blood, serum, plasma, sputum, spinal fluid or urine. The method of detection can include contacting a cell or sample, or administering to a subject, an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to gpl20, or conjugate there of (e.g. a conjugate including a detectable marker) under conditions sufficient to form an immune complex, and detecting the immune complex (e.g., by detecting a detectable marker conjugated to the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
In several embodiments, a method is provided for detecting AIDS and/or an HIV-1 infection in a subject. The disclosure provides a method for detecting HIV-1 in a biological sample, wherein the method includes contacting a biological sample from a subject with a disclosed antibody or antigen
binding fragment under conditions sufficient for formation of an immune complex, and detecting the immune complex, to detect the gpl20 in the biological sample. In one example, detection of gpl20 in the sample confirms a diagnosis of AIDS and/or an HIV-1 infection in the subject.
In some embodiments, the disclosed antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof are used to test vaccines. For example to test if a vaccine composition including gpl20 assumes a conformation including the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 epitope. Thus provided herein is a method for testing a vaccine, wherein the method includes contacting a sample containing the vaccine, such as a gpl20 immunogen, with a disclosed antibody or antigen binding fragment under conditions sufficient for formation of an immune complex, and detecting the immune complex, to detect the vaccine with an HIV-1 immunogen including the CH540-VRC40.01, CH540- VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, or CH540-VRC40.04 epitope in the sample. In one example, the detection of the immune complex in the sample indicates that vaccine component, such as a HIV-1 Env immunogen assumes a conformation capable of binding the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
In one embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment is directly labeled with a detectable marker. In another embodiment, the antibody that binds HIV-1 Env (the first antibody) is unlabeled and a second antibody or other molecule that can bind the antibody that binds the first antibody is utilized for detection. As is well known to one of skill in the art, a second antibody is chosen that is able to specifically bind the specific species and class of the first antibody. For example, if the first antibody is a human IgG, then the secondary antibody may be an anti-human-IgG. Other molecules that can bind to antibodies include, without limitation, Protein A and Protein G, both of which are available
commercially.
Suitable labels for the antibody, antigen binding fragment or secondary antibody are described above, and include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, magnetic agents and radioactive materials. Non-limiting examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, beta-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase. Non-limiting examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin. Non- limiting examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin. A non- limiting exemplary luminescent material is luminol; a non-limiting exemplary a magnetic agent is gadolinium, and non-limiting exemplary radioactive labels include 125I, 1311, 35S or 3H.
F. Kits
Kits are also provided. For example, kits for treating a subject with an HIV-1 infection, or for detecting gpl20 in a sample or in a subject. The kits will typically include a disclosed gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic acid molecule encoding such molecules, or compositions including such molecules. More than one of the disclosed gpl20-specific antibody, antigen binding fragment, conjugate, CAR, T cell expressing a CAR, or nucleic
acid molecule encoding such molecules, or compositions including such molecules can be included in the kit.
In one embodiment, the kit is a diagnostic kit and includes an immunoassay. Although the details of the immunoassays may vary with the particular format employed, the method of detecting gpl20 in a biological sample generally includes the steps of contacting the biological sample with an antibody which specifically reacts, under conditions sufficient to form an immune complex, to gpl20. The antibody is allowed to specifically bind under immunologically reactive conditions to form an immune complex, and the presence of the immune complex (bound antibody) is detected directly or indirectly.
The kit can include a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, etc. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container typically holds a composition including one or more of the disclosed antibodies, antigen binding fragments, conjugates, nucleic acid molecules, or compositions. In several embodiments the container may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). A label or package insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the particular condition.
The label or package insert typically will further include instructions for use of the antibodies, antigen binding fragments, conjugates, nucleic acid molecules, or compositions included in the kit. The package insert typically includes instructions customarily included in commercial packages of therapeutic products that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications and/or warnings concerning the use of such therapeutic products. The instructional materials may be written, in an electronic form (such as a computer diskette or compact disk) or may be visual (such as video files). The kits may also include additional components to facilitate the particular application for which the kit is designed. Thus, for example, the kit may additionally contain means of detecting a label (such as enzyme substrates for enzymatic labels, filter sets to detect fluorescent labels, appropriate secondary labels such as a secondary antibody, or the like). The kits may additionally include buffers and other reagents routinely used for the practice of a particular method. Such kits and appropriate contents are well known to those of skill in the art. III. EXAMPLES
The following examples are provided to illustrate particular features of certain embodiments, but the scope of the claims should not be limited to those features exemplified.
EXAMPLE 1
Potent and broad neutralizing antibody CH540-VRC40.01
targets glycan N276 of HIV-1 gpl20
This example illustrates the isolation and characterization of the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody and several somatic variants thereof (CH540-VRC40.02, CH540-VRC40.03, and CH540-VRC40.04).
CH540-VRC40.01 antibody is a broad and extremely potent gpl20-specific antibody, which binds to the CD4 binding site on HIV-1 Env and an N-linked glycan at position 276 of gpl20 that is conserved in -94.7% of 4265 env sequences from the Los Alamos database (Huang et al., Nature 515, 138-142, 2014). CH540-VRC40.01 and its clonal members are new glycan N276-directed neutralizing antibodies.
CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 83% of a panel of 173 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses with median IC50 of 0.099 g/ml, which is comparable to the potent VRCOl-class antibody 3BNC117 and more potent and broad than HJ16 and 8ANC195, two other glycan N276-directed neutralizing antibodies. Although the CH540-VRC40.01 epitope overlaps with the CD4 binding site, the genetic features and the recognition mode of CH540-VRC40.01 are different from VRCOl-class antibodies. CH540-VRC40.01 showed VHl-2*02 usage but 9 amino acid LCDR3, while VRCOl-class antibodies are restricted by 5 amino acid LCDR3. CH540-VRC40.01 showed glycan N276-dependent neutralization, while VRCOl exhibits increased neutralization of HIV-1 strains lacking a glycan linked to N276. In addition, CH540- VRC40.01 neutralized a subset of VRCOl -resistant viruses and VRCOl escape mutants and the combination of CH540-VRC40.01 and VRCOl showed increased breadth of viral neutralization compared to either antibody alone.
Neutralization and binding assays. Neutralization activity of monoclonal antibodies or serum was measured using single-round HIV-1 Env-pseudovirus infection of TZM-bl cells as described previously (Li et al., J Virol 79, 10108-10125, 2005). In the neutralization assay, heat-inactivated patient serum or monoclonal antibody was serially diluted four- fold or five-fold, respectively, with Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium-10% FCS (Gibco), and 10 μΐ was incubated with 40 μΐ of pseudovirus in a 96- well plate at 37 °C for 30 min. TZM-bl cells were then added and plates were incubated for 48h. Assays were then developed with a luciferase assay system (Promega,), and the relative light units (RLU) were read on a luminometer (Perkin Elmer).
HIV-1 Env pseudoviruses were generated by co-transfection of 293T cells with pSG3 delta Env backbone and a second plasmid that expressed HIV-1 Env at a ratio of 2: 1. 72 h after transfection, supernatants containing pseudoviruses were harvested and frozen at -80°C until further use.
For ELISA assays each antigen (2 μg ml-1) was coated on 96-well plates overnight at 4 °C. Plates were blocked with BLOTTO buffer (PBS, 1 % FBS, 5% non-fat milk) for 1 h at room temperature, followed by incubation with antibody serially diluted in disruption buffer (PBS, 5% FBS, 2% BSA, 1 % Tween-20) for 1 h at room temperature. 1 : 10,000 dilution of horseradish peroxidase (HRP)-conjugated goat anti-human IgG antibody (MP Biomedicals) was added for 1 h at room temperature. Plates were washed between each step with 0.2% Tween-20 in PBS. Plates were developed using 3,3',5,5'- tetramethylbenzidine (TMB) (Sigma) and read at 450 nm.
Serum from donor CH540 showed glycan N276-directed neutralizing activity. Serum sample from donor CH540, a chronically HIV-1 -infected individual from the Center for HIV/ AIDS
Vaccine Immunology (CHAVI) cohort, showed broad and potent neutralizing activity on a panel of 21 viruses (FIG. 1). It neutralized 86% viruses (IC50 cutoff of 1 :40 serum dilution) with an average IC50 of 1 : 119 serum dilution. The neutralization profile of the serum sample was compared to that of various
neutralizing antibodies using a fingerprint analysis assay as previously described in (Georgiev et al., Science, 340, 751-756, 2013). The result showed fingerprint signal on VRCOl, bl2, HJ16 and
8ANC195, suggesting that neutralizing antibodies in the serum targeted an epitope overlapping with these antibodies (FIG. 1). Since glycan N276 is the shared target of antibody HJ16 (Balla- Jhagjhoorsingh et al, PLoS One, 8, e688632013, 2013) and 8ANC195 (Scharf et al., Cell Rep, 7: 785- 795, 2014), the glycan N276-dependency for serum neutralization was investigated. The serum neutralization against wildtype HIV-1 strain BG505 and the corresponding glycan N276 knock-out mutant (BG505-T278A) was tested. Surprisingly, losing glycan N276 led to substantially reduced sensitivity to serum neutralization (FIG. 2A), suggesting that glycan N276-directed neutralizing antibodies were the main contributor to the serum neutralization against BG505. Similar results was observed in another strain, Q168.a2 (FIG. 2B), suggesting that the glycan N276-directed antibodies in the serum are likely to neutralize multiple strains.
Isolation of monoclonal antibody CH540-VRC40.01 and lineage members. Single B cell sorting using previously described protein probes followed by immunoglobulin gene amplification has been proved to be efficient for monoclonal antibody isolation (Wu et al., Science, 329, 856-861, 2010). To determine the appropriate protein probe for antibody isolation from donor CH540, various candidate proteins were tested for their ability to adsorb neutralizing antibodies in the serum sample using a neutralization competition assay as described in Wu et al., Science, 329, 856-861, 2010). Briefly, CH540 serum (1/24/08) was pre-incubated with HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC-D368R, the glycan N276 mutant protein 2CC-D368R/N276D, and a media control and then tested for neutralization against a panel of 4 strains (Q168.a2, RWO20.2, Bal.01, TRJO.58). The HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC is a modified HIV-1 gpl20 core glycoprotein stabilized in the CD4-bound conformation that lacks variable loops 1, 2 and 3. The D368R mutation ablates gpl20 binding to CD4, and the N276D mutation ablates gpl20 binding to antibodies that depend on glycosylation of N276 for binding to gpl20. If the probe was able to adsorb the serum neutralizing antibodies, a decreased neutralization would be expected.
After incubation with serum sample, an HIV-1 HXB2 gpl20 core protein 2CC carrying mutation D368R lead to substantial adsorption of serum neutralizing activities against four different HIV-1 pseudotyped virus strains (Q168.a2, RWO20.2, Bal.01 and TRJO.58) (FIG. 3), suggesting this protein had high affinity to the neutralizing antibodies in the CH540 serum. In contrast, an additional mutation on the 2CC-D368R protein, N276D, which prevents glycosylation of N276, completely abolished the neutralization competition. This finding indicates that the 2CC-D368R/N276D probe does not bind to the neutralizing antibodies in the CH540 serum, and that CH540 serum neutralizing antibodies bind to 2CC-D368R through interaction with glycan N276. Therefore, the probe pair 2CC-D368R (positive) and 2CC-D368R/N276D (negative) was used to sort B cells with cell-surface expression of glycan N276- directed antibodies.
The PBMCs from donor CH540 were sorted for IgG+ B cells as described previously in Wu et al. (Science, 329, 856-861, 2010). Briefly, approximately 20 million PBMCs from donor CH540 (1/24/08) were used for antigen specific B cell sorting. CD3-CD8-CD14-CD19+IgG+ memory B cells
were stained with probes 2CC-D368R and 2CC-D368R/N276D. IgG+ B cells that stained with probe 2CC-D368R, but not 2CC-D368R/N276D, were sorted into 96 well plates at single cell per well (FIG. 4A). In addition, the recently described BG505.SOSIP.664 gpl40 trimer probe (Sok et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 111, 17624-17629, 2014) was also used for sorting. All IgG+ B cells that stained with the BG505.SOSIP.664 gpl40 trimer probe were also collected (FIG. 4B).
Heavy and light chain immunoglobulin genes were then amplified from the collected single B cells and analysed using IMGT. Four cells were identified as having the following attributes: 1) positive staining with 2CC-D368R, but not 2CC-D368R/N276D (FIG. 4A); 2) positive staining with
BG505.SOSIP.664 gpl40 trimer (FIG. 4B); 3) heavy and light chain genes with the same
immunoglobulin V and J gene assignments indicating that they were from the same antibody lineage (FIG. 4C); and 4) heavy and light chains that are all highly mutated (FIG. 4C), which is an unusual feature that is also seen in some broad and potent anti-HIV-1 antibodies such as VRCOl (Wu et al., Science 329, 856-861, 2010; Wu et al, Science 333, 1593-1602, 2011). These four heavy/light chain pairs, were cloned and expressed as monoclonal antibodies, named CH540-VRC40.01 to CH540- VRC40.04. The VH, VL and CDRs of the identified antibodies, and corresponding sequence identifiers are as follows:
Genetic characteristics revealed that CH540-VRC40 antibodies are not VRCOl-class antibodies. The DNA sequences of the CH540-VRC40 lineage members are provided herein as SEQ ID NOs: 36-43. Corresponding amino acid sequences are provided as SEQ ID NOs: 1-8. Determined by the IMGT database (imgt.org), each family member showed IGHV 1-2*02 usage and high mutation frequency (VH: 26-28%, VL: 19%) (FIG. 4C), which are the unusual features also shared by VRCOl- class antibodies. However, VRCOl-class antibodies all have a 5 amino acid LCDR3, but CH540-VRC40 antibodies each have a nine amino acid LCDR3. Thus, the genetic characteristics revealed that CH540- VRC40 antibodies are not VRCOl-class antibodies. Of note, all CH540-VRC40 lineage antibodies showed similar five amino acid insertion in the heavy chain FR3 region (FIG. 13A), which is a unique feature of this lineage.
CH540-VRC40 antibodies showed broad and potent neutralization. The neutralizing activities of the four CH540-VRC40 antibodies were first tested on a panel of 31 HIV-1 pseudotyped viruses using the TZM-bl assay (as described in Wu et al., Science, 329, 856-861, 2010). The antibody CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 28 viruses (90%) with geometric mean IC5o titer of 0.102 All other
lineage members showed similar results (FIG. 5A). In comparison, VRCOl neutralized 27 viruses (87%) with geometric mean IC5o titer of 0.266 μg/ml, while HJ16 and 8ANC195 neutralized 7 (23%) and 14 (45%) viruses, respectively. Moreover, CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 27 viruses (87%) with geometric mean ICso and IC90 titers of 0.36 and 0.864 g/ml, respectively (FIGs. 5B and 5C).
To further assess the neutralizing breadth and potency, CH540-VRC40.01 was tested on a large panel of 173 viruses using a previously described assay (Doria-Rose et al., Nature 509, 55-62, 2014). CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 83% of the viruses in the large panel with a median IC50 of 0.099 μg/ml (FIG. 6B). In comparison, VRCOl neutralized 89% viruses with median IC50 of 0.442 g/ml, and 3BNC117, which is a VRCOl-class antibody (Scheid et al, Science, 333, 1633-1637, 2011), neutralized 84% viruses with median IC50 of 0.106 μ§/πύ. The potency and breadth curve of CH540-VRC40.01 are similar to that of 3BNC117 (FIG. 6A). These results demonstrated that the CH540-VRC40 antibodies are broad and potent antibodies with comparable neutralizing activities to VRCOl-class antibodies.
Additionally, the combination of CH540-VRC40.01 and VRCOl neutralized 93% viruses with median IC50 of 0.086 μg/ml of each component antibody (0.086 μg/ml of CH540-VRC40.01 combined with 0.086 ^g/ml of VRCOl (FIG. 6B). The combination of CH540-VRC40.01 and VRC07-523-LS, which is a more potent and broad variant of VRCOl, neutralized 96% viruses with median IC50 of 0.034 μg/ml of each component antibody (FIG. 6B). Thus the combination improved virus coverage while maintaining neutralization potency, with no observed inhibitory effect.
CH540-VRC40.01 neutralizes VRCOl-resistant viruses. On a panel of 21 viruses that are resistant to VRCOl, CH540-VRC40.01 neutralized 6 viruses, including four strains (242-14, DU422.01, TV1.29 and TZA125.17) that are resistant to most VRCOl-class antibodies (FIG. 7).
CH540-VRC40.01 has a different mode of recognition for gpl20 than VRCOl. CH540- VRC40.01 and other lineage members were isolated from B cells that were stained with probe 2CC- D368R but not 2CC-D368/N276D, suggesting that they are sensitive to glycosylation of N276. To confirm the glycan N276-dependence, CH540-VRC40.01 was tested for neutralization against four wildtype virus and the corresponding glycan N276 mutants using the TZM-bl assay (FIG. 8). Like HJ16 and 8ANC195, CH540-VRC40.01 completely lost neutralization sensitivity for all the mutant strains, suggesting that CH540-VRC40.01 binds an epitope on gpl20 that includes glycan N276. In contrast, VRCOl neutralization was enhanced when glycan N276 was knocked out.
Further mapping of CH540-VRC40.01 on a panel of Q168.a2 mutant viruses showed no glycan
N234-dependence, suggesting a different recognition mode for gpl20 than that of 8ANC195 (FIG. 9). Compared to HJ16, which is highly sensitive to V5 mutations (R456W, G459A, N460A, N461A and N462A), CH540-VRC40.01 showed only limited sensitivity to mutation N462A. One non-limiting conclusion from this finding is that the limited sensitivity to the V5 mutation contributes to the broad and potent neutralization activity of CH540-VRC40.01, particularly compared to HJ16.
To further interrogate CH540-VRC40.01 binding to gpl20, CH540-VRC40.01 and control antibodies VRCOl, HJ16, 8ANC195, bl2, and 17b were serially diluted and tested for binding to HIV-1 HXB2 Env gpl20 core protein 2CC and a panel of mutants thereof by ELISA (FIG. 10). CH540-
VRC40.01 binding to the 2CC core was sensitive to glycan N276 mutation N276D and V5 mutation R456S, suggesting that it targets glycan N276 and V5 loop. However, unlike bl2, which is highly sensitive to the D368R mutation, CH540-VRC40.01 binds to 2CC-D368R protein in ELISA (FIG. 10).
Competition binding assays were performed to determine if CH540-VRC40.01 competed for binding to gpl20 with CD4 binding site targeted antibodies (FIG. 11). HXB2 gpl20 core protein (2CC) (FIG. 11 A) or YU2 gpl20 protein (FIG. 1 IB) were coated on ELISA plates, and the binding of biotinylated CH540-VRC40.01 were measured. Various antibodies were serially diluted and tested for competition with biotinylated CH540-VRC40.01. CH540-VRC40.01 was used as positive control. On the 2CC coated plate, the binding of biotinylated CH540-VRC40.01 was competed by VRCOl and bl2. On the YU2 gpl20 coated plate, the binding of biotinylated CH540-VRC40.01 was competed by bl2, VRC13 and VRCOl . Though CH540-VRC40.01 showed different recognition mode from VRCOl and bl2, its binding on HIV-1 gpl20 protein was competed by CD4 binding site antibody VRCOl, bl2 and VRC13, suggesting that the target on HIV-1 Env trimer overlaps with the CD4 binding site.
CH540-VRC40.01 was further tested for neutralization against a panel of gpl20 mutants (N279K, N280D, R456W, G458D, or combinations thereof) on gpl20 that have been identified as VRCOl escape mutants, that is, these mutants strongly reduce VRCOl neutralization (FIG. 12).
Pseudotyped YU2.DG HIV-1 viruses carrying the indicated mutations were used in the neutralization assay. As shown in FIG. 12, CH540-VRC40.01 neutralization was not reduced by N279K or R456W mutations, or the combination N279K/R456W, suggesting that these VRCOl escape mutants will still be neutralized by CH540-VRC40.01. However, both VRCOl and CH540-VRC40.01 were sensitive to mutation N280D.
In summary, CH540-VRC40.01 and its clonal members specifically bind to an epitope on gpl20 that include glycan N276, which is different from VRCOl . The HIV-1 Env V5 region may also be involved in the contact, however, compared to HJ16, CH540-VRC40.01 showed only limited sensitivity to V5 mutations.
Example 2
Antibodies specific to gpl20 for detecting HIV-1 in a sample or a subject
This example describes the use of HIV- 1 monoclonal neutralizing antibodies specific to gpl20 for the detection of HIV-1 in a sample or a subject. This example further describes the use of these antibodies to confirm the diagnosis of HIV-1 infection in a subject.
A biological sample, such as a blood sample, is obtained from the patient diagnosed with, undergoing screening for, or suspected of having an HIV-1 infection. A blood sample taken from a patient who is not infected is used as a control, although a standard result can also be used as a control. An ELISA is performed to detect the presence of gpl20 in the blood sample. Proteins present in the blood samples (the patient sample and control sample) are immobilized on a solid support, such as a 96- well plate, according to methods well known in the art (see, for example, Robinson et ah, Lancet 362: 1612-1616, 2003, incorporated herein by reference). Following immobilization, HIV-1 monoclonal
neutralizing antibodies specific to gpl20 that are directly labeled with a fluorescent marker are applied to the protein-immobilized plate. The plate is washed in an appropriate buffer, such as PBS, to remove any unbound antibody and to minimize non-specific binding of antibody. Fluorescence can be detected using a fluorometric plate reader according to standard methods. An increase in fluorescence intensity of the patient sample, relative to the control sample, indicates the gpl20 antibody specifically bound proteins from the blood sample, thus detecting the presence of gpl20 protein in the sample. Detection of gpl20 protein in the patient sample indicates the patient has an HIV-1 infection, or confirms diagnosis of HIV- 1 infection in the subject. Example 3
HIV-1 monoclonal neutralizing antibodies specific for gpl20 for the treatment of HIV-1
This example describes a particular method that can be used to treat HIV-1 infection in a human subject by administration of one or more gpl20-specific human neutralizing antibodies. Although particular methods, dosages, and modes of administrations are provided, one skilled in the art will appreciate that variations can be made without substantially affecting the treatment.
Based upon the teaching disclosed herein, HIV-1 infection can be treated by administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the neutralizing antibodies described herein, thereby reducing or eliminating HIV-1 infection. Screening subjects
In particular examples, the subject is first screened to determine if they have an HIV-1 infection. Examples of methods that can be used to screen for HIV-1 infection include a combination of measuring a subject's CD4+ T cell count and the level of HIV-1 virus in serum blood levels. Additional methods using the gpl20-specific antibodies described herein can also be used to screen for HIV-1 infection.
In some examples, HIV-1 testing consists of initial screening with an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) to detect antibodies to HIV-1. Specimens with a nonreactive result from the initial ELISA are considered HIV-1 -negative unless new exposure to an infected partner or partner of unknown HIV-1 status has occurred. Specimens with a reactive ELISA result are retested in duplicate. If the result of either duplicate test is reactive, the specimen is reported as repeatedly reactive and undergoes confirmatory testing with a more specific supplemental test (e.g., Western blot or an immunofluorescence assay (IF A)). Specimens that are repeatedly reactive by ELISA and positive by IFA or reactive by Western blot are considered HIV-positive and indicative of HIV-1 infection. Specimens that are repeatedly ELISA-reactive occasionally provide an indeterminate Western blot result, which may be either an incomplete antibody response to HIV-1 in an infected person, or nonspecific reactions in an uninfected person. IFA can be used to confirm infection in these ambiguous cases. In some instances, a second specimen will be collected more than a month later and retested for subjects with indeterminate Western blot results. In additional examples, nucleic acid testing (e.g., viral RNA or proviral DNA amplification method) can also help diagnosis in certain situations.
The detection of HIV-1 in a subject's blood is indicative that the subject is infected with HIV-1 and is a candidate for receiving the therapeutic compositions disclosed herein. Moreover, detection of a CD4+ T cell count below 350 per microliter, such as 200 cells per microliter, is also indicative that the subject is likely to have an HIV-1 infection.
Pre-screening is not required prior to administration of the therapeutic compositions disclosed herein
Pre-treatment of subjects
In particular examples, the subject is treated prior to administration of a therapeutic agent that includes one or more an tire tro viral therapies known to those of skill in the art. However, such pre- treatment is not always required, and can be determined by a skilled clinician.
Administration of therapeutic compositions
Following subject selection, a therapeutically effective dose of a gpl20-specific neutralizing antibody described herein (such as the CH540-VRC40.01 antibody) is administered to the subject (such as an adult human or a newborn infant either at risk for contracting HIV-1 or known to be infected with HIV-1). Additional agents, such as anti-viral agents, can also be administered to the subject simultaneously or prior to or following administration of the disclosed agents. Administration can be achieved by any method known in the art, such as oral administration, inhalation, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous.
The amount of the composition administered to prevent, reduce, inhibit, and/or treat HIV-1 or a condition associated with it depends on the subject being treated, the severity of the disorder, and the manner of administration of the therapeutic composition. Ideally, a therapeutically effective amount of an agent is the amount sufficient to prevent, reduce, and/or inhibit, and/or treat the condition (e.g., HIV-1) in a subject without causing a substantial cytotoxic effect in the subject. An effective amount can be readily determined by one skilled in the art, for example using routine trials establishing dose response curves. As such, these compositions may be formulated with an inert diluent or with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In one specific example, antibodies are administered at 5 mg per kg every two weeks or 10 mg per kg every two weeks depending upon the particular stage of HIV-1. In an example, the antibodies are administered continuously. In another example, antibodies or antibody fragments are administered at 50 μg per kg given twice a week for 2 to 3 weeks.
Administration of the therapeutic compositions can be taken long term (for example over a period of months or years).
Assessment
Following the administration of one or more therapies, subjects with HIV-1 can be monitored for reductions in HIV-1 levels, increases in a subject's CD4+ T cell count, or reductions in one or more
clinical symptoms associated with HIV-1. In particular examples, subjects are analyzed one or more times, starting 7 days following treatment. Subjects can be monitored using any method known in the art. For example, biological samples from the subject, including blood, can be obtained and alterations in HIV-1 or CD4+ T cell levels evaluated.
Additional treatments
In particular examples, if subjects are stable or have a minor, mixed or partial response to treatment, they can be re-treated after re-evaluation with the same schedule and preparation of agents that they previously received for the desired amount of time, including the duration of a subject's lifetime. A partial response is a reduction, such as at least a 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, or at least 70% in HIV-1 infection, HIV-1 replication or combination thereof. A partial response may also be an increase in CD4+ T cell count such as at least 350 T cells per microliter.
It will be apparent that the precise details of the methods or compositions described may be varied or modified without departing from the spirit of the described embodiments. We claim all such modifications and variations that fall within the scope and spirit of the claims below.
Claims
1. An isolated monoclonal antibody, comprising:
(a) a heavy chain variable region (VH) comprising a heavy chain complementarity determining region (HCDR)l, a HCDR2, and/or a HCDR3 of the VH set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1 (CH540- VRC40.01 VH), 3 (CH540-VRC40.02 VH), 5 (CH540-VRC40.03 VH), or 7 (CH540-VRC40.04 VH), or a VH comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical thereto;
(b) a light chain variable region (VL) comprising a light chain complementarity determining region (LCDR)l, a LCDR2, and a LCDR3 of the VL set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 2 (CH540- VRC40.01 VL), 4 (CH540-VRC40.02 VL), 6 (CH540-VRC40.03 VL), or 8 (CH540-VRC40.04 VL), or a VL comprising an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical thereto; or
(c) a combination of (a) and (b); and
wherein the antibody or antigen binding fragment specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes fflV-1.
2. The isolated monoclonal antibody of claim 1, wherein:
the HCDRl comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 21;
the HCDR2 comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 22;
the HCDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 11;
the LCDRl comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 23;
the LCDR2 comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 13; and
the LCDR3 comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 24.
3. The isolated monoclonal antibody of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein:
the HCDRl comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 9, 16, or 18;
the HCDR2 comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 10 or 15;
the HCDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 11;
the LCDRl comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 12 or 19;
the LCDR2 comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 13; and
the LCDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 14, 17, or 20.
4. The isolated monoclonal antibody of claim 1, wherein in aggregate the sequences of the HCDRl, the HCDR2, the HCDR3, the LCDRl, the LCDR2, and the LCDR3 together comprise up to 10 amino acid substitutions compared to the corresponding CDR sequences of an antibody comprising: the VH and VL set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively;
the VH and VL set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively;
the VH and VL set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively; or
the VH and VL set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively.
5. The isolated monoclonal antibody of any of the prior claims, wherein the HCDR1, the HCDR2, the HCDR3, the LCDRl, the LCDR2, and the LCDR3 comprise the amino acids sequences set forth as:
SEQ ID NOs: 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14, respectively (CH540-VRC40.01);
SEQ ID NOs: 9, 15, 11, 12, 13, and 14, respectively (CH540-VRC40.02);
SEQ ID NOs: 16, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 17, respectively (CH540-VRC40.03); or
SEQ ID NOs: 18, 10, 11, 19, 13, and 20, respectively (CH540-VRC40.04).
6. The isolated monoclonal antibody of any one of the previous claims, wherein:
(a) the VH comprises an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to the sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7;
(b) the VL comprises an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical to the sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, or 8; or
(c) the VH and VL comprise amino acid sequences at least 90% identical to the sequences set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively.
7. The isolated monoclonal antibody of any of the preceding claims, wherein:
(a) the VH comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, or 7;
(b) the VL comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 2, 4, 6, or 8; or
(c) the VH and VL comprise the amino acid sequences set forth as one of SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively, SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively, or SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively.
8. The isolated monoclonal antibody of claim 4, wherein in aggregate the sequences of the HCDR1, the HCDR2, the HCDR3, the LCDRl, the LCDR2, and the LCDR3 together comprise up to 2 amino acid substitutions compared to the corresponding CDR sequences of an antibody comprising: the VH and VL set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively;
the VH and VL set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 4, respectively;
the VH and VL set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 5 and 6, respectively; or
the VH and VL set forth as SEQ ID NOs: 7 and 8, respectively.
9. The isolated monoclonal antibody of any of the preceding claims wherein the VH comprises a five amino acid insertion between Kabat positions 72A and 72B;
optionally wherein the five amino acid insertion comprises the consensus amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 46 (X1X2RTP, wherein Xi is D or S, and X2 is W or F); and
optionally wherein the five amino acid insertion comprises the amino acid sequence set forth as SEQ ID NO: 44 (DWRTP) or SEQ ID NO: 45 (SFRTP).
10. The isolated monoclonal antibody of any of the preceding claims, comprising a human framework region.
11. The isolated monoclonal antibody of any of the preceding claims, wherein the antibody is an IgG, IgM or IgA.
12. An antigen binding fragment of any of claims 1-11.
13. The antigen binding fragment of claim 12, wherein the antigen binding fragment is a Fv, Fab, F(ab')2, scFV or a scFV2 fragment.
14. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of any of the preceding claims, wherein the antibody or antigen binding fragment neutralizes the 242-14, DU172.17, DU422.01, TV1.29,
TZA125.17, and 57128.vrcl5 strains of HIV-1 with an inhibitory concentration (IC50) of <50 μg/ml.
15. A bispecific antibody comprising the isolated human monoclonal antibody or antigen binding fragment of any of the preceding claims.
16. The bispecific antibody of claim 15, wherein the antibody specifically binds to gpl20 and to CD3.
17. The antibody of any of claims 1-11, comprising a recombinant Fc domain comprising a modification that increases binding to the neonatal Fc receptor.
18. The antibody of claim 17, wherein the recombinant Fc domain comprising M428L and N434S mutations.
19. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of any of the prior claims, linked to an effector molecule or a detectable marker
20. The antibody or antigen binding fragment of claim 19, wherein the detectable marker is a fluorescent, enzymatic, or radioactive marker.
21. An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding the antibody or antigen binding fragment of any of claims 1-20.
22. An isolated nucleic acid molecule encoding the VH, the VL, or the VH and VL, of the antibody or antigen binding fragment of any of claims 1-20.
23. The nucleic acid molecule of claim 21 or claim 22, wherein the nucleic acid molecule is a recombinant nucleic acid molecule.
24. The nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 21-23, comprising a cDNA molecule encoding the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
25. The nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 21-24, wherein the VH and the VL of the antibody or antigen binding fragment comprise the nucleic acid sequence set forth as
(a) SEQ ID NOs: 36 and 37, respectively, or a degenerate variant thereof;
(b) SEQ ID NOs: 38 and 39, respectively, or a degenerate variant thereof;
(c) SEQ ID NOs: 40 and 41, respectively, or a degenerate variant thereof; or
(c) SEQ ID NOs: 42 and 43, respectively, or a degenerate variant thereof.
26. The nucleic acid molecule of any one of claims 22-25, encoding a chimeric antigen receptor comprising an extracellular domain comprising the antigen binding fragment.
27. The nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 22-26, operably linked to a promoter.
28. An expression vector comprising the nucleic acid molecule of any of claims 22-27.
29. An isolated host cell transformed with the nucleic acid molecule or expression vector of any of claims 22-28.
30. The host cell of claim 29, wherein the host cell is a T cell.
31. A pharmaceutical composition for use in treating an HIV-1 infection, comprising: a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, antigen binding fragment, nucleic acid molecule, expression vector, or host cell of any of claims 1-30; and
a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
32. A pharmaceutical composition for use in treating an HIV-1 infection, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of:
the antibody or antigen binding fragment of any of claims 1-20, a VRCOl -class antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; or
the nucleic acid molecule or expression vector of any of claims 21-28, a nucleic acid molecule or expression vector encoding a VRCOl -class antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
33. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 32, wherein the VRCOl-class antibody is VRCOl antibody or VRC07-523 antibody.
34. The pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 31-33, wherein the composition is sterile and/or is in unit dosage form or a multiple thereof.
35. A method of producing an antibody or antigen binding fragment that specifically binds to gpl20, comprising:
incubating the host cell of any one of claims 29-30 under in vitro conditions sufficient for expression of the nucleic acid molecule or expression vector to produce the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
36. The method of claim 35, further comprising purifying the antibody or antigen binding fragment.
37. A method of detecting an HIV-1 infection in a subject, comprising:
contacting a biological sample from the subject with the antibody or antigen binding fragment of any of claims 1-20 under conditions sufficient to form an immune complex; and
detecting the presence of the immune complex on the sample, wherein the presence of the immune complex on the sample indicates that the subject has the HIV-1 infection.
38. A method of inhibiting or treating an HIV-1 infection in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody, antigen binding fragment, nucleic acid molecule, expression vector, host cell, or pharmaceutical composition of any of claims 1 -34, thereby preventing or treating the HIV-1 infection.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the subject has AIDS.
40. The method of any of claims 38-39, further comprising administering to the subject an additional antibody, antigen binding fragment, or nucleic acid encoding the additional antibody or antigen binding fragment, wherein the additional antibody or antigen binding fragment specifically binds to gpl20 and neutralizes HIV-1 infection.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein the additional antibody is a VRCOl-class antibody.
42. The method of claim 41, wherein the VRCOl-class antibody is VRCOl or VRC07-523.
43. Use of the antibody, antigen binding fragment, nucleic acid molecule, expression vector, host cell, or pharmaceutical composition of any of claims 1-34 to inhibit or treat HIV-1 infection in a subject.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201562170558P | 2015-06-03 | 2015-06-03 | |
US62/170,558 | 2015-06-03 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2016196975A1 true WO2016196975A1 (en) | 2016-12-08 |
WO2016196975A8 WO2016196975A8 (en) | 2017-01-05 |
Family
ID=56133108
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2016/035791 WO2016196975A1 (en) | 2015-06-03 | 2016-06-03 | Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 env and their use |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2016196975A1 (en) |
Cited By (29)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018002902A1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2018-01-04 | Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited | Antibody-drug conjugates and therapeutic methods using the same |
US10344077B2 (en) | 2015-03-19 | 2019-07-09 | Duke University | HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof (V3 antibodies) |
US10450368B2 (en) | 2015-03-19 | 2019-10-22 | Duke University | HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof (CD4bs antibodies) |
WO2020010107A1 (en) | 2018-07-03 | 2020-01-09 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Antibodies that target hiv gp120 and methods of use |
WO2020263830A1 (en) | 2019-06-25 | 2020-12-30 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Flt3l-fc fusion proteins and methods of use |
WO2021011544A1 (en) | 2019-07-16 | 2021-01-21 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Hiv vaccines and methods of making and using |
WO2021011891A1 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2021-01-21 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Long-acting formulations of tenofovir alafenamide |
WO2021130638A1 (en) | 2019-12-24 | 2021-07-01 | Carna Biosciences, Inc. | Diacylglycerol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2021188959A1 (en) | 2020-03-20 | 2021-09-23 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Prodrugs of 4'-c-substituted-2-halo-2'-deoxyadenosine nucleosides and methods of making and using the same |
WO2021236944A1 (en) | 2020-05-21 | 2021-11-25 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising bictegravir |
WO2022031894A1 (en) | 2020-08-07 | 2022-02-10 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Prodrugs of phosphonamide nucleotide analogues and their pharmaceutical use |
WO2022046644A1 (en) | 2020-08-25 | 2022-03-03 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Multi-specific antigen binding molecules targeting hiv and methods of use |
CN114316062A (en) * | 2022-03-02 | 2022-04-12 | 珠海臻谱基因科技有限公司北京分公司 | Multispecific antibody targeting HIV gp120 protein and human CD3 molecule and application thereof |
US11299751B2 (en) | 2016-04-29 | 2022-04-12 | Voyager Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions for the treatment of disease |
US11326182B2 (en) | 2016-04-29 | 2022-05-10 | Voyager Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions for the treatment of disease |
EP3870222A4 (en) * | 2018-10-22 | 2022-07-27 | International AIDS Vaccine Initiative | Anti-hiv antibodies |
WO2022271677A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2022271659A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2022271684A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2022271650A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2023102239A1 (en) | 2021-12-03 | 2023-06-08 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection |
WO2023102529A1 (en) | 2021-12-03 | 2023-06-08 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection |
WO2023102523A1 (en) | 2021-12-03 | 2023-06-08 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection |
WO2023114951A1 (en) | 2021-12-17 | 2023-06-22 | Viiv Healthcare Company | Combination therapies for hiv infections and uses thereof |
WO2023196875A1 (en) | 2022-04-06 | 2023-10-12 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Bridged tricyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and uses thereof |
US11795226B2 (en) | 2017-12-12 | 2023-10-24 | Macrogenics, Inc. | Bispecific CD16-binding molecules and their use in the treatment of disease |
WO2024006982A1 (en) | 2022-07-01 | 2024-01-04 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic compounds useful for the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an hiv virus infection |
WO2024015741A1 (en) | 2022-07-12 | 2024-01-18 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Hiv immunogenic polypeptides and vaccines and uses thereof |
WO2024076915A1 (en) | 2022-10-04 | 2024-04-11 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | 4'-thionucleoside analogues and their pharmaceutical use |
Citations (63)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4235871A (en) | 1978-02-24 | 1980-11-25 | Papahadjopoulos Demetrios P | Method of encapsulating biologically active materials in lipid vesicles |
US4458066A (en) | 1980-02-29 | 1984-07-03 | University Patents, Inc. | Process for preparing polynucleotides |
US4501728A (en) | 1983-01-06 | 1985-02-26 | Technology Unlimited, Inc. | Masking of liposomes from RES recognition |
US4837028A (en) | 1986-12-24 | 1989-06-06 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Liposomes with enhanced circulation time |
US4902505A (en) | 1986-07-30 | 1990-02-20 | Alkermes | Chimeric peptides for neuropeptide delivery through the blood-brain barrier |
US4946778A (en) | 1987-09-21 | 1990-08-07 | Genex Corporation | Single polypeptide chain binding molecules |
US4957735A (en) | 1984-06-12 | 1990-09-18 | The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Target-sensitive immunoliposomes- preparation and characterization |
US5004697A (en) | 1987-08-17 | 1991-04-02 | Univ. Of Ca | Cationized antibodies for delivery through the blood-brain barrier |
US5019369A (en) | 1984-10-22 | 1991-05-28 | Vestar, Inc. | Method of targeting tumors in humans |
US5055303A (en) | 1989-01-31 | 1991-10-08 | Kv Pharmaceutical Company | Solid controlled release bioadherent emulsions |
US5188837A (en) | 1989-11-13 | 1993-02-23 | Nova Pharmaceutical Corporation | Lipsopheres for controlled delivery of substances |
US5254342A (en) | 1991-09-30 | 1993-10-19 | University Of Southern California | Compositions and methods for enhanced transepithelial and transendothelial transport or active agents |
US5268164A (en) | 1990-04-23 | 1993-12-07 | Alkermes, Inc. | Increasing blood-brain barrier permeability with permeabilizer peptides |
US5271961A (en) | 1989-11-06 | 1993-12-21 | Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. | Method for producing protein microspheres |
US5413797A (en) | 1992-03-12 | 1995-05-09 | Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. | Controlled release ACTH containing microspheres |
US5514670A (en) | 1993-08-13 | 1996-05-07 | Pharmos Corporation | Submicron emulsions for delivery of peptides |
US5534496A (en) | 1992-07-07 | 1996-07-09 | University Of Southern California | Methods and compositions to enhance epithelial drug transport |
US5589466A (en) | 1989-03-21 | 1996-12-31 | Vical Incorporated | Induction of a protective immune response in a mammal by injecting a DNA sequence |
US5593972A (en) | 1993-01-26 | 1997-01-14 | The Wistar Institute | Genetic immunization |
US5643578A (en) | 1992-03-23 | 1997-07-01 | University Of Massachusetts Medical Center | Immunization by inoculation of DNA transcription unit |
WO1997030087A1 (en) | 1996-02-16 | 1997-08-21 | Glaxo Group Limited | Preparation of glycosylated antibodies |
US5750373A (en) | 1990-12-03 | 1998-05-12 | Genentech, Inc. | Enrichment method for variant proteins having altered binding properties, M13 phagemids, and growth hormone variants |
US5770429A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1998-06-23 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1998058964A1 (en) | 1997-06-24 | 1998-12-30 | Genentech, Inc. | Methods and compositions for galactosylated glycoproteins |
US5880103A (en) | 1992-08-11 | 1999-03-09 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Immunomodulatory peptides |
WO1999022764A1 (en) | 1997-10-31 | 1999-05-14 | Genentech, Inc. | Methods and compositions comprising glycoprotein glycoforms |
WO1999054440A1 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 1999-10-28 | Micromet Gesellschaft Für Biomedizinische Forschung Mbh | CD19xCD3 SPECIFIC POLYPEPTIDES AND USES THEREOF |
US6075181A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-06-13 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice |
WO2000061739A1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2000-10-19 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule |
US6150584A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-11-21 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice |
WO2001029246A1 (en) | 1999-10-19 | 2001-04-26 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Process for producing polypeptide |
WO2002031140A1 (en) | 2000-10-06 | 2002-04-18 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Cells producing antibody compositions |
US20020164328A1 (en) | 2000-10-06 | 2002-11-07 | Toyohide Shinkawa | Process for purifying antibody |
WO2003002609A2 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2003-01-09 | Domantis Limited | Dual-specific ligand and its use |
WO2003011878A2 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2003-02-13 | Glycart Biotechnology Ag | Antibody glycosylation variants having increased antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity |
US20030115614A1 (en) | 2000-10-06 | 2003-06-19 | Yutaka Kanda | Antibody composition-producing cell |
US6602684B1 (en) | 1998-04-20 | 2003-08-05 | Glycart Biotechnology Ag | Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity |
US20030157108A1 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2003-08-21 | Genentech, Inc. | Glycoprotein compositions |
WO2003085107A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-16 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Cells with modified genome |
WO2003084570A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-16 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | DRUG CONTAINING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION APPROPRIATE FOR PATIENT SUFFERING FROM FcϜRIIIa POLYMORPHISM |
WO2003085119A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-16 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | METHOD OF ENHANCING ACTIVITY OF ANTIBODY COMPOSITION OF BINDING TO FcϜ RECEPTOR IIIa |
US20040093621A1 (en) | 2001-12-25 | 2004-05-13 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd | Antibody composition which specifically binds to CD20 |
US20040110282A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-06-10 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Cells in which activity of the protein involved in transportation of GDP-fucose is reduced or lost |
US20040109865A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-06-10 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Antibody composition-containing medicament |
US20040132140A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-07-08 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Production process for antibody composition |
WO2004056312A2 (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2004-07-08 | Genentech, Inc. | Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof |
US20050079574A1 (en) | 2003-01-16 | 2005-04-14 | Genentech, Inc. | Synthetic antibody phage libraries |
WO2005035586A1 (en) | 2003-10-08 | 2005-04-21 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Fused protein composition |
WO2005035778A1 (en) | 2003-10-09 | 2005-04-21 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION BY USING RNA INHIBITING THE FUNCTION OF α1,6-FUCOSYLTRANSFERASE |
WO2005035572A2 (en) | 2003-10-08 | 2005-04-21 | Domantis Limited | Antibody compositions and methods |
US20050119455A1 (en) | 2002-06-03 | 2005-06-02 | Genentech, Inc. | Synthetic antibody phage libraries |
US20050123546A1 (en) | 2003-11-05 | 2005-06-09 | Glycart Biotechnology Ag | Antigen binding molecules with increased Fc receptor binding affinity and effector function |
WO2005053742A1 (en) | 2003-12-04 | 2005-06-16 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Medicine containing antibody composition |
US20050266000A1 (en) | 2004-04-09 | 2005-12-01 | Genentech, Inc. | Variable domain library and uses |
US7041870B2 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2006-05-09 | Medarex, Inc. | Transgenic transchromosomal rodents for making human antibodies |
US7189826B2 (en) | 1997-11-24 | 2007-03-13 | Institute For Human Genetics And Biochemistry | Monoclonal human natural antibodies |
US20070061900A1 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2007-03-15 | Murphy Andrew J | Methods of modifying eukaryotic cells |
US20070117126A1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2007-05-24 | Genentech, Inc. | Shotgun scanning |
US20070160598A1 (en) | 2005-11-07 | 2007-07-12 | Dennis Mark S | Binding polypeptides with diversified and consensus vh/vl hypervariable sequences |
US20070237764A1 (en) | 2005-12-02 | 2007-10-11 | Genentech, Inc. | Binding polypeptides with restricted diversity sequences |
US20070292936A1 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2007-12-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Binding polypeptides with optimized scaffolds |
WO2008077546A1 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2008-07-03 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Antibodies against insulin-like growth factor i receptor and uses thereof |
US20090002360A1 (en) | 2007-05-25 | 2009-01-01 | Innolux Display Corp. | Liquid crystal display device and method for driving same |
-
2016
- 2016-06-03 WO PCT/US2016/035791 patent/WO2016196975A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (66)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4235871A (en) | 1978-02-24 | 1980-11-25 | Papahadjopoulos Demetrios P | Method of encapsulating biologically active materials in lipid vesicles |
US4458066A (en) | 1980-02-29 | 1984-07-03 | University Patents, Inc. | Process for preparing polynucleotides |
US4501728A (en) | 1983-01-06 | 1985-02-26 | Technology Unlimited, Inc. | Masking of liposomes from RES recognition |
US4957735A (en) | 1984-06-12 | 1990-09-18 | The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Target-sensitive immunoliposomes- preparation and characterization |
US5019369A (en) | 1984-10-22 | 1991-05-28 | Vestar, Inc. | Method of targeting tumors in humans |
US4902505A (en) | 1986-07-30 | 1990-02-20 | Alkermes | Chimeric peptides for neuropeptide delivery through the blood-brain barrier |
US4837028A (en) | 1986-12-24 | 1989-06-06 | Liposome Technology, Inc. | Liposomes with enhanced circulation time |
US5004697A (en) | 1987-08-17 | 1991-04-02 | Univ. Of Ca | Cationized antibodies for delivery through the blood-brain barrier |
US4946778A (en) | 1987-09-21 | 1990-08-07 | Genex Corporation | Single polypeptide chain binding molecules |
US5055303A (en) | 1989-01-31 | 1991-10-08 | Kv Pharmaceutical Company | Solid controlled release bioadherent emulsions |
US5589466A (en) | 1989-03-21 | 1996-12-31 | Vical Incorporated | Induction of a protective immune response in a mammal by injecting a DNA sequence |
US5271961A (en) | 1989-11-06 | 1993-12-21 | Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. | Method for producing protein microspheres |
US5188837A (en) | 1989-11-13 | 1993-02-23 | Nova Pharmaceutical Corporation | Lipsopheres for controlled delivery of substances |
US6075181A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-06-13 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice |
US6150584A (en) | 1990-01-12 | 2000-11-21 | Abgenix, Inc. | Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice |
US5268164A (en) | 1990-04-23 | 1993-12-07 | Alkermes, Inc. | Increasing blood-brain barrier permeability with permeabilizer peptides |
US5506206A (en) | 1990-04-23 | 1996-04-09 | Alkermes, Inc. | Increasing blood-brain barrier permeability with permeabilizer peptides |
US5770429A (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1998-06-23 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
US5750373A (en) | 1990-12-03 | 1998-05-12 | Genentech, Inc. | Enrichment method for variant proteins having altered binding properties, M13 phagemids, and growth hormone variants |
US5254342A (en) | 1991-09-30 | 1993-10-19 | University Of Southern California | Compositions and methods for enhanced transepithelial and transendothelial transport or active agents |
US5413797A (en) | 1992-03-12 | 1995-05-09 | Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. | Controlled release ACTH containing microspheres |
US5643578A (en) | 1992-03-23 | 1997-07-01 | University Of Massachusetts Medical Center | Immunization by inoculation of DNA transcription unit |
US5534496A (en) | 1992-07-07 | 1996-07-09 | University Of Southern California | Methods and compositions to enhance epithelial drug transport |
US5880103A (en) | 1992-08-11 | 1999-03-09 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Immunomodulatory peptides |
US5817637A (en) | 1993-01-26 | 1998-10-06 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Genetic immunization |
US5593972A (en) | 1993-01-26 | 1997-01-14 | The Wistar Institute | Genetic immunization |
US5514670A (en) | 1993-08-13 | 1996-05-07 | Pharmos Corporation | Submicron emulsions for delivery of peptides |
WO1997030087A1 (en) | 1996-02-16 | 1997-08-21 | Glaxo Group Limited | Preparation of glycosylated antibodies |
WO1998058964A1 (en) | 1997-06-24 | 1998-12-30 | Genentech, Inc. | Methods and compositions for galactosylated glycoproteins |
WO1999022764A1 (en) | 1997-10-31 | 1999-05-14 | Genentech, Inc. | Methods and compositions comprising glycoprotein glycoforms |
US7189826B2 (en) | 1997-11-24 | 2007-03-13 | Institute For Human Genetics And Biochemistry | Monoclonal human natural antibodies |
US6602684B1 (en) | 1998-04-20 | 2003-08-05 | Glycart Biotechnology Ag | Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity |
WO1999054440A1 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 1999-10-28 | Micromet Gesellschaft Für Biomedizinische Forschung Mbh | CD19xCD3 SPECIFIC POLYPEPTIDES AND USES THEREOF |
WO2000061739A1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2000-10-19 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule |
WO2001029246A1 (en) | 1999-10-19 | 2001-04-26 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Process for producing polypeptide |
US20070117126A1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2007-05-24 | Genentech, Inc. | Shotgun scanning |
US20030115614A1 (en) | 2000-10-06 | 2003-06-19 | Yutaka Kanda | Antibody composition-producing cell |
US20020164328A1 (en) | 2000-10-06 | 2002-11-07 | Toyohide Shinkawa | Process for purifying antibody |
WO2002031140A1 (en) | 2000-10-06 | 2002-04-18 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Cells producing antibody compositions |
US20070061900A1 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2007-03-15 | Murphy Andrew J | Methods of modifying eukaryotic cells |
US7041870B2 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2006-05-09 | Medarex, Inc. | Transgenic transchromosomal rodents for making human antibodies |
WO2003002609A2 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2003-01-09 | Domantis Limited | Dual-specific ligand and its use |
WO2003011878A2 (en) | 2001-08-03 | 2003-02-13 | Glycart Biotechnology Ag | Antibody glycosylation variants having increased antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity |
US20030157108A1 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2003-08-21 | Genentech, Inc. | Glycoprotein compositions |
US20040093621A1 (en) | 2001-12-25 | 2004-05-13 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd | Antibody composition which specifically binds to CD20 |
US20040109865A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-06-10 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Antibody composition-containing medicament |
US20040110704A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-06-10 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Cells of which genome is modified |
US20040132140A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-07-08 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Production process for antibody composition |
US20040110282A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2004-06-10 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Cells in which activity of the protein involved in transportation of GDP-fucose is reduced or lost |
WO2003085119A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-16 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | METHOD OF ENHANCING ACTIVITY OF ANTIBODY COMPOSITION OF BINDING TO FcϜ RECEPTOR IIIa |
WO2003084570A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-16 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | DRUG CONTAINING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION APPROPRIATE FOR PATIENT SUFFERING FROM FcϜRIIIa POLYMORPHISM |
WO2003085107A1 (en) | 2002-04-09 | 2003-10-16 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Cells with modified genome |
US20050119455A1 (en) | 2002-06-03 | 2005-06-02 | Genentech, Inc. | Synthetic antibody phage libraries |
WO2004056312A2 (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2004-07-08 | Genentech, Inc. | Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof |
US20050079574A1 (en) | 2003-01-16 | 2005-04-14 | Genentech, Inc. | Synthetic antibody phage libraries |
WO2005035572A2 (en) | 2003-10-08 | 2005-04-21 | Domantis Limited | Antibody compositions and methods |
WO2005035586A1 (en) | 2003-10-08 | 2005-04-21 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Fused protein composition |
WO2005035778A1 (en) | 2003-10-09 | 2005-04-21 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION BY USING RNA INHIBITING THE FUNCTION OF α1,6-FUCOSYLTRANSFERASE |
US20050123546A1 (en) | 2003-11-05 | 2005-06-09 | Glycart Biotechnology Ag | Antigen binding molecules with increased Fc receptor binding affinity and effector function |
WO2005053742A1 (en) | 2003-12-04 | 2005-06-16 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Medicine containing antibody composition |
US20050266000A1 (en) | 2004-04-09 | 2005-12-01 | Genentech, Inc. | Variable domain library and uses |
US20070160598A1 (en) | 2005-11-07 | 2007-07-12 | Dennis Mark S | Binding polypeptides with diversified and consensus vh/vl hypervariable sequences |
US20070237764A1 (en) | 2005-12-02 | 2007-10-11 | Genentech, Inc. | Binding polypeptides with restricted diversity sequences |
US20070292936A1 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2007-12-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Binding polypeptides with optimized scaffolds |
WO2008077546A1 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2008-07-03 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Antibodies against insulin-like growth factor i receptor and uses thereof |
US20090002360A1 (en) | 2007-05-25 | 2009-01-01 | Innolux Display Corp. | Liquid crystal display device and method for driving same |
Non-Patent Citations (167)
Title |
---|
"Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", 2013, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY |
"Antibody Engineering", vol. 1-2, 2010, SPRINGER PRESS |
"Antibody Expression and Production", 2011, SPRINGER PRESS |
"Basic methods in Protein Purification and Analysis: A laboratory Manual", 2008, COLD HARBOR PRESS |
"Encyclopedia of Cell Biology and Molecular Medicine", vol. 16, 2008, WILEY-VCH |
"Pierce Catalog and Handbook", 1994, PIERCE CHEMICAL CO. |
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Science", 1995, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY |
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Science", 2012, PHARMACEUTICAL PRESS |
"Viral Expression Vectors", 2011, SPRINGER PRESS |
AHMAD ET AL., CLIN. DEV. IMMUNOL., 2012 |
AHMAD ET AL., CLIN. DEV. IMMUNOL.,, 2012 |
AL-LAZIKANI ET AL., JMB, vol. 273, 1997, pages 927 - 948 |
ALTSCHUL ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 215, 1990, pages 403 |
ALTSCHUL ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 215, 1990, pages 403 - 410 |
ALTSCHUL ET AL., NATURE GENET., vol. 6, 1994, pages 119 |
ALTSCHUL ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 25, 1977, pages 3389 - 3402 |
AUSUBEL ET AL.: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", vol. 104, 2013, JOHN WILEY & SONS |
BALLA-JHAGJHOORSINGH ET AL., PLOS ONE, vol. 8, 2013, pages E688632013 |
BANGA, A.J.: "Therapeutic Peptides and Proteins: Formulation, Processing, and Delivery Systems", 1995, TECHNOMIC PUBLISHING COMPANY, INC. |
BARANY; MERRIFIELD: "Special Methods in Peptide Synthesis", THE PEPTIDES: ANALYSIS, SYNTHESIS, BIOLOGY, vol. 2, pages 3 - 284 |
BARBAS ET AL.: "Phage display: A Laboratory Manuel", 2004, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS |
BAROUCH ET AL., J. VIROL, vol. 79, 2005, pages 8828 - 8834 |
BAROUCH ET AL., NATURE, vol. 503, 2013, pages 224 - 228 |
BEAUCAGE ET AL., TETRA. LETT., vol. 22, 1981, pages 1859 - 1862 |
BEAUCAGE; CARUTHERS, TETRA. LETTS., vol. 22, no. 20, 1981, pages 1859 - 1862 |
BENJAMIN LEWIN: "Genes X", 2009, JONES & BARTLETT PUBLISHERS |
BETAGERI ET AL.: "Liposome Drug Delivery Systems", 1993, TECHNOMIC PUBLISHING CO., INC. |
BETTE KORBER ET AL.: "Human Retroviruses and AIDS", 1998, LOS ALAMOS NATIONAL LABORATORY, article "A Compilation and Analysis of Nucleic Acid and Amino Acid Sequences" |
BIRD ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 242, 1988, pages 423 |
BIRD ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 242, 1988, pages 423 - 426 |
BITTER ET AL., METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 153, 1987, pages 516 - 544 |
BOERNER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL.,, vol. 147, 1991, pages 86 |
BRENTJENS ET AL., MOLECULAR THERAPY, vol. 18, no. 4, 2010, pages 666 - 668 |
BRODEUR ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications", 1987, MARCEL DEKKER, INC., pages: 51 - 63 |
BROWN ET AL., METH. ENZYMOL., vol. 68, 1979, pages 109 - 151 |
BRUHL, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 166, 2001, pages 2420 - 2426 |
CARTER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 89, 1992, pages 4285 |
CHEN ET AL., J. MOL. BIOI., vol. 293, 1999, pages 865 - 881 |
CHEN ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 293, 1999, pages 865 - 881 |
CHOWDHURY, METHODS MOL. BIOL., vol. 207, 2008, pages 179 - 196 |
CLACKSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 352, 1991, pages 624 - 628 |
CONNOR ET AL., PEDIATR INFECT DIS J, vol. 14, 1994, pages 536 - 541 |
CORPET ET AL., NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 16, 1988, pages 10881 |
CUNNINGHAM; WELLS, SCIENCE, vol. 244, 1989, pages 1081 - 1085 |
DALL'ACQUA ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 281, 2006, pages 23514 - 23524 |
DEVEREAUX ET AL., NUC. ACIDS RES., vol. 12, 1984, pages 387 - 395 |
DISKIN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 334, no. 6060, 2011, pages 1289 - 93 |
DORIA-ROSE ET AL., NATURE, vol. 509, 2014, pages 55 - 62 |
EDELMAN ET AL.: "Methods in Enzymology", vol. 1, 1967, ACADEMIC PRESS, pages: 422 |
FELLOUSE, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 101, no. 34, 2004, pages 12467 - 12472 |
FENG; DOOLITTLE, J. MOL. EVOL., vol. 35, 1987, pages 351 - 360 |
GARDNER ET AL.: "AAV-expressed eCD4-Ig provides durable protection from multiple SHIV challenges", NATURE, vol. 519, no. 7541, 2015, pages 87 - 91 |
GEORGIEV ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 340, 2013, pages 751 - 756 |
GRIFFITHS ET AL., EMBO J, vol. 12, 1993, pages 725 - 734 |
GRUPP ET AL., N ENGL J MED., vol. 368, 2013, pages 1509 - 1518 |
HAMERS-CASTERMAN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 363, 1993, pages 446 - 448 |
HAN ET AL., J. HEMATOL ONCOL., vol. 6, 2013, pages 47 |
HARLOW; LANE: "Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual", 2013, COLD SPRING HARBOR PUBLICATIONS |
HARLOW; LANE: "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", 2013, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY |
HENIKOFF; HENIKOFF, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SET USA, vol. 89, 1989, pages 10915 |
HIGGINS; SHARP, CABIOS, vol. 5, 1989, pages 151 |
HIGGINS; SHARP, CABIOS, vol. 5, 1989, pages 151 - 153 |
HIGGINS; SHARP, GENE, vol. 73, 1988, pages 237 |
HINTON ET AL., J IMMUNOL., vol. 176, 2006, pages 346 - 356 |
HOLLIGER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 90, 1993, pages 6444 - 6448 |
HOOGENBOOM ET AL.: "Methods in Molecular Biology", vol. 178, 2001, HUMAN PRESS, pages: 1 - 37 |
HOOGENBOOM; WINTER, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 227, 1992, pages 381 - 388 |
HUANG ET AL., NATURE, vol. 515, 2014, pages 138 - 142 |
HUSTON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 5879 - 5883 |
HUSTON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 85, 1988, pages 5879 - 5883 |
IJNTEMA ET AL., INT. J. PHANN., vol. 112, 1994, pages 215 - 224 |
JOHNSON ET AL.: "Vector-mediated gene transfer engenders long-lived neutralizing activity and protection against SIV infection in monkeys", NAT. MED., vol. 15, no. 8, 2009, pages 901 - 906 |
JOHNSTON ET AL., PHARM. RES., vol. 9, 1992, pages 425 - 434 |
JONES ET AL., NATURE, vol. 321, 1986, pages 522 |
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", 1991, NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH, BETHESDA |
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", 1991, U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES |
KANDA, Y. ET AL., BIOTECHNOL. BIOENG., vol. 94, no. 4, 2006, pages 680 - 688 |
KINDT ET AL.: "Kuby Immunology", 2007, W.H. FREEMAN AND CO., pages: 91 |
KOZBOR J., IMMUNOL., vol. 133, 1984, pages 3001 |
KREUTER, J.: "Colloidal Drug Delivery Systems", 1994, MARCEL DEKKER, INC., pages: 219 - 342 |
KUBY, J.: "Immunology", 1997, W.H. FREEMAN & CO. |
KUFER, CANCER IMMUNOL. IMMUNOTHER., vol. 45, 1997, pages 193 - 197 |
KWONG; MASCOLA, IMMUNITY, vol. 37, 2012, pages 412 - 425 |
LANGER, ACCOUNTS CHEM. RES., vol. 26, 1993, pages 537 - 542 |
LAZAR ET AL., PROC. NATL., ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 103, 2006, pages 4005 - 4010 |
LEE ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 284, no. 1-2, 2004, pages 119 - 132 |
LEE ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 340, no. 5, 2004, pages 1073 - 1093 |
LEFRANC ET AL.: "IMGT unique numbering for immunoglobulin and T cell receptor variable domains and Ig superfamily V-like domains", DEV. COMP. IMMUNOL., vol. 27, 2003, pages 55 - 77, XP055144492, DOI: doi:10.1016/S0145-305X(02)00039-3 |
LI ET AL., J VIROL, vol. 79, 2005, pages 10108 - 10125 |
LI ET AL., J. VIROL.,, vol. 85, 2011, pages 8954 - 8967 |
LI ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 103, 2006, pages 3557 - 3562 |
LIU ET AL., J. VIROLOGY, vol. 85, no. 17, 2011, pages 8467 - 8476 |
LOFFLER, BLOOD, vol. 95, 2000, pages 2098 - 2103 |
LONBERG, CURRO OPIN. IMMUNOL., vol. 20, 2008, pages 450 - 459 |
LONBERG, NAT. BIOTECH., vol. 23, 2005, pages 1117 - 1125 |
LONENBERG, CURR. OPIN. IMMUNOL., vol. 20, 2008, pages 450 - 459 |
LOUISE SCHARF ET AL: "Antibody 8ANC195 Reveals a Site of Broad Vulnerability on the HIV-1 Envelope Spike", CELL REPORTS, vol. 7, no. 3, 1 May 2014 (2014-05-01), pages 785 - 795, XP055178551, ISSN: 2211-1247, DOI: 10.1016/j.celrep.2014.04.001 * |
MACK, J. IMMUNOL., vol. 158, 1997, pages 3965 - 3970 |
MACK, PNAS, vol. 92, 1995, pages 7021 - 7025 |
MADDON, CELL, vol. 42, 1985, pages 93 |
MARBRY, IDRUGS, vol. 13, 2010, pages 543 - 549 |
MARKS ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 222, 1992, pages 581 - 597 |
MARKS; BRADBURY: "Methods in Molecular Biology", vol. 248, 2003, HUMAN PRESS, pages: 161 - 175 |
MCCAFFERTY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 348, 1990, pages 552 - 554 |
MCCAFFERTY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 348, pages 552 - 554 |
MERRIFIELD ET AL., J. AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 85, 1963, pages 2149 - 2156 |
MORGAN ET AL., MOLECULAR THERAPY, 23 February 2010 (2010-02-23), pages 1 - 9 |
NARANG ET AL., METH. ENZYMOL., vol. 68, 1979, pages 90 - 99 |
NEEDHAM-VANDEVANTER ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 12, 1984, pages 6159 - 6168 |
NEEDLEMAN; WUNSCH, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 48, 1970, pages 443 |
NI, XIANDAI MIANYIXUE, vol. 26, no. 4, 2006, pages 265 - 268 |
NISONHOFF ET AL., ARCH. BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS, vol. 89, 1960, pages 230 |
OKAZAKI ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 336, 2004, pages 1239 - 1249 |
PACK ET AL., BIOLTECHNOLOGY, vol. 11, 1993, pages 1271 |
PANKA D J ET AL: "Defining the structural correlates responsible for loss of arsonate affinity in an Id<CR> antibody isolated from an autoimmune mouse", MOLECULAR IMMUNOLOGY, PERGAMON, GB, vol. 30, no. 11, 1 August 1993 (1993-08-01), pages 1013 - 1020, XP023969623, ISSN: 0161-5890, [retrieved on 19930801], DOI: 10.1016/0161-5890(93)90126-V * |
PARK ET AL., TRENDS BIOTECHNOL., vol. 29, 2011, pages 550 - 557 |
PEARSON; LIPMAN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 85, 1988, pages 2444 |
PEARSON; LIPMAN, PROC. NAT'L. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 2444 |
PEC ET AL., J. PARENT. SCI. TECH., vol. 44, no. 2, 1990, pages 58 - 65 |
PETKOVA ET AL., INT. IMMUNOL., vol. 18, 2006, pages 1759 - 1769 |
POLJAK ET AL., STRUCTURE, vol. 2, 1994, pages 1121 - 1123 |
PORTER, BIOCHEM. J., vol. 73, 1959, pages 119 |
PRESTA ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 57, 1997, pages 4593 - 4599 |
RIECHMANN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1988, pages 323 |
RIPKA ET AL., ARCH. BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS., vol. 249, 1986, pages 533 - 545 |
ROBINSON ET AL., LANCET, vol. 362, 2003, pages 1612 - 1616 |
RUDICELL ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 88, 2012, pages 12669 - 12682 |
RUDICELL ET AL., J. VIROL.,, vol. 88, 2014, pages 12669 - 12682 |
RUDIKOFF S ET AL: "Single amino acid substitution altering antigen-binding specificity", PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, US, vol. 79, 1 March 1982 (1982-03-01), pages 1979 - 1983, XP007901436, ISSN: 0027-8424, DOI: 10.1073/PNAS.79.6.1979 * |
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 2012 |
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 2012, COLD SPRING HARBOR |
SARZOTTI-KELSOE ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 409, 2014, pages 131 - 46 |
SCHARF ET AL., CELL REP, vol. 7, 2014, pages 785 - 795 |
SCHEID ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 333, 2011, pages 1633 - 1637 |
SCHEID ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 333, no. 6049, 2011, pages 1633 - 1637 |
SCHOONJANS ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 165, 2000, pages 7050 - 57 |
SEAMAN ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 84, 2010, pages 1439 - 1452 |
SHERIFF ET AL., NAT. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 3, 1996, pages 733 - 736 |
SHINGAI ET AL., NATURE, vol. 503, 2013, pages 277 - 280 |
SIDHU ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 338, no. 2, 2004, pages 299 - 310 |
SMITH; WATERMAN, ADV. APPL. MATH., vol. 2, 1981, pages 482 |
SOK ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 111, 2014, pages 17624 - 17629 |
STEWART ET AL.: "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis,", 1984, PIERCE CHEM. CO. |
SUNITA S. BALLA-JHAGJHOORSINGH ET AL: "The N276 Glycosylation Site Is Required for HIV-1 Neutralization by the CD4 Binding Site Specific HJ16 Monoclonal Antibody", PLOS ONE, vol. 8, no. 7, 17 July 2013 (2013-07-17), pages e68863, XP055289950, DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0068863 * |
TICE; TABIBI: "Treatise on Controlled Drug Delivery", 1992, MARCEL DEKKER, INC., pages: 315 - 339 |
TILL ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 1 12, 2008, pages 2261 - 2271 |
TILL ET AL., BLOOD, vol. 1, no. 12, 2008, pages 2261 - 2271 |
VAN DIJK; VAN DE WINKEL, CURR. OPIN. PHARMACOL., vol. 5, 2001, pages 368 - 74 |
VERHOEYEN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 239, 1988, pages 1534 |
VOLLMERS; BRANDLEIN, HISTOLOGY AND HISTOPATHOLOGY, vol. 20, no. 3, 2005, pages 927 - 937 |
VOLLMERS; BRANDLEIN, METHODS AND FINDINGS IN EXPERIMENTAL AND CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 27, no. 3, 2005, pages 185 - 91 |
WARD ET AL., NATURE, vol. 341, 1989, pages 544 |
WARD ET AL., NATURE, vol. 341, 1989, pages 544 - 546 |
WEST ET AL., PNAS, vol. 109, 2012, pages E2083 - 2090 |
WHITLOW ET AL., METHODS: A COMPANION TO METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 2, 1991, pages 97 |
WILLEMS ET AL., J CHROMATOGR B ANALYT TECHNOL BIOMED LIFE SCI., vol. 786, 2003, pages 161 - 76 |
WINTER ET AL., ANN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 12, 1994, pages 433 - 455 |
WRIGHT ET AL., TIBTECH, vol. 15, 1997, pages 26 - 32 |
WU ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 329, 2010, pages 856 - 861 |
WU ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 329, no. 5993, 2010, pages 856 - 861 |
WU ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 333, 2011, pages 1593 - 1602 |
WU ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 333, no. 6049, 2011, pages 1593 - 1602 |
XUELING WU ET AL: "Rational design of envelope identifies broadly neutralizing human monoclonal antibodies to HIV-1", SCIENCE, AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE, vol. 329, no. 5993, 13 August 2010 (2010-08-13), pages 856 - 861, XP002669441, ISSN: 0036-8075, [retrieved on 20100708], DOI: 10.1126/SCIENCE.1187659 * |
YAMANE-OHNUKI ET AL., BIOTECH. BIOENG., vol. 87, 2004, pages 614 |
ZALEVSKY ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 28, 2010, pages 157 - 159 |
ZHOU ET AL., IMMUNITY, vol. 39, 2013, pages 245 - 258 |
ZHU ET AL., PNAS, vol. 110, 2013, pages E4088 - E4097 |
Cited By (31)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10344077B2 (en) | 2015-03-19 | 2019-07-09 | Duke University | HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof (V3 antibodies) |
US10450368B2 (en) | 2015-03-19 | 2019-10-22 | Duke University | HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof (CD4bs antibodies) |
US11299751B2 (en) | 2016-04-29 | 2022-04-12 | Voyager Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions for the treatment of disease |
US11326182B2 (en) | 2016-04-29 | 2022-05-10 | Voyager Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions for the treatment of disease |
WO2018002902A1 (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2018-01-04 | Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited | Antibody-drug conjugates and therapeutic methods using the same |
US11795226B2 (en) | 2017-12-12 | 2023-10-24 | Macrogenics, Inc. | Bispecific CD16-binding molecules and their use in the treatment of disease |
WO2020010107A1 (en) | 2018-07-03 | 2020-01-09 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Antibodies that target hiv gp120 and methods of use |
EP4257600A2 (en) | 2018-07-03 | 2023-10-11 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Antibodies that target hiv gp120 and methods of use |
EP3870222A4 (en) * | 2018-10-22 | 2022-07-27 | International AIDS Vaccine Initiative | Anti-hiv antibodies |
WO2020263830A1 (en) | 2019-06-25 | 2020-12-30 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Flt3l-fc fusion proteins and methods of use |
WO2021011544A1 (en) | 2019-07-16 | 2021-01-21 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Hiv vaccines and methods of making and using |
WO2021011891A1 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2021-01-21 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Long-acting formulations of tenofovir alafenamide |
WO2021130638A1 (en) | 2019-12-24 | 2021-07-01 | Carna Biosciences, Inc. | Diacylglycerol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2021188959A1 (en) | 2020-03-20 | 2021-09-23 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Prodrugs of 4'-c-substituted-2-halo-2'-deoxyadenosine nucleosides and methods of making and using the same |
WO2021236944A1 (en) | 2020-05-21 | 2021-11-25 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising bictegravir |
WO2022031894A1 (en) | 2020-08-07 | 2022-02-10 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Prodrugs of phosphonamide nucleotide analogues and their pharmaceutical use |
WO2022046644A1 (en) | 2020-08-25 | 2022-03-03 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Multi-specific antigen binding molecules targeting hiv and methods of use |
WO2022271677A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2022271659A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2022271684A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2022271650A1 (en) | 2021-06-23 | 2022-12-29 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds |
WO2023102529A1 (en) | 2021-12-03 | 2023-06-08 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection |
WO2023102523A1 (en) | 2021-12-03 | 2023-06-08 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection |
WO2023102239A1 (en) | 2021-12-03 | 2023-06-08 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection |
WO2023114951A1 (en) | 2021-12-17 | 2023-06-22 | Viiv Healthcare Company | Combination therapies for hiv infections and uses thereof |
CN114316062A (en) * | 2022-03-02 | 2022-04-12 | 珠海臻谱基因科技有限公司北京分公司 | Multispecific antibody targeting HIV gp120 protein and human CD3 molecule and application thereof |
WO2023196875A1 (en) | 2022-04-06 | 2023-10-12 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Bridged tricyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and uses thereof |
EP4310087A1 (en) | 2022-04-06 | 2024-01-24 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Bridged tricyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and uses thereof |
WO2024006982A1 (en) | 2022-07-01 | 2024-01-04 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Therapeutic compounds useful for the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an hiv virus infection |
WO2024015741A1 (en) | 2022-07-12 | 2024-01-18 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Hiv immunogenic polypeptides and vaccines and uses thereof |
WO2024076915A1 (en) | 2022-10-04 | 2024-04-11 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | 4'-thionucleoside analogues and their pharmaceutical use |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2016196975A8 (en) | 2017-01-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20230060304A1 (en) | Neutralizing antibodies to gp120 and their use | |
WO2016196975A1 (en) | Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 env and their use | |
US20220098286A1 (en) | Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 gp41 and their use | |
WO2015103549A1 (en) | Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 env and their use | |
EP2788376B1 (en) | Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 and their use | |
US20150044137A1 (en) | Neutralizing antibodies to hiv-1 and their use | |
US11760790B2 (en) | Neutralizing antibodies to HIV-1 Env and their use | |
WO2013163427A1 (en) | Antibodies to treat hiv-1 infection | |
US10273288B2 (en) | Neutralizing antibodies to Ebola virus glycoprotein and their use | |
WO2012106578A1 (en) | HIV NEUTRALIZING ANTIBODIES HAVING MUTATIONS IN CONSTANT DOMAIN (Fc) |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16729738 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16729738 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |